ISAM CLI Command Guide (ISAM+LAN Switch) PDF

Status Released
Change Note
Short Title CD CLI CMD GUIDE
All rigths reserved. Passing on and copying of this
document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from Alcatel.
Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

Contents
Contents
1- ISAM CLI 1
1.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3 Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.5 Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.6 Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.7 Getting help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.8 The CLI Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.9 Entering CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2- CLI Information 13
2.1 Help Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2 Logout Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3 History Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.4 Echo Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.5 Telnet Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.6 Exec Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.7 Sleep Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.8 Tree Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.9 Poll Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.10 Write Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.11 Help Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.12 Info Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.13 Exit Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.14 Back Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.15 Delete Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.16 In Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.17 Configure Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.18 Action Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.19 Show Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.20 Discard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3- Environment Management 34
3.1 Environment Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4- Alarm Configuration Commands 36

4.1 Alarm Log Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.2 Alarm Entries Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
4.3 Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
4.4 SHub Alarm Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5- Trap Configuration Commands 44

5.1 Trap Definition Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.2 Trap Manager Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.3 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6- XDSL Configuration Commands 50

6.1 Common XDSL Service Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released i

Contents
6.2 Common XDSL Spectrum Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

6.3 XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6.4 XDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6.5 XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6.6 XDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
6.7 XDSL Line Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6.8 XDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7- ATM Configuration Commands 68

7.1 ATM PVC Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
8- Interface Management Commands 71

8.1 Network Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.2 Interface Alarm Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8.3 SHub Management Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
8.4 SHub Port Control Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
9- Equipment Configuration Commands 78

9.1 Slot Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
9.2 Applique Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
9.3 ISAM Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9.4 Rack Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
9.5 Shelf Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
10- Error Configuration Commands 86

10.1 Error Log Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
11- System Configuration Commands 88

11.1 System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
11.2 System Management Host IP-Address Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
11.3 System Management Default Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
11.4 System SNTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
11.5 SHub System SNTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
11.6 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
11.7 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
11.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
11.9 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
11.10 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
11.11 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
11.12 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
11.13 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
11.14 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
11.15 SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
11.16 SHub System other Protocol Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . 109
11.17 SHub System other Protocol Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . 110
11.18 SHub System Vlan-Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
11.19 SHub System IP Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
11.20 SHub System ID Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
11.21 SHub System Software Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
11.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
11.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
12- Security Configuration Commands 117

12.1 Security Banner Configuration Commmand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
12.2 Operator Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
12.3 Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
ii Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

Contents
12.4 Security SNMP Communitie Configurqtion Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

12.5 SHub Security SNMP Communitie Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
12.6 Security Domain Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
12.7 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
12.8 Security Domain User Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
12.9 Security Connection Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
12.10 Security Connection Policy Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
12.11 Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
12.12 Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
12.13 Security Radius Client Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
12.14 Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
12.15 Security Radius Accounting Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
12.16 Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
12.17 Security Radius Policy Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
12.18 Security Radius Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
12.19 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
12.20 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
12.21 Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . 146
12.22 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
13- Transaction Configuration Commands 148

13.1 Transaction Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
14- Software Management Configuration Commands 150

14.1 Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command . . . . . . . . 151
14.2 SHub Database Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
15- Ethernet Configuration Commands 155

15.1 Ethernet IP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
15.2 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
15.3 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
15.4 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
16- IGMP Configuration Commands 160

16.1 IGMP Channel Sources Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
16.2 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
16.3 IGMP System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
16.4 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
16.5 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
16.6 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
16.7 SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
17- Multicast Configuration Commands 169

17.1 Multicast General Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
17.2 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
17.3 Multicast Sources Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
18- IP Configuration Commands 173

18.1 VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
18.2 VRF Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
18.3 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
18.4 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
18.5 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
18.6 IP SHub VRF Route Redistribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
18.7 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
18.8 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released iii

Contents
18.9 IP Interface Network Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

18.10 IP Interface Network VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
18.11 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
18.12 IP Interface User Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
18.13 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
18.14 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
19- Bridge Configuration Commands 190

19.1 Bridge General Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
19.2 Bridge Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
19.3 Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
19.4 SHub Bridge Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
19.5 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
20- VLAN Configuration Commands 198

20.1 VLAN General Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
20.2 VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
20.3 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
20.4 Protocol based VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
20.5 SHub VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
20.6 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
20.7 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . 208
20.8 SHub Multicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
20.9 Configure Multicast Filtering on SHub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
21- Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 211

21.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
21.2 Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
22- Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands 215

22.1 RSTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
22.2 RSTP Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
23- QoS Configuration Commands 218

23.1 QoS Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
23.2 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
23.3 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
23.4 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
23.5 QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For Dscp-contract . . . . 223
23.6 QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . 224
23.7 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract . . . . . 225
23.8 QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
23.9 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
23.10 QoS Policer profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
23.11 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
23.12 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
23.13 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
23.14 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
23.15 QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
23.16 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
23.17 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
23.18 QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
23.19 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
23.20 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
23.21 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
23.22 SHub QoS Flows to be Policed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
iv Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

Contents
23.23 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
24- PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands 244

24.1 PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
24.2 PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
24.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitoring Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
24.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
24.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitoring Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
25- PPPoE Configuration Commands 250

25.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
25.2 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
25.3 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
26- DHCP Relay Configuration Commands 254

26.1 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
26.2 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
26.3 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
26.4 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
27- OSPF Configuration Commands 259

27.1 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
27.2 OSPF Area Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
27.3 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
27.4 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
27.5 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
27.6 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
27.7 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
27.8 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
27.9 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
27.10 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
27.12 OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
27.13 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
27.14 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
27.15 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
27.17 OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
27.18 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
28- RIP Configuration Commands 281

28.1 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
28.2 RIP Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
28.3 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
28.4 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
29- Equipment Status Commands 286

29.1 Slot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
29.2 Applique Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
29.3 Shelf Summary Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
29.4 Shelf Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
29.5 ISAM Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
29.6 Rack Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
30- Trap Status Commands 297
3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released v

Contents
30.1 Trap Manager Queue Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
31- Alarm Log Status Commands 299

31.1 Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
31.2 Alarm Equipment Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
31.3 Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
31.4 Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
31.5 Alarm ATM Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
31.6 Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
31.7 Alarm Software Management Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
31.8 Alarm xDSL Common Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
31.9 Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
31.10 Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
31.11 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
31.12 Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
31.13 Alarm Authentication Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
32- Current Alarm Status Commands 330

32.1 Alarm Current Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
32.2 Alarm Current Equipment Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
32.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
32.5 Alarm Current ATM Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
32.6 Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
32.7 Alarm Current Software Management Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
32.8 Alarm Current xDSL Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
32.9 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
32.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
32.11 Alarm Current Authentication Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
33- Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands 351

33.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
33.2 Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
33.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
33.5 Alarm ATM Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
33.6 Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
33.7 Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
33.8 Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
33.9 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
33.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for Snap-shot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
33.11 Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
33.12 Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
34- Alarm Delta Log Status Commands 374

34.1 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
35- SHub Alarm Status Command 376

35.1 SHub Alarm Current Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
35.2 SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
35.3 SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
35.4 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
35.5 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
35.6 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
35.7 SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
35.8 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
vi Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

Contents
35.9 SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

35.10 SHub Alarm Entries Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
36- Alarm Status Commands 393

36.1 Alarm Entries Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
37- ATM Status Commands 398

37.1 ATM Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
37.2 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
37.3 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For Near End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
37.4 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For Far End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
37.5 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 1day Interval Status For Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
37.6 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 15min Interval Status For Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
37.7 PVC Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
38- Bridge Status Commands 410

38.1 Bridge Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
38.2 Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
38.3 SHub Bridge Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
38.4 SHub Bridge Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
39- VLAN Status Commands 418

39.1 Global VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
39.2 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
39.3 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
39.4 Stacked VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
39.5 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
39.6 Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
39.7 VLAN Name mapping Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
39.8 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
39.9 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
39.10 Port VLAN association Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
39.11 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
39.12 Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
39.13 Port Event Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
39.14 Port Statistics for Current Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
39.15 Port Statistics for Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
39.16 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
39.17 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
39.18 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
39.19 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
39.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
39.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
39.22 SHub Port VLAN association Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
39.23 SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
39.24 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
39.25 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
39.26 SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
40- Link Aggregation Status Commands 459

40.1 Link Aggregation Group Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
40.2 Link Aggregation Member List Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
40.3 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
41- RSTP Status Commands 468

41.1 RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released vii

Contents
42- QOS Status Commands 473

42.1 QoS Session Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
42.2 QoS Marker Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
42.3 QoS Policer Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
42.4 QoS Queue Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
42.5 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
42.6 QoS CAC Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
42.7 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
42.8 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
42.9 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
42.10 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
42.11 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
42.12 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
42.13 QoS SHub Meter Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
42.14 QoS SHub Flow Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
43- IP Status Commands 494

43.1 IP VRF Statistics Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
43.2 IP Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
43.3 Configure Ip VRF Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
43.4 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
43.5 IP VRF Routes Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
43.6 IP VRF Net To Media Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
43.7 IP VRF Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
43.8 IP VRF Next Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
43.9 IP SHub VRF Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
43.10 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
43.11 IP SHub ARP VRF Based Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
44- xDSL Status Commands 510

44.1 xDSL Profiles Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
44.2 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
44.3 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
44.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
44.5 xDSL Operational Data Far End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
44.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
44.7 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
44.8 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
44.9 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
44.10 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
44.11 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
44.12 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
44.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
44.14 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
44.15 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
44.16 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
44.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
44.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
44.19 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
44.20 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
44.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
44.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
44.23 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
44.24 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
44.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
44.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
44.27 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
viii Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

Contents
44.28 xDSL Board Capability Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
45- PPPoX-Relay Status Commands 551

45.1 PPPoX CC Engine Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
45.2 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
45.3 PPPoX CC Engine to Port Association Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
45.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
45.5 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
45.6 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
46- PPPoE Status Commands 560

46.1 PPPoE Sessions Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
46.2 PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
46.3 PPPoE Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
46.4 PPPoX Interface Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
46.5 PPPoE Interface Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
46.6 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
46.7 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
46.8 PPPoE Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
46.9 Ip-address Related PPP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
46.10 Mac-address Related PPP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
47- Interface Status Commands 574

47.1 Interface Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
47.2 Physical Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
47.3 Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
47.4 Interface Test Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
47.5 Interface Stack Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
47.6 SHub Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
47.7 SHub Interface Port Control Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
47.8 Interface Extensive Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
48- SNTP Status Commands 588

48.1 SNTP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
49- System Status Commands 590

49.1 SHub System IP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
49.2 SHub System Version Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
49.3 SHub System HTTP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
49.4 SHub System Common Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
49.5 SHub System Control Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
49.6 SHub IP Filter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
49.7 SHub System Manager Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
49.8 SHub Copy File Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
49.9 List the contents of the SHub Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
49.10 Status of the file opration command of the SHub Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
49.11 Flash List command status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
49.12 Show System Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
50- Transaction Status Commands 606

50.1 Transaction Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
50.2 Transaction Log Entry Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
51- Error Status Command 609

51.1 Error Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released ix

Contents
52- Software Status Commands 612

52.1 Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
52.2 Disk Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
52.3 Overall Software Package Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
52.4 Software Package Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
52.5 File Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
52.6 Upload/Download Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
52.7 SHub Software Management Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
53- IGMP Status Commands 624

53.1 IGMP System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
53.2 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
53.3 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
53.4 IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
53.5 IGMP Module Counter Status Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
53.6 IGMP Module Time Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
53.7 IGMP Module Misc Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
53.8 SHub IGMP Vlan Router Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
54- Transport Status Commands 636

54.1 ICMP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
54.2 IP Address Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
54.3 IP Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
54.4 IP Route Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
54.5 IP Net-To-Media Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
54.6 SNMP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
54.7 System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
54.8 UDP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
54.9 UDP Listener Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
54.10 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
54.11 Interface MAU Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
54.12 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
54.13 SHub Dot3 Control Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
54.14 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
54.15 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
54.16 SHub L2 Filter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
54.17 SHub Rate Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
55- DHCP Relay Status Commands 666

55.1 DHCP Relay Port Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
55.2 DHCP Relay SHub Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
56- Multicast Status Commands 669

56.1 Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
57- Session Status Commands 671

57.1 Session Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
58- OSPF Status Commands 674

58.1 OSPF Area Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
58.2 OSPF LSA Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
58.3 OSPF External Link State Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
58.4 OSPF Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
58.5 OSPF Neighbour Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
x Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

Contents
58.6 OSPF Routing Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683

58.7 OSPF Statistic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
58.8 OSPF Parameter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
59- RIP Status Commands 686

59.1 RIP Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
59.2 RIP Peer Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
59.3 RIP Routing Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
60- Security Status Commands 690

60.1 Operator Information Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
60.2 Domain Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
60.3 User Sessions Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
60.4 Connection Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
60.5 Local IP Pool Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
60.6 IP Address Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
60.7 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
60.8 RADIUS Authenticating Server Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
60.9 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
60.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
60.11 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
60.12 RADIUS Next Available Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
60.13 RADIUS Client Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
60.14 PAE Authenticator Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
60.15 EAPOL Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
60.16 Diagnostic Information Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
60.17 Session Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
60.18 PAE Port System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
60.19 Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
61- Alarm Management Commands 719

61.1 Alarm Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
61.2 Snap Shot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
61.3 SHub Snap Shot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
61.4 Alarm Delta Log Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
61.5 Log Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
62- ATM Management Commands 725

62.1 ATM Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
63- IGMP Management Commands 727

63.1 IGMP Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
63.2 IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
63.3 IGMP Slot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
63.4 IGMP Channel Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
64- PPPoX Management Commands 732

64.1 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
65- xDSL Management Commands 734

65.1 xDSL Line Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
66- Software Management Commands 736

66.1 Software Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released xi

Contents
66.2 SHub Software Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738

66.3 SHub Database Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
66.4 SHub SWPackage Administration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
66.5 Copy Command On The SHub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
66.6 Delete Command On The SHub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
66.7 List files SHub flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
66.8 LT Software Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
66.9 OSWP Software Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
66.10 Database Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
66.11 File Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
67- OSPF Management Commands 748

67.1 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
68- RIP Management Commands 750

68.1 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
69- Equipment Management Commands 752

69.1 Equipment Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
69.2 Slot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
69.3 SHub Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
70- Bridge Management Commands 756

70.1 Learned Unicast Mac Address Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
70.2 VLAN Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
70.3 Port Related RSTP Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
71- Trap Management Commands 760

71.1 Trap Manager Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
72- IP Management Commands 762

72.1 Slot Related VRF Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
72.2 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
73- DHCP Management Command 765

73.1 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
74- Transport Management Commands 767

74.1 IP Net to Media Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
75- SNTP Management Commands 769

75.1 SNTP Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
76- Transactions Management Commands 771

76.1 Manage Transaction Configuration Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
77- Security Management Commands 773

77.1 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
78- Support Commands 775

78.1 Ping Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
xii Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

Contents
Commands
Error List 786
Abbreviations 805
Index 807
3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released xiii

Contents
xiv Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

1- ISAM CLI
1.1 Preface 1-2

1.2 CLI Commands 1-3
1.3 Nodes 1-4
1.4 Parameters 1-5
1.5 Filters 1-8
1.6 Printers 1-9
1.7 Getting help 1-10
1.8 The CLI Prompt 1-11
1.9 Entering CLI Commands 1-12
3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released 1

1 ISAM CLI
1.1 Preface
Scope
This User Guide describes the Command Line Interface (CLI) commands supported by the Alcatel 7302 ISAM.
These commands are used for installation, configuration, management and troubleshooting.
User Profile
The guide is intended for Operating personnel (sometimes called craft persons).
The CLI Structure

The ISAM CLI is a command driven interface accessible via telnet or via the craft terminal.
The CLI can be used to configure and manage ISAM equipment.
2 Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

1 ISAM CLI
1.2 CLI Commands
Command Types
The commands of the CLI language can be divided in two groups : global and environmental commands.
Global commands (like logout) can be entered in any context and have the same effect in each context.
Environmental commands (like info) can only be entered in some contexts (for example : info can not be used in
the show node) and have a different effect in each context : the purpose of the command (for example: showing the
configuration) is the same, but the implementation or the generated output is different.
Some commands are also implicit. For example: when you enter only the node name configure system security
snmp community fden you run an implicit command that changes your context to the specified node and that even
creates this node if it did not exist before.
The available commands are discussed in a separate chapter.
Access Rights
Not every operator can execute every command.
Access to commands is granted via the operator profile.
It is possible that an operator can execute a given command in one context and not in another.
Options and Parameters

Commands can have options and parameters.
Options are special parameters that are context-insensitive. For example: you can enter the option detail after info
in any context.
Options must be given at the end of the command preceding the filter and printer specifications.

1 ISAM CLI
1.3 Nodes
Node Definition
A command definition tree, further abbreviated to "command tree" is a structure of nested command nodes from
which CLI commands can be derived. A command node consists of a node name and zero or more resource
identifiers. The resource identifiers behave like parameters, but identify a particular resource. For example: public
in configure system security snmp community public is an unnamed resource identifier of the node community.
One such command node identifies a context. A CLI command can be derived from a command tree starting from
the root node, but a command with the same meaning and impact can also be derived from a lower level node or
sub-node. Examples of equivalent commands :
• info configure system security snmp community public in any node.
• info system security snmp community public in node configure
• info security snmp community public in node configure system
• info snmp community public in node configure system security
• info community public in node configure system security snmp
• info in node configure system security snmp community public
The root node is the highest level. Directly below the root node are important command nodes like configure and
show.
Node Creation
A sub-node of the configure node that corresponds to a configurable resource that an operator can create, is called
a dynamic node.
An operator can create such a dynamic node by navigating into it. The system will automatically create the node.
The operator can configure its prompt in such a way that it shows if the operator navigated to an existing or a new
node. The possibility to create nodes will of course be limited by the access rights of the user.
It is also possible that the system creates additional sub-nodes in other nodes (for example in the show node due to
the creation of a new dynamic node in the configure node.
Node Deletion
A dynamic node can be deleted by placing no in front of the node name. For example: configure system security
snmp no community public deletes the specified node and all its sub-nodes. The possibility to delete nodes will of
course be limited by the access rights of the operator.
Resource Attributes
The value of resource attributes can be changed by entering the name of the resource attribute, followed by the new
value. For example: password plain:secret sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the plain
text string secret.
Resource attributes can be set to their default value by entering no followed by the name of the resource attribute.
For example: no password sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the default value (no
password required).

1 ISAM CLI
1.4 Parameters
Named and Unnamed Parameters

Parameters are characterised by a name and a type.
Parameters can be named or unnamed.
Named parameters are entered as 2 tokens: a keyword and a value (example: password plain:secret). Some
commands (like info) require only the keyword.
Only the value token is entered for unnamed parameters (example: public in the node name community public).
Most options and first resource identifiers are unnamed.
Parameters can be entered in any order. Only unnamed keys must be entered directly after the node name.
Parameter Types
Parameter values belong to a parameter type. Parameter types limit the parameter values to strings that the system
can understand.
Parameter types consists of 1 to N fields with separators inbetween. Each field belongs to a basic type. The
separator is in most cases a colon : or a slash /.
The name of parameter types always starts with an uppercase character and can contain optionally a domain name.
The domain name is separated from the parameter name by ::.
The sequence in which the fields appear can differ in case one of the fields belongs to an enumeration type. As
example, we give some possible values for the parameter type ExtendedFileName (the first field is an enumeration
field with as possible values file and ftp, host-name, user-name, password and local-file are also fields) :
• file: local-file
• ftp: host-name @ user-name : password / local-file
Parameter types are built by combining 1 to N basic types.
Basic Types
Basic types can be divided in two groups : fixed length basic types and variable length basic types.
Examples of variable length basic types are:
• integers
• printable strings (representing operator chosen names or descriptions)
• SNMP object identifiers
• binary strings
The length of a variable length basic type is in most cases limited. The definition of logical length depends on the
basic type: number of characters for printable strings, number of bytes for binary strings, number of numbers in the
object identfier for SNMP object identifiers.
Examples of fixed length basic types are:
• ip-address
• fixed-length printable strings
• enumeration types (limited list of allowed strings)

1 ISAM CLI
Basic Type Formatting Rules

Integers can be entered in a decimal format. Large integers can be abbreviated as follows:
• decimal-number k which is equal to decimal-number *1000 (For example: 3k is equal to 3000)
• decimal-number M which is equal to decimal-number *1000000
• decimal-number G which is equal to decimal-number *1000000000
Binary strings must be entered as: hex-byte : hex-byte :...: hex-byte. hex-byte is a number between 0 and 255 in
hexadecimal format (all lowercase).For example: 3f:23:ff:b2 is a valid binary string.
Object identifiers and ipv4-addresses must be entered as: decimal-number . decimal-number .....
decimal-number.For example: 128.17.32.45 is a valid object identifier.
The values of all fields may be placed within double quotes. A field separator may never be placed within double
quotes. Example: "1"/"1" is a valid shelf identifier, but "1/1" is not a valid shelf identifier.
A field value may contain multiple double quotes.For example: "hallo world" is equivalent to hallo" "world or to
"hallo"" ""world".
Printable strings must be placed within double quotes in case they contain special characters : double quote ", a
backslash \, a cross #, a space, a tab, a carriage return or a newline. \ is the escape character. \ char is equivalent to
char with following exceptions :
• \r : carriage-return
• \t : tab
• \n : new-line
In some cases it is possible that a command is ambiguous. For example : info operator detail can be interpreted in
two ways: list the configuration of the operator with the name detail or list the configuration of all operators in
detail.
The ambiguity is solved by the parser in the following way: if the string contains quotes, it is interpreted as a
printable string, otherwise it is interpreted as a keyword.For example : info operator "detail" lists the
configuration of the operator with the name detail and info operator detail lists the configuration of all operators
in detail.
Syntax Check
The system verifies if each typed character is syntactically correct.
In case the system detects a syntax error, it will position the cursor at the offending character and beep.
This can give strange effects if you are entering characters in the 'insert mode': the invalid characters will shift to
the right and any newly entered character will be inserted in front of the faulty characters.
To avoid this strange effect, it is recommended to work in the (default) overwrite mode.
Loops
The values of some resource identifiers may contain numerical ranges for some commands. Numerical ranges are
entered as [ start...end ] in which start and end are integers for which 0 <= end - start <= 1000.
The system will execute a command with a numerical range end - start times in which the numerical range is each
time replaced by a number out of the range.
Numerical ranges have following restrictions:
• One command can only contain 1 numerical range.
• Ranges between quotes are not interpreted as a numerical range.
• Command completion may refuse to work once a numerical range is entered.
• Commands that normally change the context, don't do this once they contain a numerical range.

1 ISAM CLI

1 ISAM CLI
1.5 Filters
The language provides filters to manipulate the output of commands.
The available filters are discussed in detail in a separate chapter.
Filters can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify a sequence of filters as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | count lines.

1 ISAM CLI
1.6 Printers
The language provides printers to allow the user to decide how the output must be printed on his terminal.
The available printers are discussed in detail in a separate chapter.
Printers can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify maximum one printer as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | more
The default printer can be specified for the CLI session or the operator.

1 ISAM CLI
1.7 Getting help

The user can get help in two ways.
The first is using the help command. This gives an extensive explanation on the command.
The user can also enter a question-mark ? at each position in the command. He will then get a short explanation on
what he can enter at this position in the command.
For example: configure system security operator ? gives following output:
<Sec::OperatorName> : the name of the operator [a-z0-9] (1<=x<=11)
This has the following meaning :

• Sec::OperatorName is the name of the parameter type. This indicates that the user must enter a parameter value.
• : indicates that the concerned object is a parameter. Nodes are indicated with a +, commands with a -.
• the name of the operator explains how the parameter will be interpreted by the system.
• [a-z0-9] indicates that the value may consist of the lower-case alfanumeric characters, the ASCII characters a till
z and 0 till 9.
• (1<=x<=11) indicates that the name must consist of at least 1 character and maximum 11 characters.

1 ISAM CLI
1.8 The CLI Prompt

The prompt can be configured by the user. The prompt can be specified for the session, for an operator or for an
operator profile. If no specific prompt is specified for the session, the prompt specified for the operator is taken and
the prompt specified for the operator profile is taken if no prompt is specified for the operator.
The prompt can be composed with following components :
• %n : the name of the current operator.
• %! : the current history number.
• % num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
• %% : a %
• %c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
• any other character is just added to the prompt as is.
The default prompt is "%n%d%c "

The system will add a > at the end of each empty prompt or each prompt that consists purely out of white-space

1 ISAM CLI
1.9 Entering CLI Commands

Following key strokes are treated in a special way while entering commands:
• arrow-left : move the cursor one position to the left.
• arrow-right : move the cursor one position to the right.
• arrow-up : get the previous stored command (round-robin, starts with the last stored command).
• arrow-down : get the next stored command (round-robin, starts with the oldest stored command).
• insert : toggle between insert and overwrite mode.
• backspace : delete the character before the cursor and move the cursor one position to the left.
• delete : delete the character under the cursor.
• control-c : interrupt the current command or clear the current entered string.
• control-a : move the cursor to the beginning of the line.
• control-p : get the previous stored command (round-robin, starts with the last stored command).
• control-n : get the next stored command (round-robin, starts with the oldest stored command).
• control-k : delete all characters starting from the position of the cursor.
• control-u : delete all entered characters.
• control-w : delete one word before the cursor.
• control-l : clear screen.
• tab : trigger command completion.
• space : terminate a token and trigger command completion, unless it is placed between double quotes.
• # : treat all following commands as comment, unless they are placed between double quotes.
• ? : trigger online-help, unless it is placed between double quotes.
Entering a tab triggers command completion.

The system will try to expand the existing entered string until an ambiguity is found. If there is no ambiguity, a space
will be added behind the token.
Entering a space behind an entered string has - for keywords - the same effect as the tab.
For example: entering c followed by a tab in the root node will expand to configure.
For example: entering c followed by a space in the root node will expand to configure.
For example: entering configure system security operator admin pr followed by a tab will expand to configure
system security operator admin pro because there is still an ambiguity here between prompt and profile.

2- CLI Information
2.1 Help Command 2-14

2.2 Logout Command 2-15
2.3 History Command 2-16
2.4 Echo Command 2-17
2.5 Telnet Command 2-18
2.6 Exec Command 2-19
2.7 Sleep Command 2-20
2.8 Tree Command 2-21
2.9 Poll Command 2-22
2.10 Write Command 2-23
2.11 Help Command 2-24
2.12 Info Command 2-25
2.13 Exit Command 2-26
2.14 Back Command 2-27
2.15 Delete Command 2-28
2.16 In Command 2-29
2.17 Configure Command 2-30
2.18 Action Command 2-31
2.19 Show Command 2-32
2.20 Discard 2-33

2 CLI Information
2.1 Help Command
Command Description
This command gives the user detailed information on a subject.
By default the command gives information on the current node.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with help priviliges.
This command can be executed by each user. A user will only be able to get help for nodes for which he has read or
write access.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> help cli commands

2 CLI Information
2.2 Logout Command
Command Description
This command logs the user out.
User Level
This command can be executed by any user.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands logout

2 CLI Information
2.3 History Command
Command Description
This command displays the last commands entered at the terminal.
Maximum 20 commands can be stored. A command that is identical to the previous command is not stored.
Commands containing syntax and semantic errors are also stored in the history buffer. In this way a user can
correct a command without the need to retype it completely.
User Level
This command can be executed by all users.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands history

2 CLI Information
2.4 Echo Command
Command Description
This command echoes a string to the standard output.
User Level
This command can be accessed by any user.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands echo

2 CLI Information
2.5 Telnet Command
Command Description
This command establishes a telnet session to another server.
The telnet session will last until the connection is closed by the telnet server or when the operator enters the
character Control-^.
The session inactivity-time protection will not put any messages on the screen when you are executing the telnet
command. Your connection will be broken without warning if the inactivity timeout expires.
User Level
This command can only be executed by users having read or write access to functions located in the SHub.
The command can only be executed from a telnet terminal, not from a craft terminal.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands telnet

2 CLI Information
2.6 Exec Command
Command Description
This command executes CLI commands found in a text file. A file containing CLI commands will be called further a
script file.
A script file must follow the same syntax rules as commands entered interactively. Only the tab and the question
mark loose their special meaning in a script, so command expansion and single-line help are not available.
The script will be aborted when one of the commands in the script fails. A command may be preceeded by a minus
'-' to prevent that the script is aborted in case of a semantic error : for example when you try to delete a node
instance which does not exist.
A command script may by default not interact with the user : the execution of the script will be aborted in case a
command or filter requires interaction with the user. Interactivity can be enabled by specifying the option
interactive with the exec command.
The exec command may not be used in a command script, so command scripts may not be nested.
Script files are typically stored in the directory /var/cmd
A script file can be used to restore a configuration. The complete configuration of the system can be stored in a
script with the name /var/cmd/config with the command info configure | tee config. The configuration can be
restored on an empty system with the command exec /var/cmd/config.
Warning : the directory /var/cmd is cleaned when the system resets : so don't forget to transfer the configuration
file to another system with tftp before resetting the system !
Note : saving and restoring the configuration will not work for areas in which resource identifiers are assigned
dynamically by the system.
User Level
This command can be executed by all users. The execution of the script will however be aborted when the CLI
parser tries to execute the first command in the script for which the user has no authorization.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands exec

2 CLI Information
2.7 Sleep Command
Command Description
This command pauzes the execution for the specified number of seconds.
This command is typically used in scripts (see : the exec command).
User Level
This command can be executed by any user.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands sleep

2 CLI Information
2.8 Tree Command
Command Description
This command displays the structure of a node and its subnodes.
User Level
This command can be executed by any user on a node to which he has read or write access.
The output does not contain any information related to subnodes to which the user has no access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands tree

2 CLI Information
2.9 Poll Command
Command Description
This command can not be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for some nodes related to testing.
This command starts a test and displays during the specified time period the results of the test at regular time
intervals.
User Level
Command Syntax
> help cli commands poll

2 CLI Information
2.10 Write Command
Command Description
This command writes a message to the terminal of the adressee.
The message can be directed to a user, all user with the same user profile or to all users.
Messages are only delivered to users that are logged in. Users that are not logged in, will not receive the message.
The sender will also receive the message if it is one of the addressees.
User Level
This command can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands write

2 CLI Information
2.11 Help Command
Command Description
This command gives the user detailed information on a subject.
By default the command gives information on the current node.
User Level
This command can be executed by each user. A user will only be able to get help for nodes for which he has read or
write access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands help

2 CLI Information
2.12 Info Command
Command Description
This command shows the configuration of the current node and all its subnodes.
User Level
This command can be accessed in all nodes to which the user has read access. It is not available in admin and
show nodes and their subnodes.
The output will contain only information for the nodes for which the user has read access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands info

2 CLI Information
2.13 Exit Command
Command Description
This command changes the current position to the parent node of the current position. This command always
succeeds, even if the current position is the top node. The command has no effect in this case.
The option all changes the current position to the top node.
User Level
This command can be executed by all users
Command Syntax
> help cli commands exit

2 CLI Information
2.14 Back Command
Command Description
This command changes the current position to the previous position.
The command will always succeed, even if the previous position no longer exists. The command changes the
current position to the top node in that case.
User Level
The command can be executed by all users.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands back

2 CLI Information
2.15 Delete Command
Command Description
This command deletes a file from the directory /var/cmd. Such file is typically created with the tee filter.
The command will always succeed, even if the specified file does not exist.
User Level
The command can be executed by all users.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands delete

2 CLI Information
2.16 In Command
Command Description
This command can not be directly executed by the operator. It is the default command for all nodes when no node
attributes are specified, except for all subnodes of configure and the leaf nodes of show.
User Level
This command can be executed by any user for the nodes to which he has read or write access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands in

2 CLI Information
2.17 Configure Command
Command Description
This command can not be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for the configuration node and
most of its subnodes.
This command serves four purposes :
• changing the current position to a node.
• creating a node. The current position will be changed to the newly created node.
• modifying one or more attributes of a node. The current position will be changed to the modified node.
• deleting a node.
The command changes the current position to a node in case you specify an existing node and no parameters.
Example : configure equipment shelf 1/1. The last character in the default prompt will be #.
The command creates a node in case the node is dynamic and the specified node instance does not exist. Example :
configure system security operator new_user password plain:"hallo#". Parameter values must be supplied for all
mandatory parameters. Parameter values may be supplied for optional parameters. The command changes the
current position to the newly created node. The last character in the default prompt will be $.
The command modifies the attributes of a node in case the node instance exists and if the user supplies parameters.
Example : configure system security operator existing description "a new description"
The command will delete a node when it is a dynamic node and the node name is preceed by no. Example :
configure system security no operator existing.
User Level
A user can change the current position to each node to which he has read access.
A user can create, modify and delete nodes to which he has write access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands configure

2 CLI Information
2.18 Action Command
Command Description
This command can not be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for the admin node and most of
its subnodes.
This command serves two purposes :
• changing the current position to a node.
• executing an action.
The command changes the current position to a node in case you specify an existing node and no parameters. From
the moment you specify a parameter it will try to execute the corresponding action.
User Level
A user can change the current position to each node to which he has read access.
A user can execute the action to each node to which he has access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands action

2 CLI Information
2.19 Show Command
Command Description
This command shows the runtime data.
This command can not be executed directly by the user. It is the default command for the leaf nodes of show. It
shows the runtime data.
User Level
The user can execute this command for all nodes to which he has read access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands show

2 CLI Information
2.20 Discard
Command Description
This printer discards all output. This can be usefull in some scripts.
User Level
This printer can be used by any operator.
Command Syntax
> help cli printers discard

3- Environment Management
3.1 Environment Configuration Command 3-35

3 Environment Management
3.1 Environment Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to manage the session specific parameters. These parameters are only valid for this session. They
are lost from the moment the user logs out.
The default values for prompt and print can be found in configure system security operator operator-name.
The default value for terminal-timeout can be found in configure system security profile profile-name.
How to specify a prompt is explained in the chapter ISAM CLI - The CLI Prompt.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all priviliges, and executed by operators with all priviliges.
Command Syntax
> environment [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ][ no terminal-timeout |
terminal-timeout default | timeout : <Sec::InactivityTimeout> ][ no print | print
<Sec::EnvMore> ]
Command Parameters
Table 3.1-2 "Environment Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
prompt <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<19 the specification of the prompt
terminal-timeout default | timeout : optional parameter with default value: "timeout :
<Sec::InactivityTimeout> 0"
unit: minutes the maximum time a terminal may be inactive
print <Sec::EnvMore> optional parameter with default value: "default"
Possible values are : specifies the way the output is printed on the
- more : the output is passed via the more terminal
filter
- no-more : the output is put directly on
the terminal
- default : use the method as specified by
the profile

4- Alarm Configuration Commands
4.1 Alarm Log Configuration Command 4-37

4.2 Alarm Entries Configuration Command 4-38
4.3 Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command 4-42
4.4 SHub Alarm Configuration Command 4-43

4 Alarm Configuration Commands
4.1 Alarm Log Configuration Command
Command Description
Operator can maintain a log containig all state changes of alarms by enabling logging mode and setting the
severity level equal to or higher than severity level for which operator is interested.
Alarm allows to keep track of XDSL lines regularly and maintain a log on it.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm priviliges, and executed by operators with alarm priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure alarm log-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity> log-full-action
<Alarm::alarmLogFullAction> non-itf-rep-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity>
Command Parameters
Table 4.1-2 "Alarm Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
log-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set the lowest severity level to log alarms
- indeterminate : not a definite known
severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
log-full-action <Alarm::alarmLogFullAction> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set the action if log buffer is full
- wrap : older log records are overwritten
by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log
buffer is reset
non-itf-rep-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set minimum severity level to report non itf alarms
severity level

4.2 Alarm Entries Configuration Command
Command Description
Management of local alarms entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure alarm entry (index) severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> [ no service-affecting
| service-affecting ][ no reporting | reporting ][ no logging | logging ]
Command Parameters
Table 4.2-1 "Alarm Entries Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) <Alarm::alarmIndex> alarm type
Possible values are :
- eo-conv-loss : loss of signal in eo
conversion module
- eo-conv-tx : transmission fault in eo
conversion module
- xtca-ne-es : xdsl near end TCA alarm -
errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-ses : xdsl near end TCA alarm -
severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : xdsl near end TCA alarm -
unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-day-es : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-ses : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
- xtca-fe-ses : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
- xtca-fe-day-es : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : xdsl far end TCA alarm
- severely errored secs in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-uas : xdsl far end TCA alarm


- unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xdsl-ne-los : xdsl near end - loss of
signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : xdsl near end - loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : xdsl near end - loss of
margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : xdsl near end - excessive
server errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : xdsl - line
configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : xdsl - line capacity not
enough to setup requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : xdsl upstream -
planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : xdsl near end - no cell
delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : xdsl near end - loss of cell
delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : xdsl far end - loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : xdsl far end - loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : xdsl far end - loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : xdsl far end - loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : xdsl far end - loss of
margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : xdsl far end - excessive
server errors
- xdsl-act-comm : xdsl - init not successful
due to communications problem
- xdsl-act-modem : xdsl - no peer modem
detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : xdsl downstream -
planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : xdsl far end - no cell
delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : xdsl far end - loss of cell
delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp, db cannot
be operational - will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp and db
cannot be operational - will rollback
- ether-linkdown : ethernet link down
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the
upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the
downstream direction
- mac-conflict : duplcate mac addess from
this pvc
- persit-data-loss : all data lost after restart
- system not configured
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not
responding
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- rack-power : power fude broken
- rack-fan-unit1 : fan unit rack 1 failing


- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different
from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for
extension chain installation
- board-mismatch : board inserted
different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all
the applicable sw files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold
exceeded on the board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down
itself - too high temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from
system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after
planning - now missing
- board-instl-missing : board never
detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets
exceeded
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF
for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN
for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an
IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS
for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP
address for a user session
- missing : radius should always specify
pool id when it returns a VRF
- custom1 : customizable alarm 1
Table 4.2-2 "Alarm Entries Configuration Command" Command Parameters
severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : assign a severity level to this alarm
severity level
[ no ] <Alarm::alarmServAffect> optional parameter with default value:
service-affecting "noservice-affecting"
defines whether an alarm is service affecting or not
[ no ] reporting <Alarm::alarmRepMode> optional parameter with default value:
"noreporting"
enable or disable reporting of the alarm
[ no ] logging <Alarm::alarmLogMode> optional parameter with default value: "nologging"
enable or disable logging of the alarm


4.3 Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command
Command Description
Configuration of Buffer size in alarm table
Operator defines the action to be taken when the alarm log buffer is completely full. If set to Wrap, then older log
records are overwritten by recent ones. If it is set to Halt, then logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure alarm delta-log indet-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction>
warn-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> minor-log-full-action
<Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> major-log-full-action
<Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> crit-log-full-act <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction>
Command Parameters
Table 4.3-2 "Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
indet-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set the action when indeterminate log buffer is full
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
warn-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set the action when indeterminate delta log buffer is
- wrap : wrap around when log is full full
minor-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set the action when minor delta log buffer is full
major-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set action when major delta log buffer is full
crit-log-full-act <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set action when critical delta log buffer is full

4.4 SHub Alarm Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows alarm SHub parameters to be configured.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure alarm shub entry (index) severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> [ no
service-affecting | service-affecting ][ no reporting | reporting ]
Command Parameters
Table 4.4-1 "SHub Alarm Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Alarm::ShubAlarmIndex> alarm type
- fan : shub fan failure
- power-fan : shub power fan failure
- db-restore : shub DB restore
- reboot : shub reboot from emergency
boot package
- sntp-comm : shub SNTP communication
- eth-link-down : shub ethernet link doen
status
- mac-conflict : MAC conflict
Table 4.4-2 "SHub Alarm Configuration Command" Command Parameters
severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : assign a severity level to this alarm
severity level
[ no ] <Alarm::alarmServAffect> optional parameter with default value:
service-affecting "noservice-affecting"
defines whether an alarm is service affecting or not
[ no ] reporting <Alarm::alarmRepMode> optional parameter with default value:
"noreporting"
enable or disable reporting of the alarm

5- Trap Configuration Commands
5.1 Trap Definition Configuration Command 5-45

5.2 Trap Manager Configuration Command 5-46
5.3 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command 5-48

5 Trap Configuration Commands
5.1 Trap Definition Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to define how important a given trap is.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure trap definition (name) priority <Trap::Priority>
Command Parameters
Table 5.1-1 "Trap Definition Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Trap::Name> the name of the trap
- cold-start : entry for cold start trap
- link-down : entry for link down trap
- link-up : entry for link up trap
- auth-failure : entry for authentication
failure trap
- change-occured : entry for change
occured trap
- init-started : entry for initialization
started trap
- lic-key-chg-occr : entry for license key
change occured trap
Table 5.1-2 "Trap Definition Configuration Command" Command Parameters
priority <Trap::Priority> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : the trap priority
- urgent : urgent - needs to be informed
immediately
- high : high priority trap
- medium : medium priority trap
- low : low priority trap

5.2 Trap Manager Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows to configure a SNMP manager. This SNMP manager will receive traps when an event
occures in the system.
The manager can be easily flooded by events in case something happens with the system. This command allows to
specify in which traps the manager is interested (trap filtering) and how the traps must be spread in time (trap
shaping).
Traps that can not be delivered will be dropped.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure trap [[no] manager (address) [ no priority | priority <Trap::Priority> ][
no cold-start-trap | cold-start-trap ][ no link-down-trap | link-down-trap ][ no
link-up-trap | link-up-trap ][ no auth-fail-trap | auth-fail-trap ][ no change-trap |
change-trap ][ no init-started-trap | init-started-trap ][ no phys-line-trap |
phys-line-trap ][ no eqpt-change-trap | eqpt-change-trap ][ no success-set-trap |
success-set-trap ][ no other-alarm-trap | other-alarm-trap ][ no warning-trap |
warning-trap ][ no minor-trap | minor-trap ][ no major-trap | major-trap ][ no
critical-trap | critical-trap ][ no max-per-window | max-per-window
<Trap::WindowCount> ][ no window-size | window-size <Trap::WindowSize> ][ no
max-queue-size | max-queue-size <Trap::QueueSize> ][ no min-interval | min-interval
<Trap::Interval> ][ no min-severity | min-severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 5.2-1 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(address) <Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port> the address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address>: <Trap::Port>= range:
[1...65535]
Table 5.2-2 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
priority <Trap::Priority> optional parameter with default value: "medium"
Possible values are : lowest priority a trap should have to be reported
- urgent : urgent - needs to be informed
immediately
- high : high priority trap
- medium : medium priority trap
- low : low priority trap
[ no ] cold-start-trap <Trap::ColdStart> optional parameter with default value:
"no-cold-start"
enable sending cold start trap
[ no ] link-down-trap <Trap::LinkDown> optional parameter with default value:


"no-link-down"
enable sending link down trap
[ no ] link-up-trap <Trap::LinkUp> optional parameter with default value: "no-link-up"
enable sending of link up trap
[ no ] auth-fail-trap <Trap::AuthenticationFailure> optional parameter with default value:
"no-auth-failure"
enable sending authentication failure trap
[ no ] change-trap <Trap::ChangeOccured> optional parameter with default value:
"no-change-trap"
enable sending of change occured trap
[ no ] init-started-trap <Trap::InitStarted> optional parameter with default value:
"no-init-start"
enable sending init started trap
[ no ] phys-line-trap <Trap::PhysLine> optional parameter with default value:
"no-phy-line-chg"
enable sending physical line state change trap
[ no ] <Trap::Equipment> optional parameter with default value:
eqpt-change-trap "no-eqpt-change"
enable sending equipment config or state change
trap
[ no ] success-set-trap <Trap::SuccessfullSet> optional parameter with default value:
"no-success-set"
enable sending successful sets trap
[ no ] other-alarm-trap <Trap::IndeterminateAlarm> optional parameter with default value:
"no-other-alarm"
enable sending indeterminate alarm changes trap
[ no ] warning-trap <Trap::Warning> optional parameter with default value:
"no-warn-trap"
enable sending warning alarm changes trap
[ no ] minor-trap <Trap::Minor> optional parameter with default value:
"no-minor-trap"
enable sending minor alarm changes trap
[ no ] major-trap <Trap::Major> optional parameter with default value:
"no-major-trap"
enable sending major alarm changes trap
[ no ] critical-trap <Trap::Critical> optional parameter with default value:
"no-critical-trap"
enable sending critical alarm changes trap
max-per-window <Trap::WindowCount> optional parameter with default value: 2
range: [1...20] unit: traps maximum allowed number of traps per window
window-size <Trap::WindowSize> optional parameter with default value: 60
range: [0...3600] unit: s the size of a time window for traps in seconds
max-queue-size <Trap::QueueSize> optional parameter with default value: 10
range: [1...20] unit: traps maximum number of traps that can be queued
min-interval <Trap::Interval> optional parameter with default value: 30
range: [0...3600] unit: s the minimum time between two traps
min-severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> optional parameter with default value: "major"
Possible values are : lowest severity an alarm must have, to be reported
severity level

5.3 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to configure a SNMP manager of the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure trap shub [[no] manager (address) [ no cold-start-trap | cold-start-trap
][ no auth-fail-trap | auth-fail-trap ][ no change-trap | change-trap ][ no
community-string | community-string <PrintableString-0-255> ][ no snmp-version |
snmp-version <Snmp::SHubVersion> ][ no min-severity | min-severity
<Snmp::SHubAlarmSeverity> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 5.3-1 "SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(address) <Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port> address of the manager
[1...65535]
Table 5.3-2 "SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] cold-start-trap <Trap::SHubColdStart> optional parameter with default value:
"no-cold-start"
enable sending cold start trap
[ no ] auth-fail-trap <Trap::SHubAuthenticationFailure> optional parameter with default value:
"no-auth-failure"
enable sending authentication failure trap
[ no ] change-trap <Trap::SHubChangeOccured> optional parameter with default value:
"no-change-trap"
enable sending of change occured trap
community-string <PrintableString-0-255> optional parameter with default value: "public"
length: x<255 the community string to be used
snmp-version <Snmp::SHubVersion> optional parameter with default value: "v2"
Possible values are : manager type
- v1 : snmp V1 manager type
- v2 : snmp V2 manager type
min-severity <Snmp::SHubAlarmSeverity> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "indeterminate"
- indeterminate : indeterminate lowest severity an alarm must have, to be reported
- warning : warning
- minor : minor
- major : major


- critical : critical

6- XDSL Configuration Commands
6.1 Common XDSL Service Profile Configuration 6-51

Command
6.2 Common XDSL Spectrum Profile Configuration 6-53
Command
6.3 XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration 6-55
Command
6.4 XDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration 6-57
Command
6.5 XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration 6-59
Command
6.6 XDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration 6-61
Command
6.7 XDSL Line Configuration Command 6-64
6.8 XDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command 6-66

6 XDSL Configuration Commands
6.1 Common XDSL Service Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to manage the DSL service profile. The service profile groups all parameters on DSL service level
(data rates, Rate Adaption mode, delay, ...). The service parameters are common for all DSL flavors.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl priviliges, and executed by operators with xdsl priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl [[no] service-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [(scope)
][version <SignedInteger> ][ no ra-mode-down | ra-mode-down <Xdsl::RAModeDownType> ][
no ra-mode-up | ra-mode-up <Xdsl::RAModeUpType> ][ no min-bitrate-down |
min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate>
][ no plan-bitrate-down | plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no plan-bitrate-up |
plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down
<Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no
max-delay-down | max-delay-down <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ][ no max-delay-up |
max-delay-up <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ][ no activate | activate ]]
Command Parameters
Table 6.1-1 "Common XDSL Service Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Xdsl::ProfileIndex> index of the profile
range: [1...100]
Table 6.1-2 "Common XDSL Service Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]length: 1<=x<32 profile name
(scope) <AsamProfileScope> optional parameter
Possible values are : scope of the profile
- local-profile : the local profile
- network-profile : the network profile
version <SignedInteger> optional parameter
version maintained by manager, usually 1 for new
profile
ra-mode-down <Xdsl::RAModeDownType> optional parameter with default value: "automatic"
Possible values are : rate adaptation mode for down stream
- operator-ctrld : operator controlled rate
adaptive mode in downstream
- automatic : automatic rate adaptive mode
at startup in downstream
ra-mode-up <Xdsl::RAModeUpType> optional parameter with default value: "automatic"


Possible values are : rate adaptation mode for up stream
- operator-ctrld : operator controlled rate
adaptive mode in upstream
- automatic : automatic rate adaptive mode
at startup in upstream
min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default value: 1024
range: [0...65535] unit: kbps minimum downstream bit rate to be maintained
min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default value: 64
range: [0...65535] unit: kbps minimum upstream bit rate to be maintained
plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default value: 1536
range: [0...65535] unit: kbps planned bitrate in downstream
plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default value: 128
range: [0...65535] unit: kbps planned bitrate in upstream
max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default value: 6144
range: [0...65535] unit: kbps maximum bitrate in downstream
max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default value: 640
range: [0...65535] unit: kbps maximum bitrate in upstream
max-delay-down <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default value: 16
range: [1...63] unit: msec maximum delay for interleaving function in
downstream
max-delay-up <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default value: 16
range: [1...63] unit: msec maximum delay for interleaving function in
upstream
[ no ] activate <Xdsl::ActivateRowStatus> optional parameter with default value: "not-active"
to activate the profile

6.2 Common XDSL Spectrum Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to manage the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on
physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental conditions of the line (spectrum
management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
The specific values depending on the DSL flavor can be configured via:
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl-adsl2
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile re-adsl
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
The actual selected operating mode determines which set of DSL specific parameters is used. In case a common
parameter is not supported for a specific DSL flavor, this parameter will be ignored for that flavor.
When all the DSL specific flavors are configure the complete profile has to be activated.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl [[no] spectrum-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [(scope)
][version <SignedInteger> ][ no op-mode | op-mode <Xdsl::OpModeTypeSpectrumPreDef> ][
no min-noise-down | min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ][ no min-noise-up |
min-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ][ no trgt-noise-down | trgt-noise-down
<Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ][ no trgt-noise-up | trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ][ no
max-noise-down | max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ][ no max-noise-up |
max-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ][ no carrier-mask-down | carrier-mask-down
<Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> ][ no carrier-mask-up | carrier-mask-up <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp>
][ no rf-band-list | rf-band-list <Xdsl::RFBand> ][ no modification | modification
<Xdsl::ModifyStatus> ][ no activate | activate ]]
Command Parameters
Table 6.2-1 "Common XDSL Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Xdsl::ProfileIndex> index of the profile.
range: [1...100]
Table 6.2-2 "Common XDSL Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters


name <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]length: 1<=x<32 profile name
(scope) <AsamProfileScope> optional parameter
Possible values are : scope of the profile
- local-profile : the local profile
- network-profile : the network profile
version <SignedInteger> optional parameter
version maintained by manager, usually 1 for new
profile
op-mode <Xdsl::OpModeTypeSpectrumPreDef> optional parameter with default value: "default"
Possible values are : operational mode allowed by this profile
- default : default value
- adsl : adsl
- adsl2 : adsl+adls2
- adsl2plus : adsl+adls2+adsl2plus
- vdsl : vdsl
- <Xdsl::OpModeType> : octet string
defining the operation mode
min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...310] unit: 1/10 db minimum noise margin in downstream
min-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...310] unit: 1/10 db minimum noise margin in upstream
trgt-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default value: 60
range: [0...310] unit: 1/10 db target noise margin in downstream
trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default value: 60
range: [0...310] unit: 1/10 db maximum noise margin in upstream
max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> optional parameter with default value: 511
range: [0...310,511] unit: 1/10 db target noise margin in downstream
max-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> optional parameter with default value: 511
range: [0...310,511] unit: 1/10 db maximum noise margin in upstream
carrier-mask-down <Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> optional parameter with default value: "00 : 00 :
length: 64 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
the downstream carrier mask pattern
carrier-mask-up <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp> optional parameter with default value: "00 : 00 :
length: 8 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
the upstream carrier mask pattern
rf-band-list <Xdsl::RFBand> optional parameter with default value: "07 : 12 :
length: x<40 07 : d0 : 19 : 0d : ac : 0e : d8 : 19 : 1b : 58 : 1b :
bc : 19 : 27 : 74 : 27 : a6 : 19"
list of RF bands
modification <Xdsl::ModifyStatus> optional parameter with default value: "complete"
Possible values are : to modify the profile
- start : to start modifying the profile
- cancel : to cancel the modifications done
- complete : to complete the modifications
[ no ] activate <Xdsl::ActivateRowStatus> optional parameter with default value: "not-active"
to activate the profile

6.3 XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2

Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to manage the ADSL and ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles
groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration Profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL-ADSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl-adsl2 [ no proprietary-feat |
proprietary-feat ][ no max-agpowlev-down | max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ][ no
max-agpowlev-up | max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ][ no max-psd-down | max-psd-down
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> ][ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> ][ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode ][ no max-recv-power-up
| max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.3-1 "XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...100]
Table 6.3-2 "XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
[ no ] proprietary-feat <Xdsl::FeatureDisable> optional parameter with default value:
"no-proprietary"
enable proprietary features of the modem
max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> optional parameter with default value: 255
range: [0...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm maximum aggregate power allowed in downstream
max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> optional parameter with default value: 255
range: [0...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm maximum aggregate power allowed in upstream
max-psd-down <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> optional parameter with default value: -400


range: [-600...-400] unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz maximum power spectral density allowed in
downstream
max-psd-up <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> optional parameter with default value: -380
upstream
[ no ] pbo-mode <Xdsl::PboMode> optional parameter with default value:
"pbo-mode-down"
upstream power backoff mode
max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> optional parameter with default value: 255
range: [-255...255] the maximum receive power allowed in upstream

6.4 XDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2

Command Description
This node allows to manage the Reach Extented ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the Reach Extended DSL2 flavor specific parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) re-adsl [ no proprietary-feat |
proprietary-feat ][ no max-agpowlev-down | max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ][ no
<Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> ][ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> ][ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode ][ no
max-recv-power-up | max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.4-1 "XDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...100]
Table 6.4-2 "XDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
[ no ] proprietary-feat <Xdsl::FeatureDisable> optional parameter with default value:
"no-proprietary"
max-psd-down <Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown>optional parameter with default value: -370


downstream
max-psd-up <Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> optional parameter with default value: -329
upstream
"pbo-mode-down"

6.5 XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus

Command Description
This node allows to manage the ADSL2-plus specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles
groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL2-plus flavor specific parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl2-plus [ no proprietaty-feat |
proprietaty-feat ][ no max-agpowlev-down | max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ][ no
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> ][ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> ][ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode ][ no max-recv-power-up
| max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.5-1 "XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...100]
Table 6.5-2 "XDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
[ no ] proprietaty-feat <Xdsl::FeatureDisable> optional parameter with default value:
"no-proprietary"
max-psd-down <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> optional parameter with default value: -400


downstream
max-psd-up <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> optional parameter with default value: -380
upstream
"pbo-mode-down"

6.6 XDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to manage the VDSL specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles groups all
parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental conditions of the
line (spectrum management).
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the VDSL flavor specific parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl [ no vdsl-band-plan | vdsl-band-plan
<Xdsl::VdslBandPlan> ][ no adsl-band | adsl-band ][ no max-agpowlev-down |
max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> ][ no max-agpowlev-up | max-agpowlev-up
<Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> ][ no psd-shape-down | psd-shape-down <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeDown>
][ no psd-shape-up | psd-shape-up <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeUp> ][ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode ][
no recv-psd-shape-up | recv-psd-shape-up <Xdsl::RxVdslPsdShapeUp> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.6-1 "XDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...100]
Table 6.6-2 "XDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Command Parameters
vdsl-band-plan <Xdsl::VdslBandPlan> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "band-plan-B3"
- a4 : 4 bands of frequency 998 (ITU-T) the VDSL band plan
- a3 : 3 bands of frequency 998
- a2 : 2 bands of frequency 998
- b4 : 4 bands of frequency 997 (ITU-T)
- b3 : 3 bands of frequency 997
- b2 : 2 bands of frequency 997
- a3-china : 3 bands of china band plan 1
- a2-china : 2 bands of china band plan 1


- b3-china : 3 bands of china band plan 2
- b2-china : 2 bands of china band plan 2
[ no ] adsl-band <Xdsl::AdslBandUsage> optional parameter with default value:
"adsl-band-notallowed"
adsl band (25kHz..1.1MHz) Usage
max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> optional parameter with default value: 255
range: [-310...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm maximum power allowed on the line in
downstream
max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> optional parameter with default value: 255
range: [-310...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm maximum power allowed on the line in upstream
psd-shape-down <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeDown> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "etsi-p-cab-m1"
- ansi-ftt-ex-m1 : ANSI standard spectral power spectral density shape in downstream
density in downstream
- ansi-ftt-ex-m2 : ANSI standard spectral
- ansi-ftt-cab-m1 : ANSI standard spectral
- etsi-p-ex-p1-m1 : ETSI standard spectral
- etsi-p-cab-m1 : ETSI standard spectral
- etsi-p-cab-m2 : ETSI standard spectral
psd-shape-up <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeUp> optional parameter with default value: "etsi-p-m1"
Possible values are : power spectral density shape in upstream
density in upstream
density in upstream
density in upstream
density in upstream
- etsi-p-m1 : ETSI standard spectral
density in upstream
- etsi-p-m2 : ETSI standard spectral
density in upstream
"pbo-mode-up"
recv-psd-shape-up <Xdsl::RxVdslPsdShapeUp> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "etsi-a-rx-psd-up"
- ansi-a : ansi standard spectral density the reference RX PSD shape for upstream
shape in upstream
- ansi-f : ansi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- ansi-custom-ex : ansi custom spectral
density shape in upstream


- ansi-custom-cab : ansi custom spectral
- etsi-a : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-b : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-c : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-d : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-e : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-f : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-custom-ex : etsi custom spectral
- etsi-custom-cab : etsi custom standard
spectral density shape in upstream

6.7 XDSL Line Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to configure the XDSL line.
For the configuration one should associate a spectrum and a service profile to the line. The op-mode controls the
operational modes allowed on the line. It can be used to disable an operational mode that is enabled in the
spectrum profile but is not allowed on the line. It uses the same bitmap coding as op-mode in the XDSL
spectrum-profile.'0' is used as special value to indicate that all the modes supported by the line are allowed.
The modes which are not supported by the line must be disabled.
An operational mode is allowed on the line when it is enabled in the op-mode of the line configuration and the
op-mode in the XDSL spectrum-profile.
The configuration of the TCA line threshold is part of the XDSL line configuration. This can be configured by the
following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) tca-line-threshold.
To deconfigure a line the service-profile and spectrum-profile has to be put to 0.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile <AsamProfilePointer> spectrum-profile
<AsamProfilePointer> [ no op-mode | op-mode <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> ][ no
carrier-data-mode | carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> ][ no admin-up |
admin-up ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.7-1 "XDSL Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(if-index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / interface index of the port
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port>
Table 6.7-2 "XDSL Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters
service-profile <AsamProfilePointer> mandatory parameter
range: [0...65535] service profile to be configured on this port
spectrum-profile <AsamProfilePointer> mandatory parameter
range: [0...65535] spectrum profile to be configured on this port
op-mode <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> optional parameter with default value: "default"
Possible values are : operational mode allowed by this profile
- default : default value
- adsl-pots : adsl pots
- adsl-isdn : adsl isdn
- adsl2-pots : adsl2 pots


- adsl2-isdn : adsl2 isdn
- adsl2plus-pots : adsl2plus pots
- adsl2plus-isdn : adsl2plus isdn
- vdsl : vdsl
- <Xdsl::OpModeType> : octet string
defining the operation mode
carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> optional parameter with default value: "off"
Possible values are : carrier data measurement collection
- off : disable the collection
- on : enable the collection
- on-init : enable and re-initialize the line
[ no ] admin-up <Xdsl::LineAdminStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"admin-down"
adminstrative status of the xdsl line

6.8 XDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration is specific per xdsl
line.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl line (if-index) tca-line-threshold [ no enable | enable ][ no
es-nearend | es-nearend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no ses-nearend | ses-nearend
<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no uas-nearend | uas-nearend
<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no es-day-nearend | es-day-nearend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ][ no ses-day-nearend | ses-day-nearend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ][ no uas-day-nearend | uas-day-nearend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ][ no es-farend | es-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no
ses-farend | ses-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no uas-farend | uas-farend
<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no es-day-farend | es-day-farend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ][ no ses-day-farend | ses-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold>
][ no uas-day-farend | uas-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.8-1 "XDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 6.8-2 "XDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] enable <Xdsl::TcaEnable> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
enable the reporting of TCA's for this XDSL line
es-nearend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...900] errored seconds at the near end
ses-nearend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...900] severely errored seconds at the near end
uas-nearend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...900] unavailable seconds at the near end
es-day-nearend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...86400] errored seconds at the near end for a day
ses-day-nearend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...86400] severely errored seconds at the near end for a day
uas-day-nearend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...86400] unavailable seconds at the near end for a day


es-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...900] errored seconds at the far end
ses-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...900] severely errored seconds at the far end
uas-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...900] unavailable seconds at the far end
es-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...86400] errored seconds at the far end for a day
ses-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...86400] severely errored seconds at the far end for a day
uas-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...86400] unavailable seconds at the far end for a day

7- ATM Configuration Commands
7.1 ATM PVC Configuration Command 7-69

7 ATM Configuration Commands
7.1 ATM PVC Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure a Permanent Virtual Connection.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm priviliges, and executed by operators with atm priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure atm [[no] pvc (port-index) [ no admin-down | admin-down ][ no
aal5-encap-type | aal5-encap-type llc-snap | llc-snap-routed | llc-nlpid |
vc-mux-bridged-8023 | vc-mux-routed | vc-mux-pppoa | other | automatic | ppp | pppoa
]]
Command Parameters
Table 7.1-1 "ATM PVC Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port-index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the atm static Interface with vpi and vci
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> :
<Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci>
Table 7.1-2 "ATM PVC Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] admin-down <Atm::adminStatus> optional parameter with default value: "admin-up"
enables or disables the traffic flow
aal5-encap-type llc-snap | llc-snap-routed | llc-nlpid | optional parameter with default value: "llc-snap"
vc-mux-bridged-8023 | vc-mux-routed | AAL5 service specific convergence sublayer encap
vc-mux-pppoa | other | automatic | ppp | type
pppoa
- llc-snap : logical link control
encapsulation bridged protocol
- llc-snap-routed : logical link control
encapsulation routed protocol
- llc-nlpid : logical link control
encapsulation
- vc-mux-bridged-8023 : virtual channel
multiplex bridged protocol(ethernet)
- vc-mux-routed : virtual channel
multiplex routed protocol
- vc-mux-pppoa : virtual channel
multiplex pppoa protocol
- other : other encapsulation type
- automatic : automatic detection of
encapsulation type

7 ATM Configuration Commands

- ppp : auto detection between LLC-SNAP
bridged, VC-MUX bridged and
LLC-NLPID, VC-MUX-PPPoA
- pppoa : auto detection between
VC-MUX-PPPoA and LLC-NLPID

8- Interface Management Commands
8.1 Network Interface Configuration Command 8-72

8.2 Interface Alarm Configuration Command 8-74
8.3 SHub Management Interface Configuration Command 8-75
8.4 SHub Port Control Configuration Command 8-76

8 Interface Management Commands
8.1 Network Interface Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure interface management parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equip priviliges, and executed by operators with equip priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure interface port (port) [ no (admin-up) ][ no (link-updown-trap) ][ no user
| user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> ][ no severity | severity
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> ]
Command Parameters
Table 8.1-1 "Network Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port) xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the interface index
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | slip :
<Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::NtSlot> | ethernet : <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot> :
<Itf::EthernetId> | pppoeses :
<Atm::vci> : <PPPoE::LogicalSesId> |
ip-gateway : <Vrf::VrfIndex> |
xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> /
<Eqpt::Port> | atm-if : <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Port> | atm-pvc : <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> |
bridge-port : <Eqpt::Rack> /
pppoe : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> | l2-vlan :
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Vlan::VlanIndex> | ip :
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Ip::LogicalId> |
sw-loopback : <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot>

Table 8.1-2 "Network Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters

[ no ] (admin-up) <Itf::ifAdminStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"admin-down"
the desired state of the interface
[ no ] <Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable> optional parameter with default value:
(link-updown-trap) "no-link-updown-trap"
indicate whether link-up/link-down traps should be
generated
user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default value: "available"
length: x<32 description of the user connected to this interface
severity <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> optional parameter with default value: "default"
Possible values are : set minimum severity for alarm to be reported
severity
- no-alarms : do not report alarm
- default : take default as specified in
asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefaultTable

8.2 Interface Alarm Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the default severity for an alarm on this type of interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure interface alarm (index) [ no default-severity | default-severity
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault> ]
Command Parameters
Table 8.2-1 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Itf::AlarmItfType> index of the IANA ifType
Table 8.2-2 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Command Parameters
default-severity <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault>
optional parameter with default value: "major"
Possible values are : default severity to be reported
severity

8.3 SHub Management Interface Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure parameters related to SHub interface management.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub [[no] vlan-id (vlan-id) [ no mtu | mtu <Shub::ifMainMtu> ][
no admin-status | admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 8.3-1 "SHub Management Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> vlan id
range: [1...4093]
Table 8.3-2 "SHub Management Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
mtu <Shub::ifMainMtu> optional parameter with default value: 1500
range: [90...9100] MTU for the vlan interface
admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> optional parameter with default value: "down"
Possible values are : administrative state of the vlan interface
- up : up
- down : down
- auto-up : autoup

8.4 SHub Port Control Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to configure parameters related to port control configuration of an SHub interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub port (network-port) [ no (negotiate) ]duplex <Sys::Duplex>
speed <Sys::Speed> [ no admin-status | admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> ][ no
port-type | port-type <Sys::Type> ][ no mc-flooding | mc-flooding ]
Command Parameters
Table 8.4-1 "SHub Port Control Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(network-port) <Shub::NetworkPort> identifier of the port interface
range: [1...7]
Table 8.4-2 "SHub Port Control Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] (negotiate) <Sys::PortCtrlMode> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "no-negotiate"
- automatic : determine the parameters of negotiation mode of the port interface parameters
interface automatically
- 10mbps : mode of interface is 10Mbps
- 1gbps : mode of interface is 1Gbps
duplex <Sys::Duplex> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : configure port interface data transfer mode
- full : data transfer in full duplex
- half : data transfer in half duplex
speed <Sys::Speed> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : configure port interface speed
- ten-mbps : speed of 10MBPS
- hundred-mbps : speed of 100MBPS
- one-gb : speed of 1GB
admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> optional parameter with default value: "down"
Possible values are : administrative state of the port
- up : up
- down : down
- auto-up : autoup
port-type <Sys::Type> optional parameter with default value: "unused"
Possible values are : the type of port interface
- user : port to a directly connected user


- subtending : port to a subtended ISAM
- network : port to the service provider
(ISP)
- unused : port is not in use
- outband-mngt : port is used for
outband-management
[ no ] mc-flooding <Sys::FloodMode> optional parameter with default value:
"no-mc-flooding"
enable multicast flooding

9- Equipment Configuration Commands
9.1 Slot Configuration Command 9-79

9.2 Applique Configuration Command 9-81
9.3 ISAM Configuration Command 9-83
9.4 Rack Configuration Command 9-84
9.5 Shelf Configuration Command 9-85

9 Equipment Configuration Commands
9.1 Slot Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure a slot.
The slot is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf has as number 1. Following
parameters can be configured for the slot :
• planned type: the board type intended to be placed in the slot. not-planned indicates that one does not have the
intention to put a board in that slot.
• power-down: the operator can power-up or power-down slots. This is only applicable to LSM.
• unlock: the operator can lock or unlock a board. A board in locked state can not be used. This attribute is only
supported for the following type of boards: NT (but notice that the system will refuse to lock the NT of a simplex
system), EXT and a managed LSM.
• overrule-sw: the operator can overrule the default software version for this board. This is only supported for
managed LSMs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure equipment slot (index) [ no planned-type | planned-type
<Equipm::BoardType> ][ no power-down | power-down ][ no unlock | unlock ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.1-1 "Slot Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the physical number of the slot
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>= range: [1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>= range: [1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>= range: [1...21]
Table 9.1-2 "Slot Configuration Command" Command Parameters
planned-type <Equipm::BoardType> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "not-planned"
- eant-a : ethernet NT with electrical netw type of board intended to be in this position
itf
- ebnt-a : ethernet NT with optical netw itf
- ecnt-a : ethernet NT with integrated shub
- ealt-a : 48 port ADSL2 LT - POTS
- eblt-a : 48 port multiDSL layer2 LT -
POTS
- eblt-c : 48 port multiDSL layer3 LT -


POTS
- eblt-d : 48 port multiDSL layer3 LT -
ISDN
- evlt-a : 24 port VDSL layer3 LT - POTS
- aacu-c : alarm and control unit
- not-planned : unplan a board
- unmanaged : the board is not managed
[ no ] power-down <Equipm::SlotPowerStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"nopower-down"
used to power-up or power-down an LSM slot (not
supported for other type of slots)
[ no ] unlock <Equipm::BoardAdminStatus> optional parameter with default value: "lock"
changes the administration-status to unlock

9.2 Applique Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure an applique.
The applique is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf has as number 1. Following
parameters can be configured for the slot :
• planned type: the applique type intended to be placed in the slot. not-planned indicates that one does not have
the intention to put an applique in that slot.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure equipment applique (index) [ no planned-type | planned-type
<Equipm::AppliqueType> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.2-1 "Applique Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the physical number of the applique
<Eqpt::Applique>
<Eqpt::Applique>= range: [1...21]
Table 9.2-2 "Applique Configuration Command" Command Parameters
planned-type <Equipm::AppliqueType> optional parameter with default value:
- eanc-a : NT I/O external shub applique type of applique intended to be in this position
- ecnc-a : NT I/O optical GE applique
- ecnc-b : NT I/O optical FE applique
- psps-a : 48 port multiDSL MII POTS
splitter applique
- psps-b : 48 port multiDSL ETSI (option
A) POTS splitter applique
- psps-c : 48 port multiDSL ETSI (option
B) POTS splitter applique with MTA
- psus-a : 48 port multiDSL ETSI ISDN
splitter applique with MTA
- vpsc-d : 24 port VDSL POTS splitters
- hlpc-f : 24 port ADSL POTS splitters
with MTA


- hlpc-g : 24 port ADSL POTS splitter
applique
- hlpc-h : 48 port multiDSL POTS splitter
applique
- hcut-c : 48 port POTS cut through
applique
- dsnc-a : NT I/O for ARAM shelf: non
replaceable
- not-planned : unplan a board

9.3 ISAM Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the ISAM. Following parameters can be configured :
• description: a description which can for example be used to describe the location of the ISAM.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure equipment isam [ no description | description <Description-127> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.3-2 "ISAM Configuration Command" Command Parameters
description <Description-127> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<127 any description to be used by the operator

9.4 Rack Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the rack. Following parameters can be configured for a rack:
• description: a description which for example can be used to describe the location of the rack.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure equipment rack (index) [ no description | description <Description-127> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.4-1 "Rack Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> the physcial position of the rack
range: [1...1]
Table 9.4-2 "Rack Configuration Command" Command Parameters

9.5 Shelf Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the shelf. He can configure following parameters:
• class: the classification of the shelf. Following classes are supported:
- main-ethernet : a shelf class supporting Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can contain NT and LT.
There must be at least one shelf of this class in the system.
- ext-ethernet : a shelf class supporting Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can only contain LT.
• planned-type: the type planned for this shelf. not-planned it the operator does not has the intention to put a
shelf at this position.
• unlock: locks or unlocks the shelf.
• description: a description which for example can be used to describe the location of the shelf.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure equipment shelf (index) class <Equipm::ShelfClass> [ no planned-type |
planned-type <Equipm::ShelfType> ][ no unlock | unlock ][ no description | description
<Description-127> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.5-1 "Shelf Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> the physical identification of the shelf
<Eqpt::Shelf>= range: [1...1]
Table 9.5-2 "Shelf Configuration Command" Command Parameters
class <Equipm::ShelfClass> mandatory parameter
the class to which the shelf belongs
planned-type <Equipm::ShelfType> optional parameter with default value:
- alts-t : ISAM DSL line termination shelf the planned type of the shelf
- aram-b : ISAM-R DSL 2 slot line
termination shelf
- not-planned : holder is not planned
[ no ] unlock <Equipm::HolderAdminStatus> optional parameter with default value: "lock"
changes the administration-status to unlock

10- Error Configuration Commands
10.1 Error Log Configuration Command 10-87

10 Error Configuration Commands
10.1 Error Log Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to configure parameters related to the error log.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure error [ no log-full-action | log-full-action <Error::errorLogFullAction> ]
Command Parameters
Table 10.1-2 "Error Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
log-full-action <Error::errorLogFullAction> optional parameter with default value: "wrap"
Possible values are : set the action when error log buffer is full
by recent ones
buffer is reset

11- System Configuration Commands
11.1 System Configuration Command 11-89

11.2 System Management Host IP-Address Configuration 11-91
Command
11.3 System Management Default Route Configuration 11-92
Command
11.4 System SNTP Configuration Command 11-93
11.5 SHub System SNTP Configuration Command 11-94
11.6 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Commands 11-95
11.7 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration 11-97
Command
11.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration 11-98
Command
11.9 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Commands 11-99
11.10 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration 11-101
Command
11.11 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration 11-102
Command
11.12 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Commands 11-103
11.13 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration 11-105
Command
11.14 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration 11-106
Command
11.15 SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration 11-107
Commands
11.16 SHub System other Protocol Filter In Port List 11-109
11.17 SHub System other Protocol Filter Out Port List 11-110
11.18 SHub System Vlan-Filter Configuration Command 11-111
11.19 SHub System IP Group Configuration Command 11-112
11.20 SHub System ID Configuration Command 11-113
11.21 SHub System Software Group Configuration 11-114
Command
11.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command 11-115
11.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command 11-116

11 System Configuration Commands
11.1 System Configuration Command
Command Description
The id represents the SID (System ID) of the NE and is used to identify the NE in TL1 messages. The System ID may
only include letters, digits and hyphens, and must be unique for each NE in a managed network. The name is an
administratively-assigned name for this managed node. By convention, this is the node's fully-qualified domain
name. The location is the physical location of this node.The textual identification of the contact person for this
managed node, together with information on how to contact this person is given by contact-person.
The snmp-auth-traps indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication-failure
traps.The ether-shape-rate indicates ethernet frame shaping rate in kbit/s.
The system-mac is used to configure the system MAC address in ISAM. The systemMacAddr is the MAC address of
LANX interface on NT board. The lanxBaseMacAddr is the first MAC address of the consecutive MAC addresses
used by the LANX. The lanxRangeMac is the number of MAC addresses supported in LANX.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system id <Sys::systemId> name <PrintableString-0-255> location
<PrintableString-0-255> contact-person <PrintableString-0-255> [ no en-snmp-auth-trap
| en-snmp-auth-trap ][ no ether-shape-rate | ether-shape-rate <Sys::etherShapeRate>
]mgnt-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> system-mac <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::MacAddr> /
<Sys::Number>
Command Parameters
Table 11.1-2 "System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
id <Sys::systemId> mandatory parameter
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-]length: x<20 the system ID of the NE
name <PrintableString-0-255> mandatory parameter
length: x<255 fully-qualified domain name of the system
location <PrintableString-0-255> mandatory parameter
length: x<255 location of this system
contact-person <PrintableString-0-255> mandatory parameter
length: x<255 info about the contact person for this system
[ no ] <Transport::SnmpAuthTraps> optional parameter with default value:
en-snmp-auth-trap "no-en-snmp-auth-trap"
uniquely identifies a particular access server
ether-shape-rate <Sys::etherShapeRate> optional parameter with default value: 128
range: [128...2000] unit: kbps outgoing ethernet frames shaping rate on
management itf
mgnt-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> mandatory parameter
range: [1...4093] configure management vlan id
system-mac <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::MacAddr> / mandatory parameter


<Sys::Number> system mac addresses in format :
systemMacAddr/lanxBaseMacAddr/lanxRangeMac

11.2 System Management Host IP-Address

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the IP-address of the system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security priviliges, and executed by operators with security
priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure system management host-ip-address bootp | manual : <Ip::V4Address> /
<Ip::PrefixLengthHost>
Command Parameters
Table 11.2-2 "System Management Host IP-Address Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
host-ip-address bootp | manual : <Ip::V4Address> / mandatory parameter
<Ip::PrefixLengthHost> the host ip-address specification

11.3 System Management Default Route

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the default route of the system. Before the default route can be
configured the ip-address of the system must be set
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transp priviliges, and executed by operators with transp
priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure system management [[no] default-route (default-route) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.3-1 "System Management Default Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(default-route) <Ip::V4Address> IP-address of the default-route

11.4 System SNTP Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the sntp and its related parameters
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system sntp server-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> [ no server-port | server-port
<Sys::portNumber> ][ no polling-rate | polling-rate <Sys::pollingRate> ][ no enable |
enable ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.4-2 "System SNTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
server-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
configure the sntp ip address of the snmp agent
server-port <Sys::portNumber> optional parameter with default value: 123
range: [0...65535] configure the sntp port number of the snmp agent
polling-rate <Sys::pollingRate> optional parameter with default value: 3600
unit: seconds polling rate for the snmp agent
[ no ] enable <Sys::sntpStatus> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
enables or disables the sntp application

11.5 SHub System SNTP Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the of the SNTP SHub and its related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub sntp server-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> [ no server-port |
server-port <Sys::portNumber> ][ no polling-rate | polling-rate <Sys::pollingRate> ][
no enable | enable ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.5-2 "SHub System SNTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
server-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
configure the sntp ip address of the snmp agent
server-port <Sys::portNumber> optional parameter with default value: 123
range: [0...65535] configure the sntp port number of the snmp agent
polling-rate <Sys::pollingRate> optional parameter with default value: 3600
unit: seconds polling rate for the snmp agent
[ no ] enable <Sys::sntpStatus> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
enables or disables the sntp application

11.6 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration

Commands
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure an ICMP filter on the SHub. The ICMP filter takes into account source
and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified. Optionally the ICMP message type and/or the
ICMP message code can be specified.
The physical ports where the filters have to be applied are configured subsequently, by means of dedicated
configuration commands.
When the filter is to be applied to incoming traffic, the command to configure the in-port is to be used. When the
filter is to be applied to outgoing traffic, the command to configure the out-port is to be used.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter [[no] icmp (index-num) [ no action-drop |
action-drop ][ no dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
][ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ][ no
msg-type | msg-type <Sys::MsgType> ][ no msg-code | msg-code <Sys::MsgCode> ][ no
direction | direction <Sys::Direction> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 11.6-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
(index-num) <Sys::Number> L3 Filter rule number
range: [1...65535]
Table 11.6-2 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
[ no ] action-drop <Sys::L3Action> optional parameter with default value:
"action-allow"
specifies the action to be taken on the packet
dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0/0"
destination IP address to be matched with the
packet
src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0/0"
source IP address to be matched with the packet
msg-type <Sys::MsgType> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "no-icmp-type"
- echo-reply : message type to be checked against the packet
- dest-unreach :


- src-quench :
- redirect :
- echo-request :
- time-exceeded :
- param-prob :
- time-stamp-req :
- time-stamp-reply :
- infor-req :
- infor-reply :
- addr-mask-req :
- addr-mask-reply :
- no-icmp-type :
msg-code <Sys::MsgCode> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "no-icmp-code"
- network-unreach : message code to be checked against the packet
- host-unreach :
- protocol-unreach :
- port-unreach :
- fragment-need :
- src-route-fail :
- dest-nwk-unknown :
- dest-host-unknown :
- src-host-isolated :
- dest-nwk-prohibit :
- dest-host-prohibit :
- nwk-unreach-tos :
- host-unreach-tos :
- no-icmp-code :
direction <Sys::Direction> optional parameter with default value: "in"
Possible values are : specifies in which direction the filters are applied
- in : incoming packets
- out : outgoing packets
Command Output
Table 11.6-3 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
row-status <WaitRowStatus> the status of the instance
Possible values are : This element is only shown in detail mode.
- active : instance is in use
- not-in-service : instance exists but is not
used
- not-ready : instance exists but can not be
used

11.7 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the ICMP filter is to be applied.
This command is used for ICMP filters related to incoming traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) [[no] in-port (network-port)
]
Command Parameters
Table 11.7-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...65535]
(network-port) <Shub::NetworkPort> the network port
range: [1...7]

11.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the ICMP filter is to be applied.
This command is used for ICMP filters related to outgoing traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) [[no] out-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.8-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...65535]
(port) lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the port
<Eqpt::LtSlot> | network :
<Shub::NetworkPort> | nt

11.9 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration

Commands
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure a TCP filter on the SHub. The TCP filter takes into account source
and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
When both source and destination protocol ports need to be configured, the latter must be performed through
seperate commands.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter [[no] tcp (index-num) [ no action-drop |
min-dst-port | min-dst-port <Sys::Port> ][ no max-dst-port | max-dst-port <Sys::Port>
][ no min-src-port | min-src-port <Sys::Port> ][ no max-src-port | max-src-port
<Sys::Port> ][ no ack | ack <Sys::AckBit> ][ no rst | rst <Sys::RstBit> ][ no tos |
tos <Sys::Tos> ][ no direction | direction <Sys::Direction> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 11.9-1 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
range: [1...65535]
Table 11.9-2 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
"action-allow"
packet
min-dst-port <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default value: 0


range: [0...65535] minimum port in the destination port
range(TCP/UDP ports)
max-dst-port <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default value: 65535
range: [0...65535] maximum port in the destination port range
min-src-port <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...65535] minimum port in the source port range
max-src-port <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default value: 65535
range: [0...65535] maximum port in the source port range
ack <Sys::AckBit> optional parameter with default value: "any"
Possible values are : tcp ACK bit to be checked against the packet
- establish : establish the bit
- not-establish : not establish the bit
- any : default value
rst <Sys::RstBit> optional parameter with default value: "any"
Possible values are : tcp RST bit to be checked against the packet
- set : set the bit
- not-set : not set the bit
tos <Sys::Tos> optional parameter with default value: "any"
Possible values are : IP TOS bit to be checked against the packet
- any : any
- high-reliable : high reliable
- high-throughput : high through put
- high-relia-thro : high reliable and
through put
- low-delay : low delay
- low-delay-high-relai : low delay and high
reliability
- low-delay-high-thro : low delay and high
through put
- best-tos : low delay, high reliability and
through put
Possible values are : specifies the direction in which the filters are
- in : incoming packets applied
Command Output
Table 11.9-3 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Commands" Display parameters
used
used

11.10 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the TCP filter is to be applied.
This command is used for TCP filters related to incoming traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) [[no] in-port (network-port)
]
Command Parameters
Table 11.10-1 "SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...65535]
range: [1...7]

11.11 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the TCP filter is to be applied.
This command is used for TCP filters related to outgoing traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) [[no] out-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.11-1 "SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...65535]

11.12 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration

Commands
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure a UDP filter on the SHub. The UDP filter takes into account source
and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
When both source and destination protocol ports need to be configured, the latter must be performed through
seperate commands.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter [[no] udp (index-num) [ no action-drop |
min-dst-port | min-dst-port <Sys::Port> ][ no max-dst-port | max-dst-port <Sys::Port>
][ no min-src-port | min-src-port <Sys::Port> ][ no max-src-port | max-src-port
<Sys::Port> ][ no direction | direction <Sys::Direction> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 11.12-1 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
range: [1...65535]
Table 11.12-2 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
"action-allow"
packet
min-dst-port <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...65535] minimum port in the destination port


range(TCP/UDP ports)
max-dst-port <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default value: 65535
range: [0...65535] maximum port in the destination port range
min-src-port <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...65535] minimum port in the source port range
max-src-port <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default value: 65535
range: [0...65535] maximum port in the source port range
Possible values are : specifies in which direction the filters are applied
Command Output
Table 11.12-3 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Commands" Display parameters
used
used

11.13 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the UDP filter is to be applied.
This command is used for UDP filters related to incoming traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) [[no] in-port (network-port)
]
Command Parameters
Table 11.13-1 "SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...65535]
range: [1...7]

11.14 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the UDP filter is to be applied.
This command is used for UDP filters related to outgoing traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) [[no] out-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.14-1 "SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...65535]

11.15 SHub System other Protocol Filter

Configuration Commands
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure an IP filter on the SHub, for protocols other than ICMP, TCP or UDP.
The IP filter takes into account source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter [[no] port-filter (filter-rule) [ no protocol
| protocol <Sys::RestrictedProtocol> ][ no action-drop | action-drop ][ no dst-ip-addr
| dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ][ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ][ no direction | direction <Sys::Direction>
]]
Command Parameters
Table 11.15-1 "SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
(filter-rule) <Sys::Number> L3 filter rule number
range: [1...65535]
Table 11.15-2 "SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration Commands" Command
Parameters
protocol <Sys::RestrictedProtocol> optional parameter with default value: "any"
Possible values are : type of protocol to be checked against the packet
- igmp : check the packet for igmp
- ggp : check the packet for ggp
- ip : check the packet for ip
- egp : check the packet for egp
- igp : check the packet for igp
- nvp : check the packet for nvp
- irtp : check the packet for irtp
- idrp : check the packet for idrp
- rsvp : check the packet for rsvp
- msrp : check the packet for msrp


- igrp : check the packet for igrp
- ospf : check the packet for ospf
- any : check the all packets
"action-allow"
packet
Possible values are : specifies in which direction the Filters are applied
Command Output
Table 11.15-3 "SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration Commands" Display parameters
used
used

11.16 SHub System other Protocol Filter In Port

List Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the "other Protocol" filter is to be applied.
This command is used for "other Protocol" filters related to incoming traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter (filter-rule) [[no] in-port
(network-port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.16-1 "SHub System other Protocol Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...65535]
range: [1...7]

11.17 SHub System other Protocol Filter Out Port

List Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the "other Protocol" filter is to be applied.
This command is used for "other Protocol" filters related to outgoing traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter (filter-rule) [[no] out-port
(port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.17-1 "SHub System other Protocol Filter Out Port List Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
range: [1...65535]

11.18 SHub System Vlan-Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the management VLAN filter IP-address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter [[no] shub-manager (index) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address>
]
Command Parameters
Table 11.18-1 "SHub System Vlan-Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Sys::SrcIpIndex> index number of the SrcIp
range: [1...100]
Table 11.18-2 "SHub System Vlan-Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
MgmtVlan filter IP address to be matched with the
packet

11.19 SHub System IP Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
The default ip-address is used when manual mode is selected or when the system fails to obtain an ip-address
dynamically.
Default ip-address, subnet mask and default gateway will only take only effect when the configuration is stored and
restored.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry ip [ no ip-cfg-mode | ip-cfg-mode <Sys::DefIpAddr>
]def-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> def-gateway <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 11.19-2 "SHub System IP Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
ip-cfg-mode <Sys::DefIpAddr> optional parameter with default value: "manual"
Possible values are : specifies how the system get the IP address
- manual : ip address got from the system
- dynamic : ip address got through
dynamic IP address
def-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> mandatory parameter
default IP address of the system
def-gateway <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
default IP Address of the system

11.20 SHub System ID Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the PPP sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry id contact <PrintableString> location <PrintableString>
Command Parameters
Table 11.20-2 "SHub System ID Configuration Command" Command Parameters
contact <PrintableString> mandatory parameter
textual identification of the contact person
location <PrintableString> mandatory parameter
physical location of this node

11.21 SHub System Software Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the software for SHub system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry software [ no sw-ver-name | sw-ver-name <Sys::FileName>
]sw-release-num <Sys::ReleaseNum>
Command Parameters
Table 11.21-2 "SHub System Software Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
sw-ver-name <Sys::FileName> optional parameter with default value: "shub"
length: 1<=x<256 identifies the Name of the shub Software release
sw-release-num <Sys::ReleaseNum> mandatory parameter
length: 1<=x<7 identifies the software version number d.d.d.d

11.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the SHub system vlan group.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry vlan ext-vlan-id <Vlan::ExtVlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 11.22-2 "SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
ext-vlan-id <Vlan::ExtVlanIndex> mandatory parameter
range: [2...4093] External Vlan id

11.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure HTTP access to the SHub system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry status [ no http-access | http-access ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.23-2 "SHub System HTTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] http-access <Sys::HttpStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"no-http-access"
enable http access for the users

12- Security Configuration Commands
12.1 Security Banner Configuration Commmand 12-118

12.2 Operator Configuration Command 12-119
12.3 Profile Configuration Command 12-121
12.4 Security SNMP Communitie Configurqtion Command 12-124
12.5 SHub Security SNMP Communitie Configuration 12-125
Command
12.6 Security Domain Configuration Command 12-126
12.7 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command 12-128
12.8 Security Domain User Configuration Command 12-129
12.9 Security Connection Profile Configuration Command 12-130
12.10 Security Connection Policy Configuration Command 12-131
12.11 Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command 12-132
12.12 Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration 12-133
Command
12.13 Security Radius Client Configuration Command 12-134
12.14 Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration 12-135
Command
12.15 Security Radius Accounting Server Configuration 12-137
Command
12.16 Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client Configuration 12-139
Command
12.17 Security Radius Policy Configuration Command 12-140
12.18 Security Radius Server Configuration Command 12-142
12.19 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration 12-143
Command
12.20 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration 12-144
Command
12.21 Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication 12-146
12.22 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command 12-147

12 Security Configuration Commands
12.1 Security Banner Configuration Commmand
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the login or welcom banner.
User Level
priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure system security [ no login-banner | login-banner ][ no welcome-banner |
welcome-banner ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.1-2 "Security Banner Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
login-banner optional parameter with default value: ""
the banner to be shown before the operator enters
its name
welcome-banner optional parameter with default value: ""
the banner to be shown when the operator logged in

12.2 Operator Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify an operator instance.
An operator can log in to the system with the specified name and password once such instance is created.
Operators have a profile. This operator profile determines most of the properties of the operator. The operator
profile must be created before the operator can be created.
The operator profile is assigned at the moment the operator is created. It can not be changed afterwards. If one
wants to do so, one must first delete the operator and recreate it again.
The default values for prompt can be found in configure system security profile profile-name. How to specify a
prompt is explained in chapter ISAM CLI - The CLI Prompt.
Following rules apply to a plain text password:
• The password must consist of at least 6 and maximum 20 printable characters.
• The password must contain at least 1 non-alfanumeric character.
• A new password must be differ from the last 3 passwords.
Never specify a new password via encrypted: because you can enter any hexadecimal string which is not
necessarely linked to a password. It is almost impossible to calculate a password from an encrypted string. This
method to specify passwords is only intented to restore an existing configuration.
An operator will be requested to enter a new password when he logs in for the first time after another operator
changed his password.
There is no separate command to change a password. An operator must change the password in his operator node.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,forAdmin priviliges, and executed by operators with all
priviliges.
The last operator with security write permissions, can not be deleted.
An operator may be deleted when that operator is still logged-in. The operator instance will only be effectively
removed once the operator logs out or is logged-out by the system.
Operators without security read or write permissions, can never see other operators.
Operators without security write permissions, can never create, delete or modify another operator, but they can
enter the commands to do so. These command will always fail when executed.
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] operator (name) profile <Sec::ProfileName> password
prompt | plain : <Sec::PlainPassword> | encrypted : <Sec::EncryptedPassword> [ no
prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ][ no description | description <Sec::OperatorDesc> ][
no more | more ]]
Command Parameters

Table 12.2-1 "Operator Configuration Command" Resource Parameters

(name) <Sec::OperatorName> the name of the operator
range: [a-z0-9]length: 1<=x<11
Table 12.2-2 "Operator Configuration Command" Command Parameters
profile <Sec::ProfileName> mandatory parameter
range: [a-z0-9]length: 1<=x<11 The parameter is not visible during modification.
the name of an operator profile
password prompt | plain : <Sec::PlainPassword> | mandatory parameter
encrypted : <Sec::EncryptedPassword> the password needed to log in
prompt <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<19 the specification of the prompt
description <Sec::OperatorDesc> optional parameter with default value: ""
[ no ] more <Sec::More> optional parameter with default value: "no-more"
all output is by default passed through the more
printer

12.3 Profile Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify an operator profile.
This operator profile determines most of the properties of the operator.
An operator profile is typically used to limit the commands a group of operators can execute to those for which
they have the necessary skills and for which they are responsible.
How to specify a prompt is explained in chapter ISAM CLI - The CLI Prompt.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,forAdmin priviliges.
The last operator with security write permissions can not be deleted.
The permissions of a profile can not be changed as long as one operator belongs to the profile.
Operators without security read or write permissions, can never see other operator profiles.
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] profile (name) [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ][
no password-timeout | password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> ][ no terminal-timeout |
terminal-timeout <Sec::InactivityTimeout> ][ no description | description
<Sec::ProfileDesc> ][ no aaa | aaa <Sec::Aaa> ][ no atm | atm <Sec::Atm> ][ no alarm |
alarm <Sec::Alarm> ][ no dhcp | dhcp <Sec::Dhcp> ][ no equipment | equipment
<Sec::Equipment> ][ no igmp | igmp <Sec::Igmp> ][ no ip | ip <Sec::Ip> ][ no ppoe |
ppoe <Sec::Ppoe> ][ no qos | qos <Sec::Qos> ][ no software-mngt | software-mngt
<Sec::Sw> ][ no transport | transport <Sec::Transport> ][ no vlan | vlan <Sec::Vlan>
][ no xdsl | xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> ][ no security | security <Sec::Security> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.3-1 "Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Sec::ProfileName> the name of the profile
Table 12.3-2 "Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
prompt <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default value: "\"%n%d%c
length: x<19 \""
the specification of the prompt
password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...365] unit: days the maximum time a password may be unchanged
terminal-timeout <Sec::InactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...120] unit: minutes the maximum time a terminal may be inactive
description <Sec::ProfileDesc> optional parameter with default value: ""


aaa <Sec::Aaa> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to AAA related commands
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
atm <Sec::Atm> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to ATM related commands
- none : no access
alarm <Sec::Alarm> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to alarm related commands
- none : no access
dhcp <Sec::Dhcp> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to DHCP related commands
- none : no access
equipment <Sec::Equipment> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to equipment related commands
- none : no access
igmp <Sec::Igmp> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to IGMP related commands
- none : no access
ip <Sec::Ip> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to IP related commands
- none : no access
ppoe <Sec::Ppoe> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to PPOE related commands
- none : no access
qos <Sec::Qos> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to qos related commands
- none : no access
software-mngt <Sec::Sw> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to software management related
- write : write and read access commands
- none : no access
transport <Sec::Transport> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to transport related commands
- none : no access
vlan <Sec::Vlan> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to VLAN related commands


- none : no access
xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to xDSL related commands
- none : no access
security <Sec::Security> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : the access rights to security related commands
- none : no access

12.4 Security SNMP Communitie Configurqtion

Command
Command Description
This command allows us to configure community names.
An existing community can not be modified
SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed or
not.
User Level
priviliges.
There must be at least one community with read-write priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure system security snmp [[no] community (name) [ no privilege | privilege
<Snmp::CommunityPrivilege> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.4-1 "Security SNMP Communitie Configurqtion Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Snmp::CommunityName> the name of the community
length: x<32
Table 12.4-2 "Security SNMP Communitie Configurqtion Command" Command Parameters
privilege <Snmp::CommunityPrivilege> optional parameter with default value: "read-only"
Possible values are : The parameter is not visible during modification.
- read-only : only read priviliges the priviliges we have when we use this community
- read-write : read and write priviliges
- write-only : only write privileges

12.5 SHub Security SNMP Communitie

Command Description
This command allows us to configure community names.
There can be many entries with the same community name or ip-address.
SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed or
not.
It is possible to allow only a limited number of ip-adresses to use a given community name.
User Level
priviliges.
The community used by the Command Language Interface (CLI) can not be deleted nor modified.
Command Syntax
> configure system security snmp shub [[no] community (index) name
<PrintableString-0-255> [ no privilege | privilege <Snmp::SHubCommunityPrivilege> ][
no ip-addr | ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.5-1 "SHub Security SNMP Communitie Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Snmp::SHubCommunityIndex> number of the entry in the community table
range: [0...10]
Table 12.5-2 "SHub Security SNMP Communitie Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <PrintableString-0-255> mandatory parameter
length: x<255 the name of the community
privilege <Snmp::SHubCommunityPrivilege> optional parameter with default value: "read-only"
Possible values are : the priviliges we have when we use this community
- read-only : only read
- read-write : read and write
ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0"
the ip-address from where we may use this
community

12.6 Security Domain Configuration Command
Command Description
These are used to configure the domain.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa priviliges, and executed by operators with aaa priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] domain (name) vrf-index <Aaa::DomainVrfIndex> [ no
vlan-id | vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> ][ no primary-dns | primary-dns
<Ip::V4Address> ][ no second-dns | second-dns <Ip::V4Address> ][ no primary-nbns |
primary-nbns <Ip::V4Address> ][ no second-nbns | second-nbns <Ip::V4Address> ][ no
sess-timeout | sess-timeout <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> ][ no qos-policy | qos-policy
none | name : <Aaa::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]authenticator local | radius :
<Aaa::RadPolicyName> [ no admin-down | admin-down ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.6-1 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Aaa::DomainName> name of the domain
length: 6<=x<64
Table 12.6-2 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Command Parameters
vrf-index <Aaa::DomainVrfIndex> mandatory parameter
range: [-1,1...127] valid VRF index
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...4092] a vlan id
primary-dns <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0"
IP address of primary DNS server
second-dns <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0"
IP address of secondary DNS server
primary-nbns <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0"
IP address of primary NBNS server
second-nbns <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0"
IP address of secondary NBNS server
sess-timeout <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...2147483647] maximum lifetime of a session
qos-policy none | name : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Aaa::IgnoredQosProfileName> name of the QoS policy that must be applied to this
domain
authenticator local | radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName> mandatory parameter
type of authenticator
[ no ] admin-down <Aaa::AdminState> optional parameter with default value: "admin-up"
administrative state of the domain


12.7 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to define domain IP pool.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security domain (name) [[no] ip-pool (name) vrf-index
<Aaa::VrfIndex> priority <SignedInteger> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.7-1 "Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
length: 6<=x<64
(name) <Aaa::IpAddrPoolName> name of the IP address pool
length: 1<=x<64
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf associated with this pool
range: [0...255]
Table 12.7-2 "Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command" Command Parameters
priority <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
priority associated with this IP pool

12.8 Security Domain User Configuration

Command
Command Description
The (conceptual) table listing the configurable parameters for a user of a particular Domain. This table will be
used for authenticating users locally. If a domain is deleted, then all the users of that domain will be deleted from
this table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security domain (name) [[no] user (name) password <Password> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.8-1 "Security Domain User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
length: 6<=x<64
(name) <Aaa::DisplayString> name of the user of a particular domain
length: 6<=x<64
Table 12.8-2 "Security Domain User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
password <Password> mandatory parameter
length: 6<=x<64 user password, minimum 6 characters

12.9 Security Connection Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
Help to configure the connection profile parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] conn-profile (name) version <SignedInteger> [ no
reject-no-domain | reject-no-domain ][ no reject-inv-domain | reject-inv-domain
]domain-name <Aaa::DomainName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.9-1 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <AsamProfileName> name of connection profile
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]length: 1<=x<32
Table 12.9-2 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
version <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
version number to be associated to the Profile
[ no ] <Aaa::ActNoDomain> optional parameter with default value:
reject-no-domain "accept-no-domain"
user session authentication if no domain name
[ no ] <Aaa::ActInDomain> optional parameter with default value:
reject-inv-domain "accept-inv-domain"
user session authentication if domain name invalid
domain-name <Aaa::DomainName> mandatory parameter
length: 6<=x<64 name of the domain

12.10 Security Connection Policy Configuration

Command
Command Description
The Operator should give the index indicating for which the connection policy has to be applied and the
profile-index gives the connection profile associated with this policy.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] conn-policy conn-profile-name <AsamProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.10-2 "Security Connection Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
conn-profile-name <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]length: 1<=x<32 connection profile associated with this policy

12.11 Security IP Address Pool Configuration

Command
Command Description
This is the (conceptual) table for Local IP Address Allocation for PPP users ONLY. Two IP pools in the same VRF
should not contain overlapping IP address spaces. The IP address space is determined by start and size. A row in
this table (an Ip Pool) can be deleted only when, No domains are using this Pool and no Ipaddresses are already
allocated to user sessions from this Pool. When a row is deleted in this table, then the corresponding rows in the IP
address pool reserve and status are also removed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
start-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> [ no size | size
<Aaa::IpAddressPoolSize> ][ no admin-down | admin-down ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.11-1 "Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
length: 1<=x<64
range: [0...255]
Table 12.11-2 "Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command" Command Parameters
start-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> mandatory parameter
The parameter is not visible during modification.
first address from where allocation of IP addresses
starts
size <Aaa::IpAddressPoolSize> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...1000] The parameter is not visible during modification.
number of IP addresses in the pool from the start
address
administrative state of this IP pool

12.12 Security IP Address Pool Reserve

Command Description
This is the (conceptual) table to be used for reserving/unreserving an IP address from the specified pool. A entry
can only be created when the corresponding entry in the (with same IP address index) is created. An IP address
can be reserved only when the IP address is not allocated to any user session. Once the row is created in this table,
the value for IP address pool status changes into locally reserved. To unreserve an IpAddress, the corresponding
entry should be deleted.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> [[no]
reserve-address (ip-address) ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.12-1 "Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
length: 1<=x<64
range: [0...255]
(ip-address) <Ip::V4Address> IP addess to be reserved/unreserved.

12.13 Security Radius Client Configuration

Command
Command Description
This is used for enabling / disabling the relay functionality on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [ no relay | relay ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.13-2 "Security Radius Client Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] relay <Aaa::RadiusRelay> optional parameter with default value: "no-relay"
enable radius relay on shub

12.14 Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration

Command
Command Description
The (conceptual) table listing the RADIUS authentication servers with its configurable parameters. If a entry
(server) has to be deleted, then it must not be associated with any radius Policy. If so, the deletion is not allowed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [[no] auth-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ]secret <Password> [
no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ][ no timeout-limit |
timeout-limit <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ][ no admin-down | admin-down ][ no dead-interval |
dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.14-1 "Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Aaa::RadAuthServerName> name of RADIUS authentication server
length: 1<=x<64
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which this auth server belongs
range: [0...255]
Table 12.14-2 "Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
IP address of RADIUS authentication server
port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default value: 1812
range: [0...65535] UDP port to which RADIUS auth messages should
be sent
secret <Password> mandatory parameter
length: 6<=x<64 secret string used between RADIUS server and
client
retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> optional parameter with default value: 3
range: [0...100] no of times RADIUS server be tried before giving
up
timeout-limit <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> optional parameter with default value: 3
range: [1...60] time in sec between retransmission to RADIUS
server
administrative state of the authentication server


dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> optional parameter with default value: 600
range: [0...3600] no of sec before setting oper state to unknown from
down

12.15 Security Radius Accounting Server

Command Description
The (conceptual) table listing the RADIUS accounting servers with its configurable parameters. If a entry (server)
has to be deleted, then it must not be associated with any radius Policy. If so, the deletion is not allowed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [[no] acc-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ]secret <Password> [
no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ][ no timeout-limit |
timeout-limit <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ][ no admin-down | admin-down ][ no dead-interval |
dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.15-1 "Security Radius Accounting Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Aaa::RadAccServerName> name of the RADIUS accounting server
length: 1<=x<64
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Acc Server belongs
range: [0...255]
Table 12.15-2 "Security Radius Accounting Server Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
IP address of RADIUS accounting server
port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default value: 1813
range: [0...65535] UDP port to which RADIUS accounting messages
be sent
client
retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> optional parameter with default value: 10
range: [0...100] no of times RADIUS server be tried before giving
up
timeout-limit <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> optional parameter with default value: 15
range: [1...60] time in sec between retransmission to RADIUS
server
[ no ] admin-down <Aaa::AccAdminState> optional parameter with default value: "admin-up"


administrative state of the accounting server
dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> optional parameter with default value: 600
range: [0...3600] no of sec before setting oper state to unknown from
down

12.16 Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client

Command Description
The (conceptual) table listing the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients with its configurable parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [[no] dyn-auth-client (name) vrf-index
<Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Ip::V4Address> secret <Password> [ no admin-down |
admin-down ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.16-1 "Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
(name) <Aaa::RadDynAuthClientName> name of the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization
length: 1<=x<64 client
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Dyn Auth Client belongs
range: [0...255]
Table 12.16-2 "Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
IP address of RADIUS authentication server
client
administrative state of the authentication server

12.17 Security Radius Policy Configuration

Command
Command Description
The (conceptual) table listing the RADIUS policies together with the parameters applicable globally for the
RADIUS policy. An entry in this table (policy) can be deleted only if it is not associated with any of the domains. If
this entry is deleted, then also the corresponding entry in the radius server will also be deleted.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [[no] policy (name) nas-id <Printable-0-64>
nas-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no keep-domain-name | keep-domain-name ][ no
disable-accnt-msg | disable-accnt-msg ][ no acc-interval | acc-interval <Aaa::AccInt>
][ no eap | eap ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.17-1 "Security Radius Policy Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Aaa::RadPolicyName> name of the RADIUS policy
length: 1<=x<64
Table 12.17-2 "Security Radius Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
nas-id <Printable-0-64> mandatory parameter
length: x<64 NAS-Identifier used in messages towards the
Radius servers
nas-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
NAS-IP-Address used in messages towards the
Radius servers
[ no ] <Aaa::StripDomain> optional parameter with default value:
keep-domain-name "strip-domain-name"
don't strip domain name when sending to RADIUS
server
[ no ] <Aaa::BootFlag> optional parameter with default value:
disable-accnt-msg "enable-accnt-msg"
whether to send accounting messages on reboot
acc-interval <Aaa::AccInt> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [60...2147483647u,0...0u] Interim Accounting Interval in seconds
[ no ] eap <Aaa::Eap> optional parameter with default value:
"enable-eap"
enable/diasable EAP


12.18 Security Radius Server Configuration

Command
Command Description
The (conceptual) table listing the set of RADIUS servers, together with the parameters of that set. The servers that
are put in a set using this table first have to be defined in radius Authenticaion and Accounting server . The value
returned by the radius Server is used by the management station as the value for the index, while creating a new
entry in this table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius policy (name) [[no] servers (index) auth-server
none | name : <Aaa::RadAuthServerName> vrf-index-auth <Aaa::VrfIndex> [ no acc-server
| acc-server none | name : <Aaa::RadAccServerName> ][ no vrf-index-acc | vrf-index-acc
<Aaa::VrfIndex> ]priority <Aaa::Priority> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.18-1 "Security Radius Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
length: 1<=x<64
(index) <Aaa::RadServerSetIndex> index of RADIUS profile
range: [1...2]
Table 12.18-2 "Security Radius Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
auth-server none | name : mandatory parameter
<Aaa::RadAuthServerName> the radius authentication server
vrf-index-auth <Aaa::VrfIndex> mandatory parameter
range: [0...255] vrf to which the RADIUS auth server belongs
acc-server none | name : <Aaa::RadAccServerName> optional parameter with default value: "none"
the radius accounting server
vrf-index-acc <Aaa::VrfIndex> optional parameter with default value: 0L
range: [0...255] vrf to which the RADIUS accounting server
belongs
priority <Aaa::Priority> mandatory parameter
range: [1...256] priority of the set of RADIUS servers

12.19 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration

Command
Command Description
The authentication parameter is used for the administrative enable/disable state for Port Access Control in a
System.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security pae [ no port-access | port-access ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.19-2 "Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] port-access <Aaa::AuthenticationEnabled> optional parameter with default value:
"no-port-access"
enable/disable state for port access control

12.20 Security 802.1x Port Authentication

Command Description
A table that contains the configuration objects for the Authenticator PAE associated with each port. An entry
appears in this table for each port that may authenticate access to itself.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security pae authenticator (port) [ no controlled-port |
controlled-port <Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> ][ no quiet-period | quiet-period
<Aaa::paeQuitTime> ][ no tx-period | tx-period <Aaa::paeTime> ][ no supp-timeout |
supp-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> ][ no server-timeout | server-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> ][ no
max-req | max-req <Aaa::paeMaxReq> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.20-1 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / index (1/1/4/1..) of rack/shelf/slot/port
Table 12.20-2 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
controlled-port <Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> optional parameter with default value: "auto"
Possible values are : current value of the controlled Port
- force-unauthorized : force unauthorized
control
- auto : automatic control
- force-authorized : force authorized
control
quiet-period <Aaa::paeQuitTime> optional parameter with default value: 60
range: [0...65535] quietPeriod constant currently used, value in
seconds
tx-period <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default value: 30
range: [1...65535] txPeriod constant currently used, value in seconds
supp-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default value: 30
range: [1...65535] suppTimeout constant currently used, value in
seconds


server-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default value: 30
range: [1...65535] serverTimeout constant currently used, value in
seconds
max-req <Aaa::paeMaxReq> optional parameter with default value: 2
range: [1...10] maxReq constant currently used

12.21 Security 802.1x Extension, Port

Authentication Configuration Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security pae ext-authenticator (port) [ no authentication |
authentication ][ no init-authreq-off | init-authreq-off ][ no handshake | handshake
][ no handshake-period | handshake-period <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.21-1 "Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Table 12.21-2 "Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
[ no ] authentication <Aaa::PortAuthState> optional parameter with default value: "no-authen"
enable 802.1x authentication
[ no ] init-authreq-off <Aaa::PortAuthReq> optional parameter with default value:
"initiate-authreq"
specify initiate authentication request to supplicant
[ no ] handshake <Aaa::PortHandShakeMode> optional parameter with default value:
"no-handshake"
enable handshake for this port
handshake-period <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> optional parameter with default value: 15
range: [5...90] specify the handshake time interval

12.22 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security pae port (port) [ no initialize | initialize ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.22-1 "Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 12.22-2 "Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] initialize <Aaa::InitCont> optional parameter with default value:
"no-initialize"
initialization control for this port

13- Transaction Configuration Commands
13.1 Transaction Configuration Command 13-149

13 Transaction Configuration Commands
13.1 Transaction Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows transaction parameters to be configured.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system transaction [ no time-out-value | time-out-value <TimeTicks>
]log-full-action <Trans::logFullaction>
Command Parameters
Table 13.1-2 "Transaction Configuration Command" Command Parameters
time-out-value <TimeTicks> optional parameter with default value: 6000
unit: msec set the timeout for transaction
log-full-action <Trans::logFullaction> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set action to be taken when the log is full
by recent ones
buffer is reset

14- Software Management Configuration
Commands
14.1 Software Management Overall Software Package 14-151

14.2 SHub Database Management Command 14-154

14 Software Management Configuration Commands
14.1 Software Management Overall Software

Package Configuration Command
Introduction
The Overall SoftWare Package can be in any one of the states, operational,aborting, downloading, enabled,
disabled, activated and committed. The operator can download the OSWP or set of files, abort its download or
enable or disable its autofetch property etc. The operator can also specify primary and secondary tftp-server ids for
download of the database.
The operator can also configure the Download Set or the set of files, that are needed before triggering activation.
Download a new OSWP

For downloading an OSWP, the system must have only one Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. The management
channel between the system and the manager has been established. And the system is not involved in anothere SW
Download process.
Manager requests the system to download a new OSWP. He specifies the path name of Overall descriptor file, the
TFTP-servers where the overall descriptor files can be found and the set of files he wants to have available on the
system before activating the new OSWP.
The system downloads the Overall descriptor files and stores it persistently.The system download the SW files that
are specified in the downloaded SWP descriptor files on condition that sufficient resources are available for their
persistent storage.The manager has the possiblity to monitor the progress of the download process with granularity.
The download of the process can be implicitly or explicitly interrupted. The implicit interruption can occur due to
unavailability of enough resources to store SWP files or the sytem is not able to downloador interpret the overall
descriptor file or the system is not able to download a selected SWP descriptor file etc. The explicit interruption can
occur when the manager requests the system to abort the ongoing download process.
In case there are no exceptions, finally the system will have two OSWPs: the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP
and the new downloaded OSWP. The status of the new OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted.
Abort an OSWP
The manager can abort an OSWP when the system has 2 OSWPs. The status of the first OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed while the second one will be in one of the following three states:
Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted; Downloading/NotActive/UnCommitted or Disabled/NotActive/UnCommitted.
The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system is not involved in any
other SW download process.
The manager requests the system to remove the NotActive/UnCommitted OSWP. The system removes all the
persistent stored files and databases not related to the the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. The status of the
OSWP to be removed will be Aborting/NotActive/UnCommitted during the complete remove operation.
After the abort is successful the system will have only one OSWP. The status of this OSWP will be
Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files and databases related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.
Activate a Not-Active OSWP

To Activate a not-active OSWP, the system has two OSWPs.One is Enabled/Active and the second is

Enabled/NotActive. The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system is
not involved in another SW download process.
Manager requests the system to activate the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. Among the available databases the system
first selects the database that is compatible with and linked to the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. Next the system starts
the activation procedure of the NotActive OSWP.
Finally when the activation of Non-active OSWP is sucessful, the system has two OSWPs. The previous NotActive
OSWP is now active together with the selected compatible database. Also the previous Active OSWP is still
available but NotActive.
Commit an OSWP
To Commit and OSWP the system has two OSWPs. The status of the first OSWP is Enabled/Active/UnCommited
and the status of the second one is Enabled/NotActive/Committed.
Manager requests the system to commit the active OSWP. The system removes all the persistent stored files and
databases that do not belong to the Enabled/Active OSWP. The status of the OSWP to be committed will be
Enabled/Active/Committing during the complete commit operation.
Finally after comit is successful, the system has only one OSWP. The status of this OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure various attributes and parameters of overall software package.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sw priviliges, and executed by operators with sw priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure software-mngt oswp (index) primary-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address>
second-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address> download-set <SwMngt::downloadSet> autofetch
<SwMngt::autoFetch>
Command Parameters
Table 14.1-1 "Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
(index) <SwMngt::swmOswpIdx> index to the swm oswp table
range: [1...2]
Table 14.1-2 "Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
primary-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
tftp server address for overall descriptor file
second-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
second tftp server address for overall descriptor file
download-set <SwMngt::downloadSet> mandatory parameter


Possible values are : set of files needed before triggering activation
- min-set : minimum set of files needed to
activate
- actual-set : files applicable for the board
types
- complete-set : all the files
autofetch <SwMngt::autoFetch> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : enable or disable autofetch feature
- disabled : disable autofetch feature
- missing-files-only : only missing files
are fetched
- all-files : all the files are fetched

14.2 SHub Database Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the software of the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure software-mngt shub database [ no restore-src | restore-src <Sys::Restore>
][ no save-dest | save-dest none | flash | remote : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName>
]
Command Parameters
Table 14.2-2 "SHub Database Management Command" Command Parameters
restore-src <Sys::Restore> optional parameter with default value: "none"
Possible values are : specifies where from where the database must be
- none : no restore restored from
- flash : restore from flash
save-dest none | flash | remote : <Ip::V4Address> : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Sys::FileName> specify where the database must be saved

15- Ethernet Configuration Commands
15.1 Ethernet IP Configuration Command 15-156

15.2 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration Command 15-157
15.3 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Port List Configuration 15-158
Command
15.4 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command 15-159

15 Ethernet Configuration Commands
15.1 Ethernet IP Configuration Command
Command Description
These parameters are configure to forwarding or not forwarding of the datagrams, along with whether the TTL
value has been provided by the transport layer or not.
The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated at this entity,
whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer protocol. The indication of whether this entity is acting
as an IP router in respect to the forwarding of datagrams received by, but not addressed to, this entity. IP routers
forward datagrams, IP hosts do not.
User Level
priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure transport ip default-ttl <Ip::TTL>
Command Parameters
Table 15.1-2 "Ethernet IP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
default-ttl <Ip::TTL> mandatory parameter
range: [1...255] default value inserted into the time-to-live field of
the IP header

15.2 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure MAC-filter.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure transport shub [[no] mac-filter (index-num) [ no protocol-type |
protocol-type <Sys::ProtocolType> ]filter any | <Sys::MacAddr> | <Sys::MacAddr> | any
| <Sys::MacAddr> | <Sys::MacAddr> [vlan-id <Sys::VlanId> ][ no action-drop |
action-drop ]]
Command Parameters
Table 15.2-1 "SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...65535]
Table 15.2-2 "SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
protocol-type <Sys::ProtocolType> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0,1536...65535] specifies the non IP protocol type to be filtered
filter any | <Sys::MacAddr> | <Sys::MacAddr> | mandatory parameter
any | <Sys::MacAddr> | <Sys::MacAddr> specifies to MAC addresses to be matched with the
Possible values are : packet
- any : all source MAC address
- <Sys::MacAddr> : source mac address
- any : all destination MAC address
- <Sys::MacAddr> : destination mac
address
vlan-id <Sys::VlanId> optional parameter
range: [1...4093] Vlan Id to be filtered
"action-allow"

15.3 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Port List

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure MAC-filter to a port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure transport shub mac-filter (index-num) [[no] in-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 15.3-1 "SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...65535]
(port) lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the port number
<Shub::NetworkPort>

15.4 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the rate limit.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure transport shub rate-limit (ctrl-index) [ no lookup-enabled |
lookup-enabled ][ no bcast-pkt-enabled | bcast-pkt-enabled ][ no mcast-pkt-enabled |
mcast-pkt-enabled ]max-nbr-pkts <Sys::RateCtrlLimit>
Command Parameters
Table 15.4-1 "SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(ctrl-index) <Shub::NetworkPort> control index of the rate
range: [1...7]
Table 15.4-2 "SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] lookup-enabled <Sys::DlfStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"lookup-disabled"
destination lookup failure packet transmission
[ no ] <Sys::BcastStatus> optional parameter with default value:
bcast-pkt-enabled "bcast-pkt-disabled"
broadcast packet control transmission
[ no ] <Sys::McastStatus> optional parameter with default value:
mcast-pkt-enabled "mcast-pkt-disabled"
multicast packet control transmission
max-nbr-pkts <Sys::RateCtrlLimit> mandatory parameter
range: [1...65535] limiting value for the maximum number of packets

16- IGMP Configuration Commands
16.1 IGMP Channel Sources Configuration Command 16-161

16.2 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command 16-162
16.3 IGMP System Configuration Command 16-163
16.4 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command 16-165
16.5 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command 16-166
16.6 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command 16-167
16.7 SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration Command 16-168

16 IGMP Configuration Commands
16.1 IGMP Channel Sources Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure pre-configured IGMP sources channel parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp priviliges, and executed by operators with igmp priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure igmp channel (port) [ no perm-pkg-bitmap | perm-pkg-bitmap <Binary-08-08>
][ no max-num-group | max-num-group <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.1-1 "IGMP Channel Sources Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / index (1/1/4/1..) of rack/shelf/slot/port:vpi:vci
Table 16.1-2 "IGMP Channel Sources Configuration Command" Command Parameters
perm-pkg-bitmap <Binary-08-08> optional parameter with default value: "01 : 00 :
length: 8 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
packages, the user is allowed to join
max-num-group <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...4] max group number this port (ADSL, PVC) can
support

16.2 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration

Command
Command Description
The Package is intended primarily for use by a network/element manager such as an AWS to support multiple set of
packages in different regions.
The definition of a package is a group of zero or more multicast sources that share a common access permission.
By grouping the source channels into one or more packages, this gives flexibility for the service provider to deliver
different level of services to the end-users, e.g. "Basic Package", "Middle-Tier Package", "Premium Package", etc.
NOTE:There is no requirement to configure the Package. However, if it is modified, there is no effect whatsoever to
the multicast source.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp package (index) [ no name | name <PrintableString-0-32> ][ no
template-name | template-name <PrintableString-0-32> ]template-version <SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 16.2-1 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Igmp::PackageIndex> index of the package
range: [1...64]
Table 16.2-2 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <PrintableString-0-32> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<32 name of the package
template-name <PrintableString-0-32> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<32 name of the service template containing this pkg
template-version <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
version of the service template containing this pkg

16.3 IGMP System Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the IGMP system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp system src-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no verify-checksum |
verify-checksum ][ no query-interval | query-interval <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> ][
no max-rsp-time | max-rsp-time <Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> ][ no robustness |
robustness <Igmp::SystemRobustness> ][ no mem-query-int | mem-query-int
<Igmp::MembQueryIntvl> ][ no last-memb-cnt | last-memb-cnt <Igmp::MembQueryCount> ][
no last-max-resp-tim | last-max-resp-tim <Igmp::SystemLastMembMaxRespTime> ][ no
host-report-intv | host-report-intv <Igmp::SystemUnsolicitedReportIntvl> ][ no start |
start ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.3-2 "IGMP System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
src-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
the source ip address which is transmitted in every
multicast IP datagram
[ no ] <Igmp::igmpSystemVerifyChecksum> optional parameter with default value:
verify-checksum "verify-checksum-false"
whether IGMP checksum verification is performed
on received IGMP frame or not
query-interval <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> optional parameter with default value: 125
range: [1...900] unit: sec interval at which general membership queries
transmitted
max-rsp-time <Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> optional parameter with default value: 100
range: [1...255] unit: 1/10 sec maximum query response time advertised in
IGMPv2 queries
robustness <Igmp::SystemRobustness> optional parameter with default value: 2
range: [1...10] expected pkt loss on subnet
mem-query-int <Igmp::MembQueryIntvl> optional parameter with default value: 10
range: [2...255] unit: 1/10 sec minimum interval between group-specific queries
last-memb-cnt <Igmp::MembQueryCount> optional parameter with default value: 2
range: [1...10] number of GSQs ( group-specific queries) to be
sent
last-max-resp-tim <Igmp::SystemLastMembMaxRespTime> optional parameter with default value: 2
range: [1...255] unit: 1/10 sec allows shorter max response times
host-report-intv <Igmp::SystemUnsolicitedReportIntvl> optional parameter with default value: 10
range: [1...255] unit: sec interval of repetitions of host's report of group
membership


[ no ] start <Igmp::igmpSystemChangeOperStatus> optional parameter with default value: "stop"
to start/stop the IGMP and mcast app module

16.4 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the IGS System related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp shub igs-system [ no start-snooping | start-snooping ][ no
enable-status | enable-status ]self-ip-addr-mode <Igmp::SelfIpAddressMode>
self-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> trace-selection <SignedInteger> [ no router-purge-intv |
router-purge-intv <Igmp::RouterInterval> ][ no host-purge-intv | host-purge-intv
<Igmp::HostInterval> ][ no report-fwd-intv | report-fwd-intv <Igmp::ForwardInterval> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.4-2 "SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] start-snooping <Igmp::SystemControl> optional parameter with default value:
"no-start-snooping"
start the snooping module
[ no ] enable-status <Igmp::Status> optional parameter with default value:
"no-enable-snooping"
enable snooping in the system
self-ip-addr-mode <Igmp::SelfIpAddressMode> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : sets the mode through which IP address can be got
- configure : query by configure
- from-ip : query by ip
self-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
source address while sending IGMP query
trace-selection <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
specifies what will be traced
router-purge-intv <Igmp::RouterInterval> optional parameter with default value: 125
range: [60...600] unit: sec interval after which router port entry be purged
host-purge-intv <Igmp::HostInterval> optional parameter with default value: 260
range: [130...1225] unit: sec interval after which host port entry be purged
report-fwd-intv <Igmp::ForwardInterval> optional parameter with default value: 10
range: [1...255] unit: sec interval within which next report msg forwarded

16.5 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure SHub Response timer for each Virtual Local Area Network.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp shub response-timer (vlan-id) [ no leave-rsp-timer | leave-rsp-timer
<Igmp::LeaveResponse> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.5-1 "SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanIndex> VlanId for the leave response timer
range: [1...4093]
Table 16.5-2 "SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
leave-rsp-timer <Igmp::LeaveResponse> optional parameter with default value: 1
range: [0...10] interval to wait for query response from host

16.6 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the router port which is reachable.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp shub [[no] vlan-router-port (vlan-id) network-port
<Shub::NetworkPort> query-timer <Igmp::VlanRouterQueryTimer> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.6-1 "SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanId> the id of a vlan for which a network port is
range: [1...4093] reachable
network-port <Shub::NetworkPort> the network port that is reachable
range: [1...7]
Table 16.6-2 "SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
query-timer <Igmp::VlanRouterQueryTimer> mandatory parameter
range: [60...600] time interval to wait for query packet

16.7 SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the Virutal LAN filter status either to enable or diable the IGMP
snooping on that specific VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp shub vlan-filter (filter-id) [ no snoop-filter | snoop-filter ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.7-1 "SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(filter-id) <Igmp::VlanFilterIndex> Vlan Id for which IGMP features is to be disabled
range: [1...4093]
Table 16.7-2 "SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] snoop-filter <Igmp::VlanFilterStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"no-snoop-filter"
enable the snoop filter

17- Multicast Configuration Commands
17.1 Multicast General Group Configuration Command 17-170

17.2 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command 17-171
17.3 Multicast Sources Configuration Command 17-172

17 Multicast Configuration Commands
17.1 Multicast General Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure general parameters of multicast.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure mcast general [ no fast-change | fast-change ][ no pkg-memb-bitmap |
pkg-memb-bitmap <Binary-08-08> ][ no max-bitrate | max-bitrate
<Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate> ][ no mean-bit-rate | mean-bit-rate
<Igmp::GeneralMcastMeanBitRate> ]
Command Parameters
Table 17.1-2 "Multicast General Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] fast-change <Igmp::generalMulticastFastChanChange> optional parameter with default value:
"fast-change-false"
enable/disable fast channel changes
pkg-memb-bitmap <Binary-08-08> optional parameter with default value: "ff : ff : ff :
length: 8 ff : ff : ff : ff : ff"
package(s) a class D address belongs
max-bitrate <Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate> optional parameter with default value: 2500
range: [0...100000] unit: kbps reasonable downstream max bitrate in ATM level
mean-bit-rate <Igmp::GeneralMcastMeanBitRate> optional parameter with default value: 2500
range: [0...100000] unit: kbps reasonable downstream mean bitrate in ATM level

17.2 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the capacity parameters of multicast.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure mcast capacity [ no max-num-group | max-num-group
<Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup> ][ no max-num-uncfg | max-num-uncfg
<Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg> ][ no cfg-res-time | cfg-res-time <Igmp::reserveTime>
][ no uncfg-res-time | uncfg-res-time <Igmp::reserveTime> ]
Command Parameters
Table 17.2-2 "Multicast Capacity Configuration Command" Command Parameters
max-num-group <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup> optional parameter with default value: 64
range: [0...256] no of grps the system supports in enough
bandwidth
max-num-uncfg <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg> optional parameter with default value: 16
range: [0...128] no of uncfg grps the system supports in enough
bandwidth
cfg-res-time <Igmp::reserveTime> optional parameter with default value: 125
unit: sec time to reserve the unused configured groups
uncfg-res-time <Igmp::reserveTime> optional parameter with default value: 0
unit: sec time to reserve the unused unconfigured groups

17.3 Multicast Sources Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the source of multicast.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure mcast [[no] src (class-d-addr) [ no fast-change | fast-change ][ no
pkg-mem-bitmap | pkg-mem-bitmap <Binary-08-08> ][ no name | name
<PrintableString-0-32> ][ no atm-peak-bit-rate | atm-peak-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcAtmPeakBitRate> ][ no atm-sus-bit-rate | atm-sus-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcAtmSustainBitRate> ]vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> [ no service-name |
service-name <PrintableString-0-32> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 17.3-1 "Multicast Sources Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(class-d-addr) <MulticastAddress> mcast src address in network-byte
order(big-endian)
Table 17.3-2 "Multicast Sources Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] fast-change <Igmp::generalMulticastFastChanChange> optional parameter with default value:
"fast-change-false"
enable fast channel change
pkg-mem-bitmap <Binary-08-08> optional parameter with default value: "01 : 00 :
length: 8 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
indicates to which package(s) a class D address
belongs
name <PrintableString-0-32> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<32 name of the source
atm-peak-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcAtmPeakBitRate> optional parameter with default value: 2500
range: [0...100000] peak bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic
atm-sus-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcAtmSustainBitRate> optional parameter with default value: 2500
range: [0...100000] sustainable bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic
vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> mandatory parameter
VLAN for this multicast source
service-name <PrintableString-0-32> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<32 name of the service or service provider of this
mcast source

18- IP Configuration Commands
18.1 VRF Configuration Command 18-174

18.2 VRF Route Configuration Command 18-176
18.3 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command 18-177
18.4 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command 18-178
18.5 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command 18-179
18.6 IP SHub VRF Route Redistribution 18-181
18.7 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command 18-182
18.8 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan 18-183
18.9 IP Interface Network Configuration Command 18-184
18.10 IP Interface Network VRF Configuration Command 18-185
18.11 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration 18-186
Command
18.12 IP Interface User Port Configuration Command 18-187
18.13 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command 18-188
18.14 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration 18-189
Command

18 IP Configuration Commands
18.1 VRF Configuration Command
Command Description
This commands allows an operator to create/delete/modify a Virtual Routing and Forwarding context for the data
plane. VRF index 0 is reserved and cannot be created, deleted or modified.
Modification of "my-ipaddress" is not possible if there are still PPPoE connections established in the VRF.
Removal of VRF is not possible when there are still IP interface attached or PPPoE connection established in the
VRF.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip priviliges, and executed by operators with ip priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure ip [[no] vrf (index) name <Vrf::VrfName> [ no desc | desc
<Vrf::VrfDescription> ][ no contact | contact <Vrf::VrfContact> ][ no my-ipaddress |
my-ipaddress <Ip::V4Address> ][ no default-ttl | default-ttl <Vrf::DefaultTTL> ][ no
reassem-timeout | reassem-timeout <Gauge> ][ no mode | mode <Vrf::VrfMode> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 18.1-1 "VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Vrf::VrfIndex> the vrf index
range: [1...127]
Table 18.1-2 "VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <Vrf::VrfName> mandatory parameter
length: 1<=x<32 the name
desc <Vrf::VrfDescription> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<32 the description
contact <Vrf::VrfContact> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<32 contact information for administration of this VRF
my-ipaddress <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0"
Ip Address of the system within this VRF
default-ttl <Vrf::DefaultTTL> optional parameter with default value: 32
range: [1...255] default value for time-to-live
reassem-timeout <Gauge> optional parameter with default value: 30
maximum seconds the fragments to be held for
reassembly
mode <Vrf::VrfMode> optional parameter with default value: "forwarder"
Possible values are : the mode
- forwarder : acting in forwarder mode
without user to user traffic
- router : acting in router mode


18.2 VRF Route Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows an operator to create/delete an indirect or direct route towards the network and direct route
towards the user-side. The next hop address must match one the IP interfaces towards the network.
Only one default route can be created per VRF. Use address 0.0.0.0 to specify a default route.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip vrf (index) [[no] route-dest (dest-ip-address) next-hop direct |
user-port : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi>
: <Atm::vci> | <Ip::V4Address> | direct | network : <Vlan::VlanIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.2-1 "VRF Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Vrf::VrfIndex> the vrf index
range: [1...127]
(dest-ip-address) <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> inet-address with prefix
next-hop direct | user-port : <Eqpt::Rack> / the next hop IP-address
<Ip::V4Address> | direct | network :
<Vlan::VlanIndex>

18.3 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows an operator to create/delete an VLAN bundle.
Deleting the last VLAN will delete the VLAN bundle.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip [[no] vlan-bind (vlan-id) layer3-itf <Itf::IpoeInterface> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.3-1 "VLAN Bundle Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanId> specifies the vlan ID.
range: [1...4093]
Table 18.3-2 "VLAN Bundle Configuration Command" Command Parameters
layer3-itf <Itf::IpoeInterface> mandatory parameter
- new : new ip interface specifies the layer3 interface.
- <Ip::Layer3ID> : the layer3-itf

18.4 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command
Command Description
This commands allows an operator to create/delete/modify a Virtual Routing and Forwarding context for the
control plane. VRF index 0 is reserved and cannot be created, deleted or modified.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub [[no] vrf (index) name <Vrf::ShubVrfName> (modeandcommstatus) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.4-1 "IP SHub VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Vrf::ShubVrfID> the vrf id
range: [0...127]
Table 18.4-2 "IP SHub VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <Vrf::ShubVrfName> mandatory parameter
length: x<22 the name
(modeandcommstatus) fast-path-mode | ena-user-user-com | mandatory parameter
dis-user-user-com | slow-path-mode some help
- fast-path-mode : set fast-path mode
- slow-path-mode : set slow-path mode
- ena-user-user-com : set user to user
comm via service-hub
- dis-user-user-com : unset user to user
comm

18.5 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command
Command Description
This commands allows an operator to create/delete/modify a Virtual Routing and Forwarding context for the
control plane. VRF index 0 is reserved and cannot be created, deleted or modified.
The Ip-address of the route destination must be of type x.x.x.0/24
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub vrf (index) [[no] route-dest (dest) next-hop <Ip::V4Address>
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> [ no metric-one | metric-one <Vrf::ShubRouteMetric> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 18.5-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
range: [0...127]
(dest) <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> the destination ip address and mask of this route
next-hop <Ip::V4Address> the next hop ip address of this route
Table 18.5-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> mandatory parameter
vlan id
metric-one <Vrf::ShubRouteMetric> optional parameter with default value: 1
The parameter is not visible during modification.
the primary routing metric for this route
Command Output
Table 18.5-3 "IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command" Display parameters
used


used

18.6 IP SHub VRF Route Redistribution
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the route redistribution in IP SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub vrf (index) route-redistribution router-id <Ip::V4Address> [ no
as-number | as-number <SignedInteger> ][ no enable | enable ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.6-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Redistribution" Resource Parameters
range: [0...127]
Table 18.6-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Redistribution" Command Parameters
router-id <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
BGP or OSPF router id
as-number <SignedInteger> optional parameter with default value: 0
the autonomous system number the Shub belongs
to
[ no ] enable <Vrf::ShubVrfAdminStat> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
enabling/disabling of route redistribution in the
Shub

18.7 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP Shub ARP parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub arp [ no cache-timeout | cache-timeout <Ip::ArpCacheTimeOut> ][ no
cache-pending | cache-pending <Ip::ArpCachePendingTime> ][ no cache-refresh |
cache-refresh <Ip::ArpCacheRefreshTime> ][ no cache-retry-time | cache-retry-time
<Ip::ArpCacheRetryTime> ][ no max-retry-itvl | max-retry-itvl
<Ip::ArpCacheMaxRetryTime> ][ no max-retries | max-retries <Ip::ArpMaxRetries> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.7-2 "IP Shub Arp Configuration Command" Command Parameters
cache-timeout <Ip::ArpCacheTimeOut> optional parameter with default value: 7200
range: [30...86400] time after which the entry in cache is removed
cache-pending <Ip::ArpCachePendingTime> optional parameter with default value: 30
range: [30...3000] time an unresolved entry will be held in cache
cache-refresh <Ip::ArpCacheRefreshTime> optional parameter with default value: 90
range: [30...3600] refresh interval for next hop ARP cache entries
cache-retry-time <Ip::ArpCacheRetryTime> optional parameter with default value: 1
range: [1...60] retry time for next hop ARP cache entries
max-retry-itvl <Ip::ArpCacheMaxRetryTime> optional parameter with default value: 3600
range: [600...18000] max retry time for next hop ARP cache entries
max-retries <Ip::ArpMaxRetries> optional parameter with default value: 3
range: [2...10] maximum number of retry attempts for ARP
resolution

18.8 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP Shub ARP parameters per Vlan.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub arp vlan (vlanid) [ no gratuitous-arp | gratuitous-arp ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.8-1 "IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan" Resource Parameters
(vlanid) <Vlan::VlanIndex> the vlan id
range: [1...4093]
Table 18.8-2 "IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan" Command Parameters
[ no ] gratuitous-arp <Shub::GratArp> optional parameter with default value:
"no-gratuitous-arp"
process gratuitous broadcast ARP messages

18.9 IP Interface Network Configuration Command
Command Description
This is used to create IP interface on netwotk port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface [[no] network (vlanid) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.9-1 "IP Interface Network Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vlanid) <Vlan::VlanIndex> vlan id
range: [1...4093]

18.10 IP Interface Network VRF Configuration

Command
Command Description
This is used to configure vrf ip interfaces related parameters.Interface can be of the type Numbered or
Unumbered.Creation of IP address will be only for Numbered interface only
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface network (vlanid) [[no] vrf (vrf-index) [ no arp-policy |
arp-policy <Vrf::ArpPolicy> ][ no unnumbered | unnumbered ]]
Command Parameters
Table 18.10-1 "IP Interface Network VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]
Table 18.10-2 "IP Interface Network VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
(vrf-index) <Vrf::VrfIndex> mandatory parameter
range: [1...127] the vrf index
arp-policy <Vrf::ArpPolicy> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "not-trusted"
- not-trusted : not trusted ARP packets system behaviour to received ARP packets
- trusted : trusted ARP packets
[ no ] unnumbered <Vrf::Unnumbered> optional parameter with default value: "numbered"
unnumbered interface

18.11 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration

Command
Command Description
Associate IP address to the Numbered interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface network (vlanid) [[no] ip-address (ip-address) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.11-1 "IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]
(ip-address) <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> inet-address

18.12 IP Interface User Port Configuration

Command
Command Description
This is used to configure user-port interface (rack/shelf/Lt-slot/port/vpi:vci).
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface user [[no] port (port-interface) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.12-1 "IP Interface User Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port-interface) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / index (1/1/4/1..) of rack/shelf/slot/port user-port
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : identification

18.13 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration

Command
Command Description
This is used to configure vrf ip interfaces related parameters.The user has to enter the Qos Profile Sessions
releated parameter. For the network side IP interfaces will always be 0.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface user port (port-interface) [[no] vrf (vrf-index) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.13-1 "IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 18.13-2 "IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
(vrf-index) <Vrf::VrfIndex> mandatory parameter
range: [1...127] the vrf index

18.14 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration

Command
Command Description
This is used to create an User Gateway Interface. Whenever a VRF is created there will be auto-generated entry in
the VRF IP Interface Table. Only the user can associate multiple IP address to this Interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface gateway [[no] vrf-id (user-gateway) ip-address
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.14-1 "IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(user-gateway) <Vrf::VrfIndex> the vrf index
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> inet-address

19- Bridge Configuration Commands
19.1 Bridge General Configuration Command 19-191

19.2 Bridge Port Configuration Command 19-192
19.3 Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration 19-194
Command
19.4 SHub Bridge Configuration Command 19-196
19.5 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command 19-197

19 Bridge Configuration Commands
19.1 Bridge General Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify the aging time for dynamically learned MAC addresses in the filtering database. The
setting is applicable to the entire bridge.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan priviliges, and executed by operators with vlan priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure bridge [ageing-time <Vlan::AgingTime> ]
Command Parameters
Table 19.1-2 "Bridge General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
ageing-time <Vlan::AgingTime> optional parameter
range: [10...1096] unit: sec ageing timeout for dynamic mac entries

19.2 Bridge Port Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify various parameters applicable to a specific bridge port. These parameters determine
the handling of frames on the bridge port.
Priority Regeneration Profile: these profiles are predetermined. Following profiles are available:
• Profile 1: Trusted Port
• Profile 2: Best Effort
• Profile 3: Controlled Load, all priority 3 traffic
• Profile 4: Controlled Load, all priority 4 traffic
• Profile 5: Background
• Profile 6: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice
• Profile 7: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice according 802.1d Annex G
• Profile 8: Best Effort, Voice
• Profile 9: L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
• Profile 10: L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes
Details on these profiles can be obtained via a show command.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge [[no] port (port) [ no pvid | pvid <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked :
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ][ no default-priority | default-priority
<Vlan::Priority> ][ no mac-learn-off | mac-learn-off ][ no max-unicast-mac |
max-unicast-mac <Vlan::MaxMac> ][ no accept-frame-type | accept-frame-type
<Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> ][ no qos-profile | qos-profile none | name :
<Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no prio-regen-prof | prio-regen-prof
<Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 19.2-1 "Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identity of the PVC
Table 19.2-2 "Bridge Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
pvid <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : optional parameter with default value: 4097
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : default vlan id for untagged frames
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
default-priority <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...7] priority to be set in upstream frames


[ no ] mac-learn-off <Vlan::learnStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"mac-learning"
self learning of mac address
max-unicast-mac <Vlan::MaxMac> optional parameter with default value: "1"
range: [1...64] max unicast mac addresses
accept-frame-type <Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> optional parameter with default value: "untagged"
Possible values are : accept frame types
- single-tagged : admit only vlan tagged
- untagged : admit only vlan untagged
- mixed-tagged : admit vlan tagged and
vlan untagged
qos-profile none | name : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> qos profile name
prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "trusted-port"
- trusted-port : trusted port priority regeneration profile
- best-effort : best effort
- cl-all-prio-3 : controlled load, all priority
3 traffic
4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load,
voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled
load, 802.Id Annex G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
- l2-vpn-3 : L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes

19.3 Bridge Port to VLAN Association

Command Description
This node allows to associate a VLAN to a bridge port and to define VLAN attributes on this port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge port (port) [[no] vlan-id (index) [ no tag | tag ][ no qos-profile
| qos-profile none | name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no prior-best-effort |
prior-best-effort ][ no prior-background | prior-background ][ no prior-spare |
prior-spare ][ no prior-exc-effort | prior-exc-effort ][ no prior-ctrl-load |
prior-ctrl-load ][ no prior-less-100ms | prior-less-100ms ][ no prior-less-10ms |
prior-less-10ms ][ no prior-nw-ctrl | prior-nw-ctrl ]]
Command Parameters
Table 19.3-1 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> :
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Table 19.3-2 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] tag <Vlan::PortUntagStatus> optional parameter with default value: "untag"
tag control for egress port
<Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> qos profile name
[ no ] prior-best-effort <Vlan::BestEffort> optional parameter with default value:
"no-prior-best-effort"
enable best effort priority
[ no ] <Vlan::Background> optional parameter with default value:
prior-background "no-prior-background"
enable background priority
[ no ] prior-spare <Vlan::Spare> optional parameter with default value:
"no-prior-spare"
enable spare priority
[ no ] prior-exc-effort <Vlan::ExcEffort> optional parameter with default value:


"no-prior-exc-effort"
enable excellent effort priority
[ no ] prior-ctrl-load <Vlan::CtrlLoad> optional parameter with default value:
"no-prior-ctrl-load"
enable controlled load priority
[ no ] <Vlan::Less100ms> optional parameter with default value:
prior-less-100ms "no-prior-less-100ms"
enable the video less than 100ms latency and jitter
priority
[ no ] prior-less-10ms <Vlan::Less10ms> optional parameter with default value:
"no-prior-less-10ms"
enable the video less than 10ms latency and jitter
priority
[ no ] prior-nw-ctrl <Vlan::NetworkCtrl> optional parameter with default value:
"no-prior-nw-ctrl"
enable the network controlled priority

19.4 SHub Bridge Configuration Command

This node allows to specify the aging time for dynamically learned MAC addresses in the filtering database. The
setting is applicable to the entire Service Hub bridge.
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge shub ageing-time <Shub::AgingTime>
Command Parameters
Table 19.4-2 "SHub Bridge Configuration Command" Command Parameters
ageing-time <Shub::AgingTime> mandatory parameter
range: [10...1000000] unit: sec program ageing timeout for dynamic mac entries

19.5 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command

This node allows to specify various parameters applicable to a specific bridge port on the Service Hub. These
parameters determine the handling of frames on the bridge port.
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge shub port (network-port) [ no default-priority | default-priority
<Shub::PortPriority> ][ no pvid | pvid <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> ][ no accept-frame-type |
accept-frame-type <Shub::VlanFrameTypes> ][ no ignore-dual-tag | ignore-dual-tag ][ no
copy-pbit-mode | copy-pbit-mode ][ no dt-mode-tpid | dt-mode-tpid <Shub::TpMode> ]
Command Parameters
Table 19.5-1 "SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...7]
Table 19.5-2 "SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
default-priority <Shub::PortPriority> optional parameter with default value: "0"
range: [0...7] default ingress user priority
pvid <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> optional parameter with default value: 1
range: [1...4093] port vlan id
accept-frame-type <Shub::VlanFrameTypes> optional parameter with default value: "all"
Possible values are : accept frame types
- all : admit all frame types
- tagged : admit only vlan tagged
[ no ] ignore-dual-tag <Shub::IgnoreDT> optional parameter with default value:
"ignore-dual-tag"
enable/disable the ignore dual tag indication
[ no ] copy-pbit-mode <Shub::CopyPbitMode> optional parameter with default value:
"copy-pbit-mode"
enable/disable the copy pbit mode
dt-mode-tpid <Shub::TpMode> optional parameter with default value: "0x8100"
enable/disable the copy pbit mode

20- VLAN Configuration Commands
20.1 VLAN General Configuration Command 20-199

20.2 VLAN Configuration Command 20-200
20.3 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command 20-202
20.4 Protocol based VLAN Configuration Command 20-203
20.5 SHub VLAN Configuration Command 20-205
20.6 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration 20-207
Command
20.7 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN 20-208
20.8 SHub Multicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration 20-209
Command
20.9 Configure Multicast Filtering on SHub 20-210

20 VLAN Configuration Commands
20.1 VLAN General Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify VLAN parameters which are globally applicable to all VLANs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan [ no broadcast-frames | broadcast-frames ]priority-policy
<Vlan::PriorityMap>
Command Parameters
Table 20.1-2 "VLAN General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] <Vlan::BrdcastControl> optional parameter with default value:
broadcast-frames "no-broadcast"
switch broadcast frames for each vlan
priority-policy <Vlan::PriorityMap> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : specifies how to deal with ethernet priority of the
- vlan-specific : the priority of the vlan upstream frames
- port-default : the default priority of the
port

20.2 VLAN Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify a VLAN and its attributes.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan [[no] id (vlanid) [ no name | name <Vlan::AdminString> ]mode
<Vlan::SystemMode> [ no priority | priority <Vlan::Priority> ][ no broadcast-frames |
broadcast-frames ][ no protocol-filter | protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> ][ no
pppoe-relay | pppoe-relay ][ no dhcp-opt-82 | dhcp-opt-82 ]]
Command Parameters
Table 20.2-1 "VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vlanid) <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Table 20.2-2 "VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <Vlan::AdminString> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<32 name
mode <Vlan::SystemMode> mandatory parameter
- cross-connect : crossconnect vlan mode
- residential-bridge : residential bridge
vlan
- qos-aware : qos aware vlan
- layer2-terminated : layer2 terminated
vlan
priority <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...7] default frame priority
[ no ] <Vlan::StaticBrdcastControl> optional parameter with default value:
broadcast-frames "no-broadcast"
switch downstream broadcast frames
protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> optional parameter with default value: "pass-all"
Possible values are : filter protocol groups
- pass-all : pass all traffic
- pass-ipoe : pass traffic of IPoE protocol
group
- pass-pppoe : pass traffic of PPPoE
protocol group


- pass-pppoe-ipoe : pass PPPoE and IPoE
protocol groups
[ no ] pppoe-relay <Vlan::PppoeRelayEnable> optional parameter with default value:
"no-pppoe-relay"
enable pppoe relay
[ no ] dhcp-opt-82 <Vlan::DhcpOption82> optional parameter with default value:
"dhcp-opt-82-off"
enable dhcp option 82 (rb vlan)

20.3 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify entries in the layer 2 Filtering Database for a specific VLAN and unicast MAC address.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan [[no] unicast-mac (unicast-mac) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked
: <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> forward-port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.3-1 "VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(unicast-mac) <Vlan::MacAddr> unicast mac address
length: 6
vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Table 20.3-2 "VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command" Command Parameters
forward-port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / mandatory parameter
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : forward bridge port

20.4 Protocol based VLAN Configuration Command
Command Description
For protocol based VLANs, this node allows to specify how incoming traffic on a port is allocated to a particular
VLAN and priority.
For Ethernet frames the mapping to either PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
• protocol value 0x8863: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x0800: IPoE
For RFC_1042 frames the mapping to either PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan [[no] port-protocol (port) protocol-group <Vlan::GroupId> vlan-id
<Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> priority
<Vlan::Priority> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.4-1 "Protocol based VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
protocol-group <Vlan::GroupId> protocol group
- pppoe : PPPoE
- ipoe : IPoE
Table 20.4-2 "Protocol based VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters
vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : mandatory parameter
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : protocol group vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
priority <Vlan::Priority> mandatory parameter


range: [0...7] priority of protocol based vlan

20.5 SHub VLAN Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify a VLAN and its attributes on the Service Hub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub [[no] id (vlanid) [ no name | name <Vlan::AdminString> ]mode
<Shub::SystemMode> [ no mac-move-allow | mac-move-allow ]]
Command Parameters
Table 20.5-1 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vlanid) <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> vlan id
range: [1...4093]
Table 20.5-2 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <Vlan::AdminString> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: x<32 name
mode <Shub::SystemMode> mandatory parameter
- cross-connect : crossconnect vlan mode
- residential-bridge : residential bridge
vlan
- layer2-terminated : layer2 terminated
vlan
- layer2-term-nwport : layer2 terminated
vlan on network port
- v-vlan : virtual vlan
- reserved : internal and external
communication via vlan
[ no ] <Shub::MacMoveStatus> optional parameter with default value:
mac-move-allow "mac-move-deny"
mac movement status
Command Output
Table 20.5-3 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Display parameters


used
used

20.6 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN

Command Description
This node allows to specify the set of ports which are statically allocated as egress ports for the specified VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub id (vlanid) [[no] egress-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.6-1 "SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]
(port) lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / egress port
<Shub::NetworkPort>

20.7 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN

Command Description
This node allows to specify the egress ports which should transmit packets for this VLAN as untagged.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub id (vlanid) [[no] untag-port (network-port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.7-1 "SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
range: [1...4093]
(network-port) <Shub::NetworkPort> the untagged network port
range: [1...7]

20.8 SHub Multicast MAC Filtering Database

Command Description
This node allows to specify entries in the layer 2 Filtering Database for a specific VLAN and multicast MAC
address. This configuration applies to the Service Hub.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.
The configuration is used to prohibit flooding of unknown multicast traffic on the specific VLAN and multicast
MAC address.
This Filtering Database can hold up to 256 entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub [[no] mcast-mac (mcast-mac) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.8-1 "SHub Multicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
(mcast-mac) <Vlan::MacAddr> multicast mac address
length: 6
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> vlan id
range: [1...4093]

20.9 Configure Multicast Filtering on SHub
Command Description
This node allows to specify the egress ports for a entry in the layer 2 Filtering Database for multicast MAC address
on the Service Hub.
For a specific VLAN and multicast MAC address, the egress ports are configured. In case no ports are specified,
traffic destined to this particular multicast MAC will not be flooded.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub mcast-mac (mcast-mac) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> [[no]
egress-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.9-1 "Configure Multicast Filtering on SHub" Resource Parameters
(mcast-mac) <Vlan::MacAddr> multicast mac address
length: 6
range: [1...4093]
(port) lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / outbound port
<Shub::NetworkPort>

21- Link Aggregation Configuration Commands
21.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command 21-212

21.2 Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command 21-213

21 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands
21.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command
Command Description
This commands configures the Link Aggregation on the Service Hub. It merely allows to enable or disable the Link
Aggregation feature.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure la [ no disable | disable ]
Command Parameters
Table 21.1-2 "Link Aggregation Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] disable <Shub::LaModuleState> optional parameter with default value:
"enable-lacp"
link aggregation protocol operation

21.2 Link Aggregation Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify the Link Aggregation Group parameters. The configuration should be performed for the
primary link. Note that a Link Aggregation Group is identified my means of the primary link, also referred to as
aggregator-port. The primary link for an Aggregation Group is the link with the lowest port number within the
group, provided the operational state of the link is UP.
The configuration should be performed for the primary link. The settings configured for the primarly link of the
Aggregation Group apply to each and every link that is a member of the Link Aggregation Group.
The link which is denoted as primary link may change during the lifetime of the aggregation group. To cope with
this phenomenon, the operator is advised to repeat the configurations described in this section for each link of the
Aggregation Group. Care shall be taken to configure identical settings for all links within the Aggregation Group.
The primary link can be learned using a show command.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure la aggregator-port (network-port) name <Shub::AggName> [ no
link-up-down-trap | link-up-down-trap ][ no actor-sys-prio | actor-sys-prio
<Shub::LaPortActorSysPriority> ]actor-key <Shub::LacpKey> [ no actor-port-prio |
actor-port-prio <Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority> ][ no active-lacp | active-lacp ][ no
short-timeout | short-timeout ][ no aggregatable | aggregatable ]lacp-mode
<Shub::LacpMode>
Command Parameters
Table 21.2-1 "Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(network-port) <Shub::NetworkPort> interface index of network port
range: [1...7]
Table 21.2-2 "Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <Shub::AggName> mandatory parameter
length: x<20 aggregate name
[ no ] <Shub::LaTrap> optional parameter with default value:
link-up-down-trap "no-link-up-down"
enable link up down trap
actor-sys-prio <Shub::LaPortActorSysPriority> optional parameter with default value: "1"
range: [0...255] actor system priority
actor-key <Shub::LacpKey> mandatory parameter


range: [0...65535] key for the actor
actor-port-prio <Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority> optional parameter with default value: "1"
range: [0...255] port priority for the actor
[ no ] active-lacp <Shub::ActorAdminLacpActivityState> optional parameter with default value:
"passive-lacp"
set lacp active for the actor
[ no ] short-timeout <Shub::ActorAdminLacpTimeoutState> optional parameter with default value:
"long-timeout"
short timeout for the lacp protocol
[ no ] aggregatable <Shub::ActorAdminLacpAggregationState> optional parameter with default value:
"non-aggregatable"
port is candidate to be aggregated
lacp-mode <Shub::LacpMode> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : lacp mode
- enable-lacp : enable lacp
- disable-lacp : disable lacp
- manual : manual aggregation

22- Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
22.1 RSTP Configuration Command 22-216

22.2 RSTP Port Configuration Command 22-217

22 Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
22.1 RSTP Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify Rapid Spanning Tree settings applicable to the SHub.
The parameters in this section are settings that apply to the bridge as a whole. Port specific RSTP parameters are
dealt with in subsequent chapters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rstp [ no disable | disable ][ no priority | priority <Shub::RstpPriority>
][ no max-age | max-age <Shub::RstpMaxAge> ][ no hello-time | hello-time
<Shub::RstpHello> ][ no forward-delay | forward-delay <Shub::RstpFwdDelay> ][ no
version | version <Shub::RstpVersion> ][ no tx-hold-count | tx-hold-count
<Shub::RstpTxHold> ][path-cost-type <Shub::RstpPathCost> ]
Command Parameters
Table 22.1-2 "RSTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] disable <Shub::RstpModuleState> optional parameter with default value:
"enable-rstp"
rstp protocol operation
priority <Shub::RstpPriority> optional parameter with default value: 32768
range: [0...61440] stp bridge priority(n*4096)
max-age <Shub::RstpMaxAge> optional parameter with default value: 2000
range: [600...4000] unit: 10msec root bridge max age(1 sec. granularity)
hello-time <Shub::RstpHello> optional parameter with default value: 200
range: [100...1000] unit: 10msec root bridge hello timeout(1 sec. granularity)
forward-delay <Shub::RstpFwdDelay> optional parameter with default value: 1500
range: [400...3000] unit: 10msec root bridge forward delay time(1 sec. granularity)
version <Shub::RstpVersion> optional parameter with default value: "rstp"
Possible values are : bridge stp version
- stp-compatible : ieee 802.1d stp
- rstp : ieee 802.1w rstp
tx-hold-count <Shub::RstpTxHold> optional parameter with default value: 3
range: [1...10] max transmission rate for BPDUs
path-cost-type <Shub::RstpPathCost> optional parameter
Possible values are : version for the default path cost
- 16-bit : stp-8021d-1998 path cost
- 32-bit : stp-8021t-2001 path cost

22 Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
22.2 RSTP Port Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify Rapid Spanning Tree settings applicable to a particular port the Service Hub.
Note that RSTP operates on a port rather than on a VLAN.
In addition to this configuration command, there is a need to trigger a specific SHub Port to revert to RSTP
protocol, versus stp-compatible protocol. The latter command is found in the admin node.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rstp network-port (port) [ no priority | priority <Shub::RstpPortPriority>
][ no disable-stp | disable-stp ][path-cost <Shub::PortPathCost> ][ no edge-port |
edge-port ][ no admin-p2p | admin-p2p <Shub::AdminP2p> ]
Command Parameters
Table 22.2-1 "RSTP Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> identity of the network port
range: [1...7]
Table 22.2-2 "RSTP Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
priority <Shub::RstpPortPriority> optional parameter with default value: 128
range: [0...240] priority(steps of 16)
[ no ] disable-stp <Shub::RstpStatus> optional parameter with default value: "enable-stp"
disable rstp for this port
path-cost <Shub::PortPathCost> optional parameter
range: [1...200000000] port path cost
[ no ] edge-port <Shub::AdminEdge> optional parameter with default value:
"no-edge-port"
configure the port as an edge port
admin-p2p <Shub::AdminP2p> optional parameter with default value: "auto"
Possible values are : admin point to point status
- force-true : point to point connection
- force-false : shared media connection
- auto : auto

23- QoS Configuration Commands
23.1 QoS Configuration Command 23-219

23.2 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command 23-220
23.3 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command 23-221
23.4 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration 23-222
Command
23.5 QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration 23-223
Command For Dscp-contract
23.6 QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker 23-224
23.7 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration 23-225
Command For D1p-dscp-contract
23.8 QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker Configuration 23-226
Command
23.9 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration 23-227
Command
23.10 QoS Policer profile Configuration Command 23-228
23.11 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command 23-229
23.12 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command 23-230
23.13 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command 23-231
23.14 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command 23-232
23.15 QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping Configuration 23-234
Command
23.16 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command 23-235
23.17 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command 23-236
23.18 QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration 23-237
Command
23.19 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command 23-238
23.20 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command 23-240
23.21 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port 23-241
23.22 SHub QoS Flows to be Policed 23-242
23.23 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command 23-243

23 QoS Configuration Commands
23.1 QoS Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows to specify global QoS parameters.
The ATM overhead factor is used to calculate ATM bandwidth required by streams for which bandwidth
parameters are specified as Ethernet bandwidth. The ATM overhead factor specifies in terms of percentage what
part of a given raw ATM bit rate will be actually available for Ethernet frames. The default value is 85%, which
means a typical overhead of 15% for ATM/AAL5.
QoS management will use this value to deduct the available Ethernet rate on ATM-based DSL interfaces.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos priviliges, and executed by operators with qos priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure qos [ no atm-overhead-fact | atm-overhead-fact <Qos::AtmFactor> ][ no
enable-alignment | enable-alignment ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.1-2 "QoS Configuration Command" Command Parameters
atm-overhead-fact <Qos::AtmFactor> optional parameter with default value: 85
range: [1...100] unit: % over head factor introduced by atm layer
[ no ] <Qos::AlignmentStatus> optional parameter with default value:
enable-alignment "disable-alignment"
DSCP to P-bit alignment for all forwarded L3
traffic

23.2 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for single dot1p.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] d1p (name) default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.2-1 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <AsamProfileName> A unique profile name
Table 23.2-2 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
range: [0...7] the default dot-1p bit value to be applied on all
frames

23.3 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for single DSCP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> [ no alignment | alignment ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.3-1 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 23.3-2 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
default-dscp <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter
range: [0...63] the default dscp value to be applied on all frames
[ no ] alignment <Qos::Alignment> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment

23.4 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker

Command Description
This command allows an operator to configure a marker for a DSCP contract table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] dscp-contract (name) [ no alignment | alignment
]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.4-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 23.4-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters

23.5 QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint

Configuration Command For Dscp-contract
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a codepoint for a DSCP Contract Table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no
dscp-value | dscp-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.5-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For Dscp-contract"
Resource Parameters
(codepoint) <Qos::DscpCodePoint> the number of the codepoint
range: [0...63]
Table 23.5-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For Dscp-contract"
Command Parameters
dscp-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default value: 0L
range: [0...63] the dscp value to be assigned to the codepoint

23.6 QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for dot1p and dscp contract table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] d1p-dscp-contract (name) dot1p-value
<Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> [ no alignment | alignment ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.6-1 "QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Table 23.6-2 "QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
dot1p-value <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
frames

23.7 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration

Command For D1p-dscp-contract
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a codepoint for a DSCP Contract Table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no
value | value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.7-1 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Resource Parameters
(codepoint) <Qos::DscpCodePoint> the number of the codepoint
range: [0...63]
Table 23.7-2 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Command Parameters
value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default value: 0L
range: [0...63] the dscp value to be assigned to the codepoint

23.8 QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for dot1p and single dscp.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] d1p-dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> [ no
alignment | alignment ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.8-1 "QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Table 23.8-2 "QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
default-dscp <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter
range: [0...63] the default dscp value to be applied on all frames
default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
frames

23.9 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for dot1p alignment.
Default value for the global DSCP To Dot1P Alignment Table
DSCP Value P-bit Value

0-7 0
8-15 1
16-23 2
24-31 3
32-39 4
40-47 5
48-55 6
56-63 7
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] d1p-alignment (name) (alignment) ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.9-1 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 23.9-2 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
(alignment) <Qos::Dot1PAlignment> mandatory parameter
enable dot1p alignment

23.10 QoS Policer profile Configuration Command
Command Description
A QoS Policer Profile contains all settings related to a policer. The ISAM supports Single Token Bucket policers,
where the action upon conformance is either pass or discard.
The EBLT-C and EBLT-D cards support both upstream and downstream policing. A policer profile can be used
within a QoS Session Profile for both upstream and downstream policing.
The EALT-A and EBLT-A cards do not support policing.
The SHub supports ingress policing, but it does not make use of policer profiles. Please refer to section of the QoS
Ingress Policing Configuration Command on how to set up ingress policing on the SHub.
The policer granularity on EBLT-C and EBLT-D cards is 8kbps. Values specified with 1kbps granularity are
always rounded upwards. Valid range is from 8kbps till 64Mbps, with fixed granularity of 8kbps.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] policer (name) committed-info-rate <Qos::InfoRate>
committed-burst-size <Qos::CommittedBustSize> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.10-1 "QoS Policer profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 23.10-2 "QoS Policer profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
committed-info-rate <Qos::InfoRate> mandatory parameter
unit: kbps committed information rate of a policer
committed-burst-size <Qos::CommittedBustSize> mandatory parameter
range: [64...262144] unit: bytes committed bust size of a policer

23.11 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command
Command Description
A Queue Profile or Buffer Acceptance Control (BAC) profile contains configuration information on data-plane
queues. BAC profiles can be used on EBLT-C and EBLT-D line cards.
Supported BAC types:
• Tail Drop
• RED (Random Early Detect)
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] queue (name) (bac-complex-type) ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.11-1 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 23.11-2 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
(bac-complex-type) tail-drop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> | red : mandatory parameter
<Qos::MinThreshold> : buffer acceptance control algorithm
<Qos::MaxThreshold> :
<Qos::DiscardProbability>

23.12 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
The Scheduler Profiles contain configuration settings for the data plane schedulers. These Scheduler Profiles are
applicable on downstream schedulers on EBLT-C and EBLT-D line cards. The Scheduler settings on the
aggregation function can be modified separately.
On EALT-A and EBLT-A schedulers have static settings.
There are two queues with WFQ scheduling method, so the only parameter to tune is the weight of the second
queue (also know as the Controlled-Load queue), while the weight for the first queue is auto-adjusted to yield a
sum of 100%.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] scheduler (name) wfq-q1-weight <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.12-1 "QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 23.12-2 "QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
wfq-q1-weight <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> mandatory parameter
range: [0...100] weight of DSL link WFQ scheduler for Queue one

23.13 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command
Command Description
The Connection Admission Control (CAC) profiles are used primarily for multicast video admission control. To
each DSL line a CAC profile can be attached. The context of a CAC profile is a DSL link (and not a PVC),
regardless of the number of PVC's on a DSL link.
The system derives the guaranteed line rate from the modems, and calculates an estimate of the available Ethernet
bandwidth. From this permanent available bandwidth a part can be reserved for voice and data applications, and
the remaining part will be kept by the system as the available bandwidth for multicast video. Only pre-configured
multicast streams are considered for CAC. Note that unicast video (regardless whether it is premium content or
generic Internet streaming video) is ignored by the CAC function.
The maximum bandwidth to be occupied by video can be further constrained via the maximum multicast bandwidth
max-mcast-bandwidth parameter.
CAC profiles are applicable on line cards, but not to interfaces on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] cac (name) res-voice-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth>
max-mcast-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> res-data-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.13-1 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 23.13-2 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
res-voice-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> mandatory parameter
unit: kbps reserved bandwidth for the voice services
max-mcast-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> mandatory parameter
unit: kbps maximum allowed bandwidth for the multicast
video service
res-data-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> mandatory parameter
unit: kbps reserved bandwidth for all data services

23.14 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command
Command Description
The QoS Session Profile is the main building block for conveying user traffic contractual rights and treatment. The
QoS Session Profile is a "macro"-profile, which consists of individual settings as well as references to smaller
profiles.
The scope of a QoS session profile is always a user logical interface (i.e. a session). The following "logical
interface" or "logical flow" types are supported:
• VC : all frames on a PVC
• PVC.VLAN : a VLAN on top of a PVC
• PPP session : all frames on a locally terminated PPP session
• 802.1X session : all frames belonging to a 802.1X authenticated session
A QoS session profile is composed of a logical flow type, a marker profile and two policer profiles for up and
downstream policing of the logical interface to which a certain session profile is attached.
The logical flow type will constrain the usage of a session profile to the intended interface type. However, if the
logical flow type is null, the session profile can be attached to any interface, provided that the settings inside the
profile can be configured on the target hardware. It is advised to create specific profiles for specific interface types
always to avoid wrong configurations.
QoS session profiles are supported on EBLT-C and EBLT-D cards.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] session (name) logical-flow-type <Qos::LogicalFlowType>
[ no up-policer | up-policer none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no
down-policer | down-policer none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no up-marker
| up-marker none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.14-1 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 23.14-2 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
logical-flow-type <Qos::LogicalFlowType> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : a traffic stream up on which policy to be made
- generic : any defined logical flow
- pvc : all frames on a pvc
- dot-1x-session : frames on a pvc except


ppp frames
- pvc-vlan-combination : frames on
dot-1D port with the same vlan-id
- ppp-session : all frames on a ppp session
- ip-session : all frames in an IP session or
interface
up-policer none | name : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> policer profile name applicable on this session
upstream
down-policer none | name : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> policer profile applicable on this session
downstream
up-marker none | name : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> marker profile name applicable on this session
upstream

23.15 QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping

Command Description
This command allows to configure the downstream traffic class mapping table. This table defines which 802.1P
code point is cast to which egress buffer on EBLT-C and EBLT-D cards.
Note that there is a second class to queue mapping table on the SHub, but that is independent (from the
configuration perspective) of this table [see traffic class configuration]. The latter is used mainly for upstream
traffic segregation into egress buffers on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos tc-map-dot1p (index) queue <Qos::Queues>
Command Parameters
Table 23.15-1 "QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
(index) <Qos::Dot1pValue> value of 802.1p filed
range: [0...7]
Table 23.15-2 "QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
queue <Qos::Queues> mandatory parameter
range: [0...3] output dsl port queue number

23.16 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command
Command Description
For each DSL link it is possible to apply scheduling, and CAC settings.
A scheduler profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings per egress DSL interface. A CAC profile is used
to configure connections admission control settings per DSL interface.
The DSL link table can be configured on EBLT-C and EBLT-D line cards.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos dsl-port (index) [ no scheduler-profile | scheduler-profile none |
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no cac-profile | cac-profile none | name :
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.16-1 "QoS DSL Link Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / physical port of a dsl link
Table 23.16-2 "QoS DSL Link Configuration Command" Command Parameters
scheduler-profile none | name : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> the name of the scheduler profile to be mapped on
this dsl link
cac-profile none | name : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> the name of the cac profile to be mapped on this dsl
link

23.17 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command
Command Description
On the EBLT-C and EBLT-D cards each DSL interface supports four downstream buffers, which can be configured
independently via Buffer Acceptance Control (BAC) profiles.
It is permitted to configure downstream buffers such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed, however this is not
recommended as this allows QoS un-aware packet discard. If the total downstream buffer pool is oversubscribed
the system logs a warning message.
Upstream buffers on any line card are not configurable, as there is no bottleneck upstream on the line cards.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos dsl-port (index) queue (queue) [ no queue-profile | queue-profile none
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.17-1 "QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(queue) <Qos::Queues> the queue with in the scope of one dsl link on a
range: [0...3] line-interface-module
Table 23.17-2 "QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters
queue-profile none | name : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> name of the queue profile

23.18 QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration

Command
Command Description
Enabling the alignment will do the DSCP to P-bits alignment for all the L3 forwarding traffic
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos dscp-map-dot1p (index) dot1p-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign>
Command Parameters
Table 23.18-1 "QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> the DSCP value
range: [0...63]
Table 23.18-2 "QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration Command" Command Parameters
dot1p-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> mandatory parameter
range: [0...7] the DOT1P value

23.19 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command
Command Description
The SHub features seven network interfaces that can be used for network, subtending or directly attached customer
interfaces (known as "user" interfaces on the SHub)) in any combination.
Each network interface features a hierarchical scheduler with queues (0, 1) scheduled as Weighted Round Robin
(WRR) and queues (2,3) scheduled as strict priority, queue 3 being the highest priority.
The WRR weights and egress shaping rate as well as ingress policing rate are configurable per SHub interface. See
also the section on the QoS Ingress Policing Configuration Command.
The SHub can also send and receive pause frames, but it is configured such that it will never generate pause frames
as a result of congestion on an egress interface. Nevertheless, the SHub can correctly honor backpressure from
peer nodes that cannot handle the traffic.
Note that all SHub port settings will be the same within a link aggregate group
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub queue-config (port) [ no queue0-weight | queue0-weight
<Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> ][ no queue1-weight | queue1-weight <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> ][
no tx-pause | tx-pause ][ no rx-pause | rx-pause ][ no egress-rate | egress-rate
<Qos::ShubPortRate> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.19-1 "SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> the unique id for the port
range: [1...7]
Table 23.19-2 "SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters
queue0-weight <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> optional parameter with default value: 1
range: [1...15] queue zero weight
queue1-weight <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> optional parameter with default value: 2
range: [1...15] queue one weight
[ no ] tx-pause <Qos::ShubPauseTxStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"no-tx-pause"
enable qos pause for transmit
[ no ] rx-pause <Qos::ShubPauserxStatus> optional parameter with default value:
"no-rx-pause"
enable qos pause for receive
egress-rate <Qos::ShubPortRate> optional parameter with default value: 1000
range: [1...1000] unit: mbps port egress rate


23.20 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration

Command
Command Description
The SHub has four traffic classes defined. The mapping of frames with 802.1P code point to egress buffers
determines how each traffic class will be put in egress buffers and in a later step how each traffic class will be
scheduled on the SHub egress interfaces.
This traffic-class mapping table is not applicable on the line cards.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub tc-map-dot1p (tc-priority) traffic-class <Qos::ShubTrafficClass>
Command Parameters
Table 23.20-1 "SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(tc-priority) <Qos::ShubTcPriority> priority value in the received frames
range: [0...7]
Table 23.20-2 "SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command" Command Parameters
traffic-class <Qos::ShubTrafficClass> mandatory parameter
range: [0...3] the value of traffic class, the received frame is
mapped to

23.21 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port
Command Description
This is used to configure the various policing parameter information. The objects can be associated with any flow
on a specific port.
The values 1 and 2 cannot be used as meter index to configure a meter. If used, a "bad-value" error is returned.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub [[no] meter (index) [name <Qos::DisplayString> ]max-ingress-rate
<Qos::MeterIngressRate> burst-size <Qos::MeterBurstSize> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.21-1 "SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port" Resource Parameters
(index) <Qos::MeterIndex> index used to identify a meter
range: [1...64]
Table 23.21-2 "SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port" Command Parameters
name <Qos::DisplayString> optional parameter
length: x<255 name of the meter
max-ingress-rate <Qos::MeterIngressRate> mandatory parameter
range: [1...16384] the max ingress rate applied on a port
burst-size <Qos::MeterBurstSize> mandatory parameter
range: [0...7] max ingress burst size allowed

23.22 SHub QoS Flows to be Policed
Command Description
This is used to configure various flows to be policed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub [[no] flow (index) [name <Qos::DisplayString> ][(type) ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.22-1 "SHub QoS Flows to be Policed" Resource Parameters
(index) <Qos::FlowIndex> index used to identify a flow
range: [1...64]
Table 23.22-2 "SHub QoS Flows to be Policed" Command Parameters
name <Qos::DisplayString> optional parameter
length: x<255 name of the flow
(type) port | vlan : <Qos::VlanId> | vlan-dot1p : optional parameter
<Qos::VlanId> : <Qos::FlowPriority> | type of qos flow
vlan-dscp : <Qos::VlanId> :
<Qos::FlowDscp>

23.23 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command
Command Description
This is used to configure the policing association. Multiple Ports can have same policer and same policer can be
applied to multiple ports.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub [[no] policer (port-id) flow <Qos::PolicerFlowIndex> meter
<Qos::PolicerMeterIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.23-1 "SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port-id) <Qos::PortIndex> shub qos port index
range: [1...24]
flow <Qos::PolicerFlowIndex> index of an existing flow
range: [0...64]
Table 23.23-2 "SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
meter <Qos::PolicerMeterIndex> mandatory parameter
range: [0...64] index of an existing meter

24- PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands
24.1 PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command 24-245

24.2 PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command 24-246
24.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitoring Configuration 24-247
Command
24.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration Command 24-248
24.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitoring Configuration 24-249
Command

24 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands
24.1 PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command
Command Description
Specifies the system wide configuration parameters applicable to all PPP sessions
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe priviliges, and executed by operators with ppoe priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect global-session [ no pado-timeout | pado-timeout
<PPPoX::PadTimeOut> ][ no pads-timeout | pads-timeout <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> ][ no
max-pad-attempts | max-pad-attempts <PPPoX::PadRRetrials> ][ no trans-max-age |
trans-max-age <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge> ][ no cc-max-age | cc-max-age
<PPPoX::CcMaxAge> ]
Command Parameters
Table 24.1-2 "PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command" Command Parameters
pado-timeout <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> optional parameter with default value: 3
range: [1...60] unit: sec timeout for PAD-O message
pads-timeout <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> optional parameter with default value: 3
range: [1...60] unit: sec timeout for PAD-S message
max-pad-attempts <PPPoX::PadRRetrials> optional parameter with default value: 10
range: [1...16] maximum number of PAD-R messages
trans-max-age <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge> optional parameter with default value: 300
range: [1...300] unit: sec maximum age of PPP transaction
cc-max-age <PPPoX::CcMaxAge> optional parameter with default value: 300
range: [300...3000] maximum age of PPP cross connection

24.2 PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command
Command Description
PPP cross connect engine, identified by a vlan-id. name,the engine name used to identify the PPP cross connect
Engine. lock,lock or unlock the PPP control plane, i.e. if unlocked no new PPP cross connections can be
established but the existing ones remain until they are released by the PPP Server and/or client.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect [[no] engine (vlan-id) [ no name | name
<PPPoX::EngineName> ][ no lock | lock ][ no service-name | service-name
<PPPoX::EngineName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 24.2-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanId> vlan identity
range: [1...4093]
Table 24.2-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command" Command Parameters
name <PPPoX::EngineName> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: 1<=x<32 name to identify the engine
[ no ] lock <PPPoX::CtlPlaneState> optional parameter with default value: "unlock"
lock the control plane engine
service-name <PPPoX::EngineName> optional parameter with default value: ""
length: 1<=x<32 service name issued by engine in PAD-I message

24.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitoring Configuration

Command
Command Description
Contains the exception event counters for the PPP cross connect engine.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect engine (vlan-id) [[no] monitor ]
Command Parameters
Table 24.3-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]

24.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration

Command
Command Description
Specifies the ppp crossconnect client port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect [[no] client-port (port) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId>
default-priority <PPPoX::DefaultPriority> [ no max-cc | max-cc <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> ][
no qos-profile | qos-profile none | name : <PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 24.4-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / client port identification
Table 24.4-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> mandatory parameter
associates client port to cc-engine
default-priority <PPPoX::DefaultPriority> mandatory parameter
range: [0...7] indicates the p-bit for the client port
max-cc <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> optional parameter with default value: 64
range: [0...3072] max no. of PPP cross connection on a port
<PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName> qos profile name associated with client port

24.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitoring

Command Description
Contains the exception event counters for the PPP cross connect client port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect client-port (port) [[no] monitor ]
Command Parameters
Table 24.5-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / client port identification

25- PPPoE Configuration Commands
25.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Command 25-251

25.2 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command 25-252
25.3 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command 25-253

25 PPPoE Configuration Commands
25.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the PPPoE Access Concentrator and Admin State.
Access Concentrator (Server name) is used to send AC_NAME tag in PADO that is sent to host. The default AC
name is set to AlcatelPppoeServer.
Server Admin State, when disabled, locks the PPPoE server and no more new PPPoE sessions are established.
When this value is set to disabled from enabled state, it will not tear down the existing PPPoE sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppoe server-name <PPPoE::ServerName> [ no enable-server | enable-server ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.1-2 "PPPoE Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
server-name <PPPoE::ServerName> mandatory parameter
length: 1<=x<32 name of the access server
[ no ] enable-server <PPPoE::pppoeServerAdminState> optional parameter with default value:
"disable-server"
admin state of the server

25.2 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure PPP profile parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppoe [[no] ppp-profile (index) [ no auth-type | auth-type
<PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> ][ no keep-alive-intvl | keep-alive-intvl
<PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 25.2-1 "PPPoE Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <AsamProfileName> name of the profile
Table 25.2-2 "PPPoE Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
auth-type <PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> optional parameter with default value: "chap"
Possible values are : the type of PPP authentication used
- pap : only PAP negotiation
- chap : only CHAP negotiation
- pap-chap : negotiate PAP first, if it fails,
attempt CHAP
- chap-pap : negotiate CHAP first, if it
fails, attempt PAP
keep-alive-intvl <PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval> optional parameter with default value: 30
range: [0...65535] unit: sec keepalive timeout value, after sending echo request
packet

25.3 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the PPP sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppoe [[no] pppox-interface (port) [ no max-num-session | max-num-session
<PPPoE::MaxNumSessions> ][ no ppp-profile-name | ppp-profile-name <AsamProfileName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 25.3-1 "PPPoX Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / configure the pppox interafce
Table 25.3-2 "PPPoX Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
max-num-session <PPPoE::MaxNumSessions> optional parameter with default value: 4
range: [-1...2147483647] max no of PPP sessions established in PPPoX
interface
ppp-profile-name <AsamProfileName> optional parameter with default value:
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]length: 1<=x<32 "DefaultPppProfile"
the PPP profile to be used for PPP interface

26- DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
26.1 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command 26-255

26.2 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command 26-256
26.3 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command 26-257
per VRF
26.4 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per 26-258
VRF

26 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
26.1 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command
vrfid
A unique value for each VRF assigned by the management.
bcast-vlan
The index that represents a VLAN that is used for forwarding upstream broadcast DHCP packets when DHCP relay
agent is disabled.
option-82
The operator can enable or disable the option 82 information insertion in the upstream broadcast DHCP packets.
Command Description
Allows the operator to configure the DHCP Relay agent per VRF interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp priviliges, and executed by operators with dhcp priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure dhcp-relay agent (vrfid) bcast-vlan <Vlan::VlanId> [ no option-82 |
option-82 ]
Command Parameters
Table 26.1-1 "DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(vrfid) <Vrf::VrfIndex> vrf index
range: [1...127]
Table 26.1-2 "DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command" Command Parameters
bcast-vlan <Vlan::VlanId> mandatory parameter
range: [1...4093] vlan used to forward upstream bcast DHCP packets
[ no ] option-82 <Dhcp::Option82> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
enable option82 info insertions in upstream bcast
pkts

26.2 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the DHCP SHub parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure dhcp-relay shub [ no enable-relaying | enable-relaying ]
Command Parameters
Table 26.2-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] enable-relaying <Dhcp::Relaying> optional parameter with default value:
"disable-relaying"
relay agent active or not

26.3 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration

Command per VRF
Command Description
These commands configures the list of DHCP Relay Server to a particular VRF.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure dhcp-relay shub [[no] relay-server (index) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address>
server-name <PrintableString-0-32> ]
Command Parameters
Table 26.3-1 "DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF " Resource Parameters
range: [0...127]
ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> IP address given to this interface
Table 26.3-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF " Command
Parameters
server-name <PrintableString-0-32> mandatory parameter
length: x<32 The name of the Relay Server

26.4 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration

Command per VRF
Command Description
These commands configure the DHCP Relay agent to a particular VRF.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure dhcp-relay shub relay-agent (index) [ no enable-relaying | enable-relaying
][ no secs-threshold | secs-threshold <Dhcp::SecsThreshold> ][ no hops-threshold |
hops-threshold <Dhcp::HopThreshold> ][ no context-lifetime | context-lifetime
<Dhcp::ContextLife> ]agent-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 26.4-1 "DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF" Resource Parameters
range: [0...127]
Table 26.4-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF" Command Parameters
[ no ] enable-relaying <Dhcp::RelayingPerVrf> optional parameter with default value:
"disable-relaying"
relay agent status for this vrf
secs-threshold <Dhcp::SecsThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...5] the time within a request must be answered
hops-threshold <Dhcp::HopThreshold> optional parameter with default value: 4
range: [1...16] max nbr of hops the request may go through
context-lifetime <Dhcp::ContextLife> optional parameter with default value: 30
range: [1...120] availability of application context
agent-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
agent IP address

27- OSPF Configuration Commands
27.1 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command 27-260

27.2 OSPF Area Configuration Command 27-261
27.3 OSPF Interface Configuration Command 27-262
27.4 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command 27-263
27.5 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command 27-264
27.6 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command 27-266
27.7 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command 27-267
27.12 OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command 27-273
27.17 OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command 27-279
27.18 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command 27-280

27 OSPF Configuration Commands
27.1 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command
Command Description
This command configures the OSPF parameters and attributes.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf [ no enable | enable ]router-id <Ip::V4Address> as-border-router
<Ospf::ASBdrRtrStatus> [ no overflow-state-it | overflow-state-it
<Ospf::OvrflowIntrvl> ][ no dis-rfc1583-comp | dis-rfc1583-comp ][ no abr-type |
abr-type <Ospf::AbrType> ][ no passive-interface | passive-interface ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.1-2 "OSPF Parameters Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] enable <Ospf::EnableStatus> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
enable OSPF on the SHub
router-id <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
uniquely identifying the Shub in the autonomous
system
as-border-router <Ospf::ASBdrRtrStatus> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : shub configured as a autonomous system border
- true : set to autonomous system border router
router
- false : no autonomous system border
router
overflow-state-it <Ospf::OvrflowIntrvl> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...65535] unit: sec time the router attempts to leave the overflow state
[ no ] <Ospf::rfc1583Compatblty> optional parameter with default value: "enable"
dis-rfc1583-comp LSA advertisements compatible with RFC 1583
abr-type <Ospf::AbrType> optional parameter with default value: "standard"
Possible values are : type of area border router
- standard : standard abr
- cisco : cisco abr
- ibm : ibm abr
[ no ] <Ospf::PassiveIntf> optional parameter with default value:
passive-interface "non-passive"
sets OSPF interface to passive

27.2 OSPF Area Configuration Command
Command Description
Information describing the configured parameters and cumulative statistics of the router's attached areas.
area identifier, 32-bit represented in decimal dotted notation.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf [[no] area (area-id) ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.2-1 "OSPF Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(area-id) <Ip::V4Address> ospf area identifier

27.3 OSPF Interface Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) [[no] interface (ip-addr) [ no disable | disable ][ no
router-priority | router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ][ no passive | passive ][ no
itf-type | itf-type <Ospf::ITFType> ][ no authentication | authentication none | md5 |
plain | prompt | plain | plain : <Ospf::Key> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.3-1 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> ip address identifying the interface
Table 27.3-2 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] disable <Ospf::InterfaceStatus> optional parameter with default value: "enable"
OSPF interface status
router-priority <Ospf::Priority> optional parameter with default value: 1
range: [0...255] priority used in router election algorithm
[ no ] passive <Ospf::PassiveIntface> optional parameter with default value:
"non-passive"
sets the interface as passive
itf-type <Ospf::ITFType> optional parameter with default value: "broadcast"
Possible values are : ospf interface type
- broadcast : broadcast lans like ethernet
- nbma : non broadcast multiple access
- point-point : point to point
- point-multipoint : point to multi point
authentication none | md5 | plain | prompt | plain | plain : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Ospf::Key> indicates the OSPF interface authentication

27.4 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the user to configure the OSPF interface timers.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay |
transit-delay <Ospf::TransDelay> ][ no retransmit-itvl | retransmit-itvl
<Ospf::RetransIntvl> ][ no hello-interval | hello-interval <Ospf::HelloIntvl> ][ no
dead-interval | dead-interval <Ospf::DeadIntvl> ][ no poll-interval | poll-interval
<Ospf::PollIntvl> ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.4-1 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 27.4-2 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Command Parameters
transit-delay <Ospf::TransDelay> optional parameter with default value: 1
range: [0...3600] unit: sec time to transmit link update packets
retransmit-itvl <Ospf::RetransIntvl> optional parameter with default value: 5
range: [0...3600] unit: sec interval between LSA retransmission
hello-interval <Ospf::HelloIntvl> optional parameter with default value: 10
range: [1...65535] unit: sec interval between sending hello packets
dead-interval <Ospf::DeadIntvl> optional parameter with default value: 40
range: [0...65535] unit: sec interval when no hello pkts are received
poll-interval <Ospf::PollIntvl> optional parameter with default value: 120
range: [0...65535] unit: sec time between hello pkts sent to neighbour

27.5 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a MD5 key for an OSPF interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) [[no] md5-key (index) key prompt |
plain : <Ospf::MD5key> | encrypted : <Ospf::MD5encryptedKey> [ no accept-starts |
accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ][ no generate-starts | generate-starts
<Ospf::MD5startDelay> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.5-1 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Ospf::Md5KeyIndex> the number of the md5 key
range: [1...5]
Table 27.5-2 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Command Parameters
key prompt | plain : <Ospf::MD5key> | mandatory parameter
encrypted : <Ospf::MD5encryptedKey> the md5 key
accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> optional parameter with default value: "now"
Possible values are : when the key must be used to accept
- now : the key will be used from now on
- <Ospf::MD5startDelay> : the delay
before the key will be used
generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> optional parameter with default value: "now"
Possible values are : when the key must be used to generate
Command Output
Table 27.5-3 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Display parameters

accept-expires <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> delay before the key expires for accepting
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
- <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> : the delay
before the key will expire
generate-expires <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> delay before the key expires for generating

27.6 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the metric on an OSPF interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric value <Ospf::Metric>
Command Parameters
Table 27.6-1 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 27.6-2 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Command Parameters
value <Ospf::Metric> mandatory parameter
range: [0...65535] the value for the metric

27.7 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command
Command Description
This command is used to configure the OSPF stub area.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf [[no] stub-area (area-id) [ no metric-type | metric-type
<Ospf::MetricType> ][ no metric | metric <Ospf::StubMetric> ][ no summary | summary ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.7-1 "OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 27.7-2 "OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command" Command Parameters
metric-type <Ospf::MetricType> optional parameter with default value: "ospf"
Possible values are : type of metric advertised as a default route
- ospf : ospf metric
- comparable-metric : comparable cost
- non-comparable : non comparable
metric <Ospf::StubMetric> optional parameter with default value: 0
range: [0...16777215] metric value at the indicated TOS
[ no ] summary <Ospf::Summary> optional parameter with default value:
"no-summary"
controls the import of summary LSAs into stub
areas

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) [[no] interface (ip-addr) [ no disable | disable
][ no router-priority | router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ][ no passive | passive ][ no
Command Parameters
"non-passive"


Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay |
<Ospf::PollIntvl> ]
Command Parameters


Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) [[no] md5-key (index) key
prompt | plain : <Ospf::MD5key> | encrypted : <Ospf::MD5encryptedKey> [ no
accept-starts | accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ][ no generate-starts |
generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ]]
Command Parameters
range: [1...5]
Command Output



Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric value <Ospf::Metric>
Command Parameters

27.12 OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command
Command Description
This command is used to configure OSPF nssa area.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf [[no] nssa-area (area-id) [ no summary | summary ][ no translation |
translation <Ospf::Trnsltn> ][ no trans-itvl | trans-itvl <Ospf::TrnltnIntvl> ][ no
asbr-rtr-trans | asbr-rtr-trans ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.12-1 "OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 27.12-2 "OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] summary <Ospf::Summary> optional parameter with default value:
"no-summary"
controls the import of summary LSAs into stub
areas
translation <Ospf::Trnsltn> optional parameter with default value: "candidate"
Possible values are : NSSA routers ability to translate Type-7 to Type-5
- always : always LSAs
- candidate : candidate
trans-itvl <Ospf::TrnltnIntvl> optional parameter with default value: 40
range: [0...65535] unit: sec time trsltr finds its service is not reqd
[ no ] asbr-rtr-trans <Ospf::Asbr> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
p-bit setting for the type-7 LSA generated by
ASBR

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) [[no] interface (ip-addr) [ no disable | disable
][ no router-priority | router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ][ no passive | passive ][ no
Command Parameters
"non-passive"


Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay |
<Ospf::PollIntvl> ]
Command Parameters


Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) [[no] md5-key (index) key
prompt | plain : <Ospf::MD5key> | encrypted : <Ospf::MD5encryptedKey> [ no
accept-starts | accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ][ no generate-starts |
generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ]]
Command Parameters
range: [1...5]
Command Output



Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric value <Ospf::Metric>
Command Parameters

27.17 OSPF Redistribution Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command helps in configuration of the redistribution of the OSPF
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf redistribution [ no enable | enable ][ no local | local ][ no static
| static ][ no rip | rip ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.17-2 "OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] enable <Ospf::RRDStatus> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
enable OSPF route redistribution
[ no ] local <Ospf::Local> optional parameter with default value: "no-local"
import local routes to OSPF
[ no ] static <Ospf::Static> optional parameter with default value: "no-static"
import static routes to OSPF
[ no ] rip <Ospf::Rip> optional parameter with default value: "no-rip"
import rip routes to OSPF

27.18 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command helps in configuration of the redistribution of the OSPF route parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf redistribution [[no] route-destination (dest-ip) [ no metric-type |
metric-type <Ospf::RouteMetricType> ][ no metric | metric <Ospf::RouteMetric> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.18-1 "OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(dest-ip) <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ip address and mask of the destination route
Table 27.18-2 "OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
metric-type <Ospf::RouteMetricType> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "as-ext-type2"
- as-ext-type1 : asexttype1 metric type metric type applied to the router
- as-ext-type2 : asexttype2 metric type
metric <Ospf::RouteMetric> optional parameter with default value: 10
range: [1...16777215] metric value applied to the router

28- RIP Configuration Commands
28.1 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command 28-282

28.2 RIP Interface Configuration Command 28-283
28.3 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command 28-284
28.4 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command 28-285

28 RIP Configuration Commands
28.1 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command
Command Description
This command helps in configuration of redistribution of the RIP
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip redistribution [ no enable | enable ][ no default-metric |
default-metric <Rip::RouteMetric> ][ no local | local ][ no static | static ][ no ospf
| ospf ]
Command Parameters
Table 28.1-2 "RIP Redistribution Configuration Command" Command Parameters
[ no ] enable <Rip::GblStat> optional parameter with default value: "disable"
indicates which routes need to be redistributed
default-metric <Rip::RouteMetric> optional parameter with default value: 3
range: [1...6] default metric used for the imported routes
[ no ] local <Rip::Local> optional parameter with default value: "no-local"
import local routes to RIP
[ no ] static <Rip::Static> optional parameter with default value: "no-static"
import static routes to RIP
[ no ] ospf <Rip::Ospf> optional parameter with default value: "no-ospf"
import ospf routes to RIP

28.2 RIP Interface Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows the user to configure Rip interface paramters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip [[no] interface (ip-addr) [ no authentication | authentication none |
md5 | plain | prompt | plain | plain : <Rip::Key> ]default-metric <Rip::DefMetric> [
no send | send <Rip::ConfSend> ][ no receive | receive <Rip::ConfRcv> ][ no
split-horizon | split-horizon <Rip::SpltHorizon> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 28.2-1 "RIP Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> interface IP address
Table 28.2-2 "RIP Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
<Rip::Key> authentication method
default-metric <Rip::DefMetric> mandatory parameter
metric used for default route in RIP updates
send <Rip::ConfSend> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "rip1-compatible"
- disable : don't send any packets RIP version used for sending RIP packets
- rip1 : rip version 1
- rip1-compatible : rip version 1 comptible
- rip2 : rip version 2
receive <Rip::ConfRcv> optional parameter with default value:
Possible values are : "rip1-or-rip2"
- rip1 : accept rip1 packets RIP version used for accepting RIP packets
- rip2 : accept rip2 packets
- rip1-or-rip2 : accept rip1 or rip2 packets
- disable : don't receive packets
split-horizon <Rip::SpltHorizon> optional parameter with default value: "enable"
Possible values are : split horizon status used in the system
- enable : enable split horizon
- poison-reverse : split horizon with
Poison Reverse
- disable : disable split horizon

28.3 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows the user to configure Rip interface timers.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip interface (ip-addr) timers [ no update-timer | update-timer
<Rip::UpdateTmr> ][ no route-age-out | route-age-out <Rip::RouteAgeTmr> ][ no
junk-collection | junk-collection <Rip::GrbTmr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 28.3-1 "RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Table 28.3-2 "RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command" Command Parameters
update-timer <Rip::UpdateTmr> optional parameter with default value: 30
range: [10...3600] unit: secs interval between RIP updates in secs
route-age-out <Rip::RouteAgeTmr> optional parameter with default value: 180
range: [30...500] unit: secs time for an unrefreshed route to be put in garbage
bin in secs
junk-collection <Rip::GrbTmr> optional parameter with default value: 120
range: [120...180] unit: secs lifetime of route in garbage bin in secs

28.4 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a MD5 key for an RIP interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip interface (ip-addr) [[no] md5-key (index) key prompt | plain :
<Rip::MD5key> | encrypted : <Rip::MD5encryptedKey> starts <Rip::MD5startDelay> expires
<Rip::MD5expiryDelay> ]
Command Parameters
Table 28.4-1 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Rip::Md5KeyIndex> the number of the md5 key
range: [1...5]
Table 28.4-2 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Command Parameters
key prompt | plain : <Rip::MD5key> | mandatory parameter
encrypted : <Rip::MD5encryptedKey> the md5 key
starts <Rip::MD5startDelay> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : when the key must be used
- <Rip::MD5startDelay> : the delay before
the key will be used
expires <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : delay before the key expires
- <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> : the delay

29- Equipment Status Commands
29.1 Slot Status Command 29-287

29.2 Applique Status Command 29-289
29.3 Shelf Summary Status Command 29-291
29.4 Shelf Status Command 29-293
29.5 ISAM Status Command 29-295
29.6 Rack Status Command 29-296

29 Equipment Status Commands
29.1 Slot Status Command
Command Description
Following information is shown per slot:
• type : the type of the board that is currently present in the slot.
• oper-status: describes if the board is able to perform its normal operation.
• error-status: the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms generated in
case of a failure.
• available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the board.
• manufacturer: an identification of the manufacturer of the board.
• inventory-pba: the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of of the code.
• inventory-fpba: the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the board, which also identifies the boot software.
• inventory-ics: the Item Change Status iteration code of the board.
• inventory-clie: the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the board.
• serial-no: the serial number of the board.
• failed-test: identification of the last failing test by means of 4 numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - Table number (1 byte)
- - Segment number (1 byte)
- - Case number (1 byte)
- - Check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing selftest, the value of this attribute will be 0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equip priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show equipment slot (slot)
Command Parameters
Table 29.1-1 "Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
(slot) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the physical slot position
<Eqpt::Slot>
Command Output
Table 29.1-2 "Slot Status Command" Display parameters


type <PrintableString> A string representing the board that is actually
present in the slot.
This element is always shown.
oper-status <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether the plug-in unit is able to
short name:enabled Possible values are : perform its normal operation.
- enabled : This element is always shown.
- disabled :
error-status <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the board is not
Possible values are : operational. These values correspond with the
- no-error : alarms which are generated in case of a failure.
- type-mismatch : This element is always shown.
- board-missing :
- no-installation :
- no-planned-board :
- waiting-for-sw :
- init-boot-failed :
- init-download-failed :
- init-connection-failed :
- configuration-failed :
- board-reset-protection :
- invalid-parameter :
- temperature-alarm :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- board-not-licensed :
- unknown-error :
availability <Equipm::AvailStatus> The state of the board.
Possible values are : This element is always shown.
- available :
- in-test :
- failed :
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
inventory-id <PrintableString> Specifies the company of the board.
This element is only shown in detail mode.
inventory-type <PrintableString> Specifies the name of the board.
inventory-pba <PrintableString> Specifies the Alcatel printed board assembly code
of of the board.
inventory-fpba <PrintableString> Specifies the Alcatel printed board assembly code
of the board, which also identifies the boot
software.
inventory-ics <PrintableString> The item change status iteration code of the board.
inventory-clie <PrintableString> Specifies the common language equipment
identification code of the board.
serial-no <PrintableString> Specifies the serial number of the board.
failed-test <BinaryString> Specifies the last failing test.

29.2 Applique Status Command
Command Description
Following information is shown per applique slot:
• type : the type of the applique that is currently present in the slot.
• oper-status: describes if the applique is able to perform its normal operation.
• error-status: the reason why the applique is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms generated
in case of a failure.
• available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the applique.
• manufacturer: an identification of the manufacturer of the applique.
• inventory-pba: the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of of the code.
• inventory-fpba: the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the board, which also identifies the boot software.
• inventory-ics: the Item Change Status iteration code of the board.
• inventory-clie: the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the board.
• serial-no: the serial number of the board.
• failed-test: identification of the last failing test by means of 4 numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - Table number (1 byte)
- - Segment number (1 byte)
- - Case number (1 byte)
- - Check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing selftest, the value of this attribute will be 0.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment applique (applique)
Command Parameters
Table 29.2-1 "Applique Status Command" Resource Parameters
(applique) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the physical applique position
<Eqpt::Applique>
<Eqpt::Applique>= range: [1...21]
Command Output
Table 29.2-2 "Applique Status Command" Display parameters


type <PrintableString> A string representing the board (NT, EXT, LSM,
ACU, Applique) that is actually present in the slot.
oper-status <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether the plug-in unit is able to
short name:enabled Possible values are : perform its normal operation.
- disabled :
error-status <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the board is not
Possible values are : operational. These values correspond with the
- no-error : alarms which are generated in case of a failure.
- type-mismatch : This is supported for all type of boards: NT, EXT,
- board-missing : LSM, ACU, applique.
- no-installation : This element is always shown.
- waiting-for-sw :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- unknown-error :
availability <Equipm::AvailStatus> Specifies the state of the board. It is set to available
Possible values are : after a successfull selftest of the board (if
- available : applicable). This is supported for all type of boards:
- in-test : NT, EXT, LSM, ACU, applique.
- failed : This element is always shown.
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
manufacturer <PrintableString> Specifies the company of the board.
inventory-type <PrintableString> Specifies the name of the board.
inventory-pba <PrintableString> Specifies the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code
of of the board.
inventory-fpba <PrintableString> Specifies the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code
of the board, which also identifies the boot
software.
inventory-ics <PrintableString> Specifies the item change status iteration code of
the board.
inventory-clie <PrintableString> Specifies the (USA) common language equipment
identification code of the board.
serial-no <PrintableString> Specifies the serial number of the board.
failed-test <BinaryString> Specifies the last failing test.

29.3 Shelf Summary Status Command
Command Description
This node gives the operator a summary of the slots in a shelf.
The least significant bit of the first byte shown corresponds to slot position 1.
User Level
none
Command Syntax
> show equipment shelf-summary (shelf)
Command Parameters
Table 29.3-1 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Resource Parameters
(shelf) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> the physical shelf position
Command Output
Table 29.3-2 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Display parameters
changes <Counter> Number of configuration or status changes for
slots/boards within this shelf.
occupied-slots <Binary-08-08> Specifies the occupation of slots.
length: 8 This element is only shown in detail mode.
admin-unlocked <Binary-08-08> Specifies the administrative state of the boards
length: 8 whether it is locked or not.
oper-unlocked <Binary-08-08> Specifies the operational state of the boards
length: 8 whether it is locked or not.
avail-boards <Binary-08-08> Specifies the availability state of the boards
length: 8 whether it is available or not.
mismatches <Binary-08-08> Specifies any mismatch between the actual
length: 8 board-type and the planned board-type.
alarms <Binary-08-08> Specifies the boards which generated an alarm.


length: 8 This element is always shown.

29.4 Shelf Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to show the shelf status. Following information is given in addition to configuration
information:
• oper-status: describes if the board is able to perform its normal operation.
• error-status: the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms generated in
case of a failure.
• available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the board.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment shelf (shelf)
Command Parameters
Table 29.4-1 "Shelf Status Command" Resource Parameters
(shelf) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> a shelf identifier: <rack>/<shelf>
Command Output
Table 29.4-2 "Shelf Status Command" Display parameters
admin-status <Equipm::HolderAdminStatus> Specifies the equipment holder is locked or not.
short name:locked Possible values are : This element is always shown.
- lock : the holder is locked
- unlock : the holder is unlocked
oper-status <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether or not the equipment holder is
short name:enabled Possible values are : capable of performing its normal functions.
- disabled :
error-status <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the equipment holder is
Possible values are : not operational.
- no-error : This element is always shown.
- type-mismatch :
- board-missing :
- no-installation :


- waiting-for-sw :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- unknown-error :
availability <Equipm::AvailStatus> Specifies whether the equipment holder is available
Possible values are : or not.
- available : This element is always shown.
- in-test :
- failed :
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
class <Equipm::ShelfClass> Specifies classification of shelves.
- main-iq-hcl : main shelf - supports iq-
and hcl-based traffic
- ext-iq : extension shelf - supports only
iq-based traffic
- ext-hcl : extension shelf - support only
hcs-based traffic
- main-ethernet : main shelf - supports
ethernet-based traffic
- ext-ethernet : extension shelf - supports
ethernet-based traffic
planned-type <Equipm::ShelfType> Specifies the planned type of equipment holder.
- alts-t : ISAM DSL line termination shelf
- alts-q : ISAM DSL line termination shelf
low profile ultra density
- aram-b : ISAM-R DSL 2 slot line
termination shelf
- iram-a : ARAM-B with SMAS
functionality on GFC board
- iram-b : IRAM-A with MTA support
- not-allowed : shelf is not allowed in this
position
description <Description-127> Specifies the location of the equipment holder.
length: x<127 This element is only shown in detail mode.

29.5 ISAM Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to show the ISAM status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment isam
Command Output
Table 29.5-2 "ISAM Status Command" Display parameters
planned-type <Equipm::SystemType> Specifies the planned type of equipment holder.
- laus : large ASAM US / ANSI market (6
racks, 3 shelves per rack)
- laeu : large ASAM EU / ETSI market (6
racks, 3 shelves per rack)
- leeu : large ISAM for EU / ETSI market
- maus : mini RAM ASAM for US / ANSI
market
- leus : large ISAM for US / ANSI market

29.6 Rack Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to show the rack status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment rack (index)
Command Parameters
Table 29.6-1 "Rack Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> a shelf identifier: <rack>/<shelf>
range: [1...1]
Command Output
Table 29.6-2 "Rack Status Command" Display parameters
planned-type <Equipm::RackType> Specifies the planned type of equipment holder.
- altr-e : ISAM ETSI DSL line termination
rack (2200mm)
- altr-a : ISAM ANSI DSL line
termination rack
- not-allowed : shelf is not allowed in this
position

30- Trap Status Commands
30.1 Trap Manager Queue Status Command 30-298

30 Trap Status Commands
30.1 Trap Manager Queue Status Command
Command Description
This command show the status of the trap manager queue.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show trap manager (address)
Command Parameters
Table 30.1-1 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Resource Parameters
(address) <Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port> the IP address of the manager
[1...65535]
Command Output
Table 30.1-2 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Display parameters
last-reset-time <Sys::Time> time when the buffer has been reset.
buffer-status <Trap::QueueStatus> specifies whether the trap buffer is overflowed or
Possible values are : not.
- no-traps-lost : the queue did not overflow This element is always shown.
- no traps were lost
- traps-lost : the queue did overflow - traps
were lost

31- Alarm Log Status Commands
31.1 Alarm Log Status Command 31-300

31.2 Alarm Equipment Status Command 31-302
31.3 Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command 31-304
31.4 Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command 31-306
31.5 Alarm ATM Status Command 31-309
31.6 Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command 31-311
31.7 Alarm Software Management Status Command 31-312
31.8 Alarm xDSL Common Status Command 31-314
31.9 Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command 31-316
31.10 Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command 31-319
31.11 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command 31-322
31.12 Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion Status 31-326
Command
31.13 Alarm Authentication Status Command 31-328

31 Alarm Log Status Commands
31.1 Alarm Log Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the alarm log entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.1-1 "Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Alarm::genAlarmIndex> alarm log table index
Command Output
Table 31.1-2 "Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
type <Alarm::alarmType> unique id for an alarm.
- equipment : equipment alarms
- eqpt-holder : equipment holder alarms
- plugin-unit : plugin unit alarms
- atm : ATM alarms
- custom : customizable alarms
- ether-itf : ethernet interface alarms
- software-mngt : software management
alarms
- xdsl : xDSL alarms
- xdsl-tca : xDSL threshold cross alarms
- eo-conv : E/O conversion related alarms
- authentication : authentication related
alarms
status <UnsignedInteger> reflect's the state of the alarm as either active or
non-active.
prev-status <UnsignedInteger> changes in the status with its previous logged value
last-updated-on <Sys::Time> network time in seconds when the alarm was


logged.
log-info <Alarm::AdditionalInfo> some additional information about the table entry.
length: x<512 This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: alarm log table related information
last-entry-index <SignedInteger> index of the last entry that was added to the log
table.
log-was-reset-on <Sys::Time> time when the alarm log was last reset.
unit: UTC This element is always shown.
log-buffer-size <UnsignedInteger> size of the internal log buffer.
log-overflowed <Alarm::OverflowStatus> specifies whether log table is overflowed or not.
- yes : buffer has overflowed
- no : no buffer overflow

31.2 Alarm Equipment Status Command
Command Description
show the current status of equipment
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log equipment (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.2-1 "Alarm Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.2-2 "Alarm Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
persist-data <Alarm::persistDataLoss> current status specifing persistant data is lost or not
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
prev-status <Alarm::persistDataLoss> status of persist-data with its previous logged value.
sntp-comm <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> current status of sntp communication is lost or not
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not
lost
prev-status <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> status of sntp communication with its previous
Possible values are : logged value.
- lost : SNTP communication lost This element is only shown in detail mode.
lost
nt-disk <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is 90% full or less
Possible values are : than that
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90% This element is always shown.


full
- less-than-ninty-perc : NT disk space
usage less that 90%
prev-status <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> status of nt disk space with its previous logged
Possible values are : value.
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90% This element is only shown in detail mode.
full
usage less that 90%
connection-lost <Alarm::ShubLoc> current status of nt shub communication is lost or
Possible values are : intact
- lost : NT shub communication lost This element is always shown.
- not-lost : NT shub communication intact
prev-status <Alarm::ShubLoc> status of nt shub communication with its previous
- lost : NT shub communication lost This element is only shown in detail mode.

31.3 Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command
Command Description
show the equipment holder logs
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log eqpt-holder (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.3-1 "Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.3-2 "Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command" Display parameters
shelf <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> speify which shelf the alarm occurred.
<Eqpt::Rack>= range: [1...1]/ This element is always shown.
rack-power <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power alarm, indicating fuse
Possible values are : is broken or intact
- fuse-broken : the fuse is broken This element is always shown.
- fuse-ok : the fuse is intact
prev-status <Alarm::rackPower> status of rack power alarm with its previous logged
- fuse-broken : the fuse is broken This element is only shown in detail mode.
fan-unit1 <Alarm::fanUnit1> current status of fan-unit1
- failing : fan unit 1 is failing
- ok : fan unit 1 is ok
prev-status <Alarm::fanUnit1> status of fan-unit1 with its previous logged value.


prev-status <Alarm::fanUnit2> status of fan-unit2 with its previous logged value.
shelf-mismatch <Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch> current status specifies installed and planned shelf
Possible values are : types are different
- mismatch : installed and planned shelf This element is always shown.
types are different
- no-mismatch : installed and planned
shelf types are the same
prev-status <Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch> status of shelf-mismatch with its previous logged
- mismatch : installed and planned shelf This element is only shown in detail mode.
types are different
ext-chain-instl <Alarm::extChainInstl> current alarm status of consistency problem
Possible values are : detected for installation of extension chain
- consistancy-problem : consistency This element is always shown.
problem detected for installation of
extension chain
- no-consistancy-problem : no consistancy
problem
prev-status <Alarm::extChainInstl> status of consistency problem with its previous
- consistancy-problem : consistency This element is only shown in detail mode.
extension chain
problem

31.4 Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command
Command Description
show the plug in unit alarm log status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log plug-in-unit (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.4-1 "Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.4-2 "Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command" Display parameters
board-position <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identify where the alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::Slot> This element is always shown.
board-mismatch <Alarm::boardMismatch> alarm specifing the planned and plugged-in types
Possible values are : are different
- yes : planned and plugged-in types are This element is always shown.
different
- no : planned and plugged-in types are
same
prev-status <Alarm::boardMismatch> status of board-mismatch with its previous logged
- yes : planned and plugged-in types are This element is only shown in detail mode.
different
same
sw-download <Alarm::swStatus> alarm specifing download of the software is
Possible values are : completed or not.
- waiting : not able to download all the This element is always shown.
applicable SW files


- completed : download completed
prev-status <Alarm::swStatus> status of sw-download with its previous logged
- waiting : not able to download all the This element is only shown in detail mode.
applicable SW files
temperature <Alarm::tempStatus> alarm specifing board temperature is crossed the
Possible values are : threshold or not.
- above-thres : temperature threshold on This element is only shown in detail mode.
board exceeded
- below-thres : board temperature within
threshold
prev-status <Alarm::tempStatus> status of board temperature with its previous logged
board exceeded
threshold
temp-shutoff <Alarm::tempShutoffStatus> alarm specifing board is swiched off because of
Possible values are : excess temperature.
- board-switched-off : board switched off - This element is only shown in detail mode.
excess temperature
- board-switched-on : board switched on
prev-status <Alarm::tempShutoffStatus> status of temp-shutoff with its previous logged
excess temperature
defense <Alarm::defenseAction> indicates board is disconnected from the system or
Possible values are : not
- board-disconnected : board disconnected This element is only shown in detail mode.
from system
- board-connected : board still connected
to system
prev-status <Alarm::defenseAction> status of defense with its previous logged value.
- board-disconnected : board disconnected
from system
to system
board-present <Alarm::boardPresence> indicates the presence of the board.
- missing : board was present, but now
missing
- yes : board present
prev-status <Alarm::boardPresence> status of board-present with its previous logged
- missing : board was present, but now This element is only shown in detail mode.
missing
board-inserted <Alarm::boardInsertion> indicates the status of board was inserted or not.
- never-inserted : board was never inserted
- inserted : board was inserted
prev-status <Alarm::boardInsertion> status of board-inserted with its previous logged
- never-inserted : board was never inserted This element is only shown in detail mode.


board-init <Alarm::boardInit> specifies board initializaion is sucessful or failed.
- failed : board initialization failed
- completed : board initialization
completed
prev-status <Alarm::boardInit> status of board-init with its previous logged value.
completed
num-of-resets <Alarm::boardReset> specifies number of reset of board.
- exceeded-threshold : board initialization
failed
- within-threshold : board initialization
completed
prev-status <Alarm::boardReset> status of num-of-resets with its previous logged
- exceeded-threshold : board initialization This element is only shown in detail mode.
failed
completed

31.5 Alarm ATM Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log atm (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.5-1 "Alarm ATM Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.5-2 "Alarm ATM Status Command" Display parameters
port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identify where the alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::Slot> / <Eqpt::Port> This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::Slot>= range: [1...21]/
<Eqpt::Port>= range: [1...48]
vpi-vci <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has occurred.
cell-dis-up <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded or not in upstream
Possible values are : direction.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in This element is always shown.
upstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in
upstream direction
prev-status <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> status of cell-dis-up with its previous logged value.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in
upstream direction
upstream direction
cell-dis-down <Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded or not in


Possible values are : downstream direction.
prev-status <Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream> status of cell-dis-down with its previous logged
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in This element is only shown in detail mode.
mac-conflict <Alarm::MACconflict> specifies whether duplicate MAC address from the
Possible values are : PVC is occurred or not.
- detected : duplicate MAC address from This element is always shown.
this PVC
- not-detected : no duplicate MAC address
from this PVC
prev-status <Alarm::MACconflict> status of mac-conflict with its previous logged
- detected : duplicate MAC address from This element is only shown in detail mode.
this PVC
from this PVC

31.6 Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command
Command Description
show the ethernet interface alarm log status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log ether-itf (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.6-1 "Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.6-2 "Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command" Display parameters
ether-ifindex <SignedInteger> identify where the alarm has occurred.
link-down <Alarm::EtherLinkStatus> specifies ethernet link status.
- yes : board switched off - excess
temperature
- no : board switched on
prev-status <Alarm::EtherLinkStatus> status of link-down with its previous logged value.
temperature

31.7 Alarm Software Management Status Command
Command Description
show the software management alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log sw-mgmt (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.7-1 "Alarm Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.7-2 "Alarm Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
nt-position <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identifies the physical position of the slot
sw-rollback <Alarm::SwRollback> specifies implicit software rollback is performed or
- yes : implicit software rollback This element is always shown.
performed
- no : no implicit software rollback
prev-status <Alarm::SwRollback> status of sw-rollback with its previous logged
- yes : implicit software rollback This element is only shown in detail mode.
performed
db-rollback <Alarm::DbRollback> specifies implicit database rollback is performed or
- yes : implicit database rollback This element is always shown.
performed
- no : no implicit database rollback
prev-status <Alarm::DbRollback> status of db-rollback with its previous logged value.


- yes : implicit database rollback
performed

31.8 Alarm xDSL Common Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log xdsl misc (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.8-1 "Alarm xDSL Common Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.8-2 "Alarm xDSL Common Status Command" Display parameters
port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identifies the physical position of the port
line-config <Alarm::LineConfig> specifies whether line configuration data is used or
- config-error : line configuration data This element is always shown.
cannot be used
- config-ok : Line configuration data OK
prev-status <Alarm::LineConfig> status of line-config with its previous logged value.
- config-error : line configuration data
cannot be used
line-capacity <Alarm::LineCapacity> specifies whether line capacity is set up or not.
- below-requirement : line capacity not
enough to set up requested profile
- meets-requirement : line capacity enough


to set up requested profile
prev-status <Alarm::LineCapacity> status of line-capacity with its previous logged
- below-requirement : line capacity not This element is only shown in detail mode.
xdsl-init <Alarm::Initialization> specifies xdsl line initialization is successful or not.
- failed : initialization unsuccessful due to
comminication problem
- successful : initialization successful
prev-status <Alarm::Initialization> status of xdsl-init with its previous logged value.
peer-modem <Alarm::PeerModem> specifies whether peer modem detected or not.
- not-detected : no peer modem detected
- detected : peer modem detected
prev-status <Alarm::PeerModem> status of peer-modem with its previous logged
- not-detected : no peer modem detected This element is only shown in detail mode.

31.9 Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log xdsl near-end (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.9-1 "Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.9-2 "Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command" Display parameters
port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / Specifies where the alarm occurred.
los <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal occured or not.
- occured : near end loss of signal occured
- not-occured : no near end loss of signal
prev-status <Alarm::NearEndLOS> status of los with its previous logged value.
lof <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame occured or not.
- occured : near end loss of frame occured
- not-occured : no near end loss of frame
prev-status <Alarm::NearEndLOF> status of lof with its previous logged value.


lom <Alarm::NearEndLOM> specifies near end loss of margin occured or not.
- occured : near end loss of margin
occured
- not-occured : no near end loss of margin
prev-status <Alarm::NearEndLOM> status of lom with its previous logged value.
occured
ese <Alarm::NearEndESE> specifies near end excessive server errors occured
- occured : near end excessive server This element is only shown in detail mode.
errors occured
- not-occured : no near end excessive
server errors occured
prev-status <Alarm::NearEndESE> status of ese with its previous logged value.
- occured : near end excessive server
errors occured
bitrate <Alarm::NearEndBRthres> specifies whether upstream planned bitrate reached
Possible values are : or not after initialization.
- below-plan : upstream planned bitrate This element is only shown in detail mode.
not reached after initialization
- meets-plan : upstream planned bitrate
reached
prev-status <Alarm::NearEndBRthres> status of bitrate with its previous logged value.
- below-plan : upstream planned bitrate
reached
ncd <Alarm::NearEndNCD> specifies whether near end cell delineation is
Possible values are : occured or not.
- no-cell-deline : no near end cell This element is only shown in detail mode.
delineation
- cell-deline-occured : near end cell
delineation occured
prev-status <Alarm::NearEndNCD> status of ncd with its previous logged value.
- no-cell-deline : no near end cell
delineation
delineation occured
lcd <Alarm::NearEndLCD> specifies whether loss of near end cell deliniation is
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of near end cell This element is always shown.
deliniation
- no-loss-of-cell-deline : no loss of near
end cell deliniation
prev-status <Alarm::NearEndLCD> status of lcd with its previous logged value.
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of near end cell
deliniation



31.10 Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log xdsl far-end (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.10-1 "Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.10-2 "Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command" Display parameters
port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identifies where the alarm occurred
los <Alarm::FarEndLOS> specifies whether far end loss of signal occured or
- occured : far end loss of signal occured This element is always shown.
- not-occured : no far end loss of signal
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndLOS> status of los with its previous logged value.
- occured : far end loss of signal occured
lof <Alarm::FarEndLOF> specifies whether far end loss of frame occured or
- occured : far end loss of frame occured This element is always shown.
- not-occured : no far end loss of frame
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndLOF> status of lof with its previous logged value.
- occured : far end loss of frame occured


lpr <Alarm::FarEndLPR> specifies whether far end loss of power detected or
- detected : far end loss of power detected This element is always shown.
- not-detected : no far end loss of power
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndLPR> status of lpr with its previous logged value.
- detected : far end loss of power detected
lol <Alarm::FarEndLOL> specifies whether far end loss of link detected or
- detected : far end loss of link detected This element is always shown.
- not-detected : no far end loss of link
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndLOL> status of lol with its previous logged value.
- detected : far end loss of link detected
lom <Alarm::FarEndLOM> specifies whether far end loss of margin occured or
- occured : far end loss of margin occured This element is always shown.
- not-occured : no far end loss of margin
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndLOM> status of lom with its previous logged value.
- occured : far end loss of margin occured
ese <Alarm::FarEndESE> specifies whether far end excessive server errors
- occured : far end excessive server errors This element is only shown in detail mode.
occured
- not-occured : no far end excessive server
errors occured
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndESE> status of ese with its previous logged value.
- occured : far end excessive server errors
occured
errors occured
bitrate <Alarm::FarEndBRthres> specifies whether downstream planned bitrate
Possible values are : reached or not.
- below-plan : downstream planned bitrate This element is only shown in detail mode.
- meets-plan : downstream planned bitrate
reached
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndBRthres> status of bitrate with its previous logged value.
- below-plan : downstream planned bitrate
reached
ncd <Alarm::FarEndNCD> specifies whether far end cell delineation occured
- no-cell-deline : no far end cell This element is only shown in detail mode.
delineation
- cell-deline-occured : far end cell
delineation occured
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndNCD> status of ncd with its previous logged value.


- no-cell-deline : no far end cell
delineation
delineation occured
lcd <Alarm::FarEndLCD> specifies there is loss of far end cell deliniation or
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of far end cell This element is always shown.
deliniation
- no-loss-of-cell-deline : no loss of far end
cell deliniation
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndLCD> status of lcd with its previous logged value.
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of far end cell
deliniation
cell deliniation

31.11 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command
Command Description
show the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log tca-xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.11-1 "Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.11-2 "Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command" Display parameters
errored-secs <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds exceeded or below
Possible values are : threshold
- above-thres : number of errored seconds This element is always shown.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds
below threshold
prev-status <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> status of errored-secs with its previous logged
- above-thres : number of errored seconds This element is only shown in detail mode.
exceeded threshold
below threshold
es-in-a-day <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> errored seconds in a day exceeded or below


in a day, exceeded threshold
in a day, below threshold
prev-status <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> status of es-in-a-day with its previous logged value.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds
severely-es <Alarm::SeverelyErroredSeconds> number of severely errored seconds exceeded or
Possible values are : below threshold
- above-thres : number of severely errored This element is only shown in detail mode.
seconds exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored
seconds below threshold
prev-status <Alarm::SeverelyErroredSeconds> status of es-in-a-day with its previous logged value.
- above-thres : number of severely errored
severely-es-in-a-day <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored seconds in a day,
Possible values are : exceeded or below threshold
seconds in a day, exceeded threshold
seconds in a day, below threshold
prev-status <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> status of es-in-a-day with its previous logged value.
- above-thres : number of severely errored
unavail-secs <Alarm::UnavailableSeconds> number of unavailable seconds exceeded or below
- above-thres : number of unavailable This element is always shown.
- below-thres : number of unavailable
prev-status <Alarm::UnavailableSeconds> status of unavail-secs with its previous logged
- above-thres : number of unavailable This element is only shown in detail mode.
unavail-secs-in-a-day <Alarm::UnavailSecsInAday> number of far end unavailable seconds in a day,
prev-status <Alarm::UnavailSecsInAday> status of unavail-secs-in-a-day with its previous
- above-thres : number of unavailable This element is only shown in detail mode.


es <Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds> number of far end errored seconds exceeded or
- above-thres : number of far end errored This element is only shown in detail mode.
- below-thres : number of far end errored
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds> status of es with its previous logged value.
- above-thres : number of far end errored
fe-severely-es <Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecs> number of far end severely errored seconds
- above-thres : number of far end severely This element is only shown in detail mode.
errored seconds exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end severely
errored seconds below threshold
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecs> status of fe-severely-es with its previous logged
fe-sev-es/day <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored seconds in a day,
prev-status <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> status of fe-severely-es with its previous logged
fe-unavail-secs <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecs> number of far end unavailable seconds in a day,
- above-thres : number of far end This element is only shown in detail mode.
unavailable seconds exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end
unavailable seconds below threshold
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecs> status of fe-unavail-secs with its previous logged
fe-unavail-sec/day <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecsInAday> number of far end unavailable seconds in a day,
unavailable seconds in a day, exceeded
threshold
unavailable seconds in a day, below
threshold
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecsInAday> status of fe-unavail-sec/day with its previous


threshold
threshold
fe-es-in-a-day <Alarm::FarEndErroredSecsInAday> number of far end errored seconds in a day,
prev-status <Alarm::FarEndErroredSecsInAday> status of fe-es-in-a-day with its previous logged

31.12 Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion

Status Command
Command Description
show the electrical to optical conversion alarm log status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log eo-conversion (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.12-1 "Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.12-2 "Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command" Display parameters
port <SignedInteger> identifies where the alarm occurred
loss-of-signal <Alarm::EoConvLOS> specifies whether loss of signal detected or not in
Possible values are : the EO conversion module
- detected : loss of signal detected in the This element is always shown.
EO conversion module
- not-detected : no loss of signal detected
in the EO conversion module
prev-status <Alarm::EoConvLOS> status of loss-of-signal with its previous logged
- detected : loss of signal detected in the This element is only shown in detail mode.
transmission <Alarm::EoConvTx> specifies whether transmission fault is occurred or
Possible values are : not in the EO module
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO This element is always shown.
module


- ok : transmission OK
prev-status <Alarm::EoConvTx> status of transmission with its previous logged
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO This element is only shown in detail mode.
module

31.13 Alarm Authentication Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the authentication related alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log authentication (index)
Command Parameters
Table 31.13-1 "Alarm Authentication Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 31.13-2 "Alarm Authentication Status Command" Display parameters
vrf-assignment <Alarm::VRFassignment> specifies whether VRF for a user session is
Possible values are : assigned or failed
- failed : failure to assign a VRF for a user This element is always shown.
session
- successful : assigned a VRF for a user
session
prev-status <Alarm::VRFassignment> status of vrf-assignment with its previous logged
- failed : failure to assign a VRF for a user This element is only shown in detail mode.
session
session
vlan-assignment <Alarm::VLANassignment> specifies whether a VLAN for a user session is
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a This element is always shown.
user session
- successful : assigned a VLAN for a user
session
prev-status <Alarm::VLANassignment> status of vlan-assignment with its previous logged
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a This element is only shown in detail mode.


user session
session
ip-addr-pool-assign <Alarm::IPaddrPoolAssign> specifies whether IP address pool for a user session
Possible values are : is assigned or failed
- failed : failure to assign IP address pool This element is always shown.
for a user session
- successful : assigned IP address pool for
a user session
prev-status <Alarm::IPaddrPoolAssign> status of ip-addr-pool-assign with its previous
- failed : failure to assign IP address pool This element is only shown in detail mode.
for a user session
a user session
qos-param-assign <Alarm::QOSparamAssign> specifies whether QOS parameters for a user
Possible values are : session is assigned or failed
- failed : failure to assign QOS parameters This element is always shown.
for a user session
- successful : assigned QOS parameters for
a user session
prev-status <Alarm::QOSparamAssign> status of ip-addr-pool-assign with its previous
- failed : failure to assign QOS parameters This element is only shown in detail mode.
for a user session
a user session
ip-addr-assign <Alarm::IPaddrAssign> specifies whether IP address for a user session is
- failed : failure to assign IP address for a This element is always shown.
user session
- successful : assigned IP address for a
user session
prev-status <Alarm::IPaddrAssign> status of ip-addr-assign with its previous logged
- failed : failure to assign IP address for a This element is only shown in detail mode.
user session
user session
radius-pool-id <Alarm::RADIUSpoolId> specifies whether pool-id is specified or not for a
Possible values are : RADIUS server.
- not-specified : RADIUS server did not This element is always shown.
specify a pool-id
- specified : RADIUS specified the pool-id
prev-status <Alarm::RADIUSpoolId> status of radius-pool-id with its previous logged
- not-specified : RADIUS server did not This element is only shown in detail mode.
specify a pool-id

32- Current Alarm Status Commands
32.1 Alarm Current Status Command 32-331

32.2 Alarm Current Equipment Status Command 32-333
32.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command 32-336
32.5 Alarm Current ATM Status Command 32-338
32.6 Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command 32-340
32.7 Alarm Current Software Management Status 32-341
Command
32.8 Alarm Current xDSL Status Command 32-342
32.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status 32-348
Command
32.11 Alarm Current Authentication Status Command 32-349

32 Current Alarm Status Commands
32.1 Alarm Current Status Command
Command Description
This command displays all the current alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.1-1 "Alarm Current Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Alarm::genAlarmIndex> alarm type
Command Output
Table 32.1-2 "Alarm Current Status Command" Display parameters
type <Alarm::alarmType> type of the alarms that are active.
- atm : ATM alarms
alarms
alarms
status <UnsignedInteger> current status of all alarms within one alarm type
last-updated-on <Sys::Time> time in seconds when the entry was updated.
Only Show Details: number of changes since start up and number of entires in the table


changes <Counter> number of changes that have occurred since startup.
entries <Gauge> number of entries
tot-delta-log <UnsignedInteger> total number of delta log entries
Only Show Details: active severities in the table
indeterminate <Alarm::IndetSevState> status of the severity type indeterminate
- active : at least one entry of this severity
is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
warning <Alarm::WarnSevState> status of the severity type warning
is present
minor <Alarm::MinorSevState> status of the severity type minor
is present
major <Alarm::MajorSevState> status of the severity type major
is present
critical <Alarm::CriticalSevState> status of the severity type critical
is present

32.2 Alarm Current Equipment Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the current alarms of the equipment.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current equipment (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.2-1 "Alarm Current Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 32.2-2 "Alarm Current Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
lost
full
usage less that 90%

Command Description
This command displays the alarms, current in the equipment holder.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current eqpt-holder (index)
Command Parameters
Command Output
shelf-type-mismatch <Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch> current status specifies installed and planned shelf
types are different


extension chain
problem

32.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the plug in unit alarm logs generated.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current plug-in-unit (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.4-1 "Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 32.4-2 "Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command" Display parameters
different
same
applicable SW files
board exceeded


threshold
excess temperature
defense <Alarm::defenseAction> indicates board disconnected from the system or
from system
to system
missing
completed
number-of-resets <Alarm::boardReset> specifies number of reset of board.
failed
completed

32.5 Alarm Current ATM Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the current ATM alarm status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current atm (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.5-1 "Alarm Current ATM Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 32.5-2 "Alarm Current ATM Status Command" Display parameters
cell-discard-up <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded or not in upstream
upstream direction
upstream direction
cell-discard-down <Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded or not in


this PVC
from this PVC

32.6 Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status

Command
Command Description
show the current ethernet interface alarm status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current ether-itf (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.6-1 "Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 32.6-2 "Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
temperature

32.7 Alarm Current Software Management Status

Command
Command Description
show the software management alarm current status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current sw-mgmt (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.7-1 "Alarm Current Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 32.7-2 "Alarm Current Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
performed
performed

32.8 Alarm Current xDSL Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the current xDSL alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.8-1 "Alarm Current xDSL Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 32.8-2 "Alarm Current xDSL Status Command" Display parameters
near-end-los <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal occured or not.
near-end-lof <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame occured or not.
near-end-lom <Alarm::NearEndLOM> specifies near end loss of margin occured or not.
occured
near-end-ese <Alarm::NearEndESE> specifies near end excessive server errors occured


errors occured
cannot be used
near-end-bitrate <Alarm::NearEndBRthres> specifies whether upstream planned bitrate reached
reached
near-end-ncd <Alarm::NearEndNCD> specifies whether near end cell delineation is
delineation
delineation occured
near-end-lcd <Alarm::NearEndLCD> specifies whether loss of near end cell deliniation is
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of near end cell This element is only shown in detail mode.
deliniation
far-end-los <Alarm::FarEndLOS> specifies whether far end loss of signal occured or
- occured : far end loss of signal occured This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-lof <Alarm::FarEndLOF> specifies whether far end loss of frame occured or
- occured : far end loss of frame occured This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-lpr <Alarm::FarEndLPR> specifies whether far end loss of power detected or
- detected : far end loss of power detected This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-lol <Alarm::FarEndLOL> specifies whether far end loss of link detected or
- detected : far end loss of link detected This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-lom <Alarm::FarEndLOM> specifies whether far end loss of margin occured or
- occured : far end loss of margin occured This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-ese <Alarm::FarEndESE> specifies whether far end excessive server errors
occured


errors occured
far-end-bitrate <Alarm::FarEndBRthres> specifies whether downstream planned bitrate
reached
far-end-ncd <Alarm::FarEndNCD> specifies whether far end cell delineation occured
delineation
delineation occured
far-end-lcd <Alarm::FarEndLCD> specifies there is loss of far end cell deliniation or
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of far end cell This element is only shown in detail mode.
deliniation
cell deliniation

Command Description
show the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current tca-xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Command Output
exceeded threshold
below threshold


unavailable-secs <Alarm::UnavailableSeconds> number of unavailable seconds exceeded or below
far-end-es <Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds> number of far end errored seconds exceeded or
fe-severely-es/day <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored seconds in a day,
threshold
threshold



32.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current eo-conversion (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.10-1 "Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 32.10-2 "Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command" Display parameters
port <SignedInteger> identifies where the alarm occurred.
module

32.11 Alarm Current Authentication Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the authentication related alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current authentication (index)
Command Parameters
Table 32.11-1 "Alarm Current Authentication Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 32.11-2 "Alarm Current Authentication Status Command" Display parameters
session
session
user session
session
for a user session
a user session


for a user session
a user session
user session
user session
specify a pool-id

33- Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands
33.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command 33-352

33.2 Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command 33-355
33.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command 33-358
33.5 Alarm ATM Status Command 33-360
33.6 Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command 33-362
33.7 Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status 33-363
Command
33.8 Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command 33-364
33.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for Snap-shot 33-370
33.11 Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot Status 33-371
Command
33.12 Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command 33-373

33 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands
33.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the snap shot alarm entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.1-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Alarm::genAlarmIndex> alarm snap shot table index
Command Output
Table 33.1-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
timeout-period <TimeTicks> specifies the time out of the snapshot table
entries <Gauge> specifies nbr of entries in the snapshot table.
indeterminate <Alarm::IndetSevState> active indeterminate severity levels of the alarms in
Possible values are : the snapshot table.
- active : at least one entry of this severity This element is always shown.
is present
warning <Alarm::WarnSevState> active warning severity levels of the alarms in the
Possible values are : snapshot table.
is present
minor <Alarm::MinorSevState> active minor severity levels of the alarms in the
is present
major <Alarm::MajorSevState> active major severity levels of the alarms in the


is present
critical <Alarm::CriticalSevState> active critical severity levels of the alarms in the
is present
owner-id <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> the actual owner of the snap-shot
type <Alarm::alarmType> unique id for an alarm.
- atm : ATM alarms
alarms
alarms
status <UnsignedInteger> reflect's the state of the alarm as either active or
non-active.
last-updated-on <Sys::Time> network time in seconds when the alarm was
logged.
Only Show Details: general information
entries <Gauge> specifies nbr of entries in the snapshot table.
indeterminate <Alarm::IndetSevState> active indeterminate severity levels of the alarms in
Possible values are : the snapshot table.
is present
warning <Alarm::WarnSevState> active warning severity levels of the alarms in the
is present
minor <Alarm::MinorSevState> active minor severity levels of the alarms in the
is present
major <Alarm::MajorSevState> active major severity levels of the alarms in the


is present
critical <Alarm::CriticalSevState> active critical severity levels of the alarms in the
is present

33.2 Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command
Command Description
show the snap-shot of equipment
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot equipment (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.2-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.2-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
lost
full
usage less that 90%

Command Description
show the snap-shot equipment holder status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot eqpt-holder (index)
Command Parameters
Command Output
shelf-type-mismatch <Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch> current status specifies installed and planned shelf
types are different


extension chain
problem

33.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot plug-in-unit (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.4-1 "Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.4-2 "Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command" Display parameters
different
same
applicable SW files
board exceeded
threshold


excess temperature
defense <Alarm::defenseAction> indicates board is disconnected from the system or
from system
to system
missing
completed
number-of-resets <Alarm::boardReset> specifies number of reset of board.
failed
completed

33.5 Alarm ATM Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot atm (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.5-1 "Alarm ATM Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.5-2 "Alarm ATM Status Command" Display parameters
cell-discard-up <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded or not in upstream
upstream direction
upstream direction
cell-discard-down <Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded or not in


this PVC
from this PVC

33.6 Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status

Command
Command Description
show the current ethernet interface alarm status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot ether-itf (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.6-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.6-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
temperature

33.7 Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status

Command
Command Description
show the snap-shot software management status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot sw-mgmt (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.7-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.7-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
performed
performed

33.8 Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the snap-shot xDSL alarm status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.8-1 "Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.8-2 "Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
near-end-los <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal occured or not.
near-end-lof <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame occured or not.
near-end-lom <Alarm::NearEndLOM> specifies near end loss of margin occured or not.
occured
near-end-ese <Alarm::NearEndESE> specifies near end excessive server errors occured


errors occured
cannot be used
near-end-bitrate <Alarm::NearEndBRthres> specifies whether upstream planned bitrate reached
reached
near-end-ncd <Alarm::NearEndNCD> specifies whether near end cell delineation is
delineation
delineation occured
near-end-lcd <Alarm::NearEndLCD> specifies whether loss of near end cell deliniation is
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of near end cell This element is only shown in detail mode.
deliniation
far-end-los <Alarm::FarEndLOS> specifies whether far end loss of signal occured or
- occured : far end loss of signal occured This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-lof <Alarm::FarEndLOF> specifies whether far end loss of frame occured or
- occured : far end loss of frame occured This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-lpr <Alarm::FarEndLPR> specifies whether far end loss of power detected or
- detected : far end loss of power detected This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-lol <Alarm::FarEndLOL> specifies whether far end loss of link detected or
- detected : far end loss of link detected This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-lom <Alarm::FarEndLOM> specifies whether far end loss of margin occured or
- occured : far end loss of margin occured This element is only shown in detail mode.
far-end-ese <Alarm::FarEndESE> specifies whether far end excessive server errors
occured


errors occured
far-end-bitrate <Alarm::FarEndBRthres> specifies whether downstream planned bitrate
reached
far-end-ncd <Alarm::FarEndNCD> specifies whether far end cell delineation occured
delineation
delineation occured
far-end-lcd <Alarm::FarEndLCD> specifies there is loss of far end cell deliniation or
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of far end cell This element is only shown in detail mode.
deliniation
cell deliniation

Command Description
show the xDSL threshold cross alarm status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot tca-xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Command Output
exceeded threshold
below threshold


unavailable-secs <Alarm::UnavailableSeconds> number of unavailable seconds exceeded or below
far-end-es <Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds> number of far end errored seconds exceeded or
fe-severely-es/day <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored seconds in a day,
threshold
threshold



33.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for

Snap-shot
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot eo-conversion (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.10-1 "Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for Snap-shot" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.10-2 "Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for Snap-shot" Display parameters
module

33.11 Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the authentication related alarm status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot authentication (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.11-1 "Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.11-2 "Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
session
session
user session
session
for a user session


a user session
for a user session
a user session
user session
user session
specify a pool-id

33.12 Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot ipox (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.12-1 "Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 33.12-2 "Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
ip-addr-pool <Alarm::IPAddrPoolPreempt> specifies whether the ip addr pool on the DHCP
Possible values are : server and the local pool are preempted or not
- preempted : the ip addr pool on the This element is always shown.
DHCP server and the local pool are
preempted
- no-preempt : the ip addr pool on the
DHCP server and the local pool are not
preempted

34- Alarm Delta Log Status Commands
34.1 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command 34-375

34 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands
34.1 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays common values related to delta log alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm delta-log alarm-changes
Command Output
Table 34.1-2 "Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
all <Counter> total number of changes of all alarms since startup
and is independent of the alarm severity level.
indeterminate <Counter> total number of changes of all alarms with a
severity level indeterminate since startup.
warning <Counter> total number of changes of all alarms with a
severity level warning since startup.
minor <Counter> total number of changes of all alarms with a
severity level minor since startup.
major <Counter> total number of changes of all alarms with a
severity level major since startup.
critical <Counter> total number of changes of all alarms with a
severity level critical since startup.

35- SHub Alarm Status Command
35.1 SHub Alarm Current Status Command 35-377

35.2 SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status Command 35-379
35.3 SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status 35-381
Command
35.4 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command 35-382
35.5 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command 35-384
35.6 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status 35-386
Command
35.7 SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command 35-387
35.8 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command 35-388
35.9 SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status Command 35-390
35.10 SHub Alarm Entries Status Command 35-391

35 SHub Alarm Status Command
35.1 SHub Alarm Current Status Command
Command Description
This command displays all the possible alarms at the agent. For each alarm, there is an entry. Each entry consists
of an index for the table, alarm id, alarm category, alarm On/Off thresholds and timebases and an alarm logging
mode. The severity, reporting and logging are manageable objects for the SNMP Manager
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub current table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.1-1 "SHub Alarm Current Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 35.1-2 "SHub Alarm Current Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
changes <Counter> the number of changes that have occurred at the
current alarm table since startup.
entries <Gauge> the number of entries in the current alarm table.
type <Alarm::alarmType> specifies the type of the alarm
- atm : ATM alarms
alarms


alarms
status <UnsignedInteger> defines the status of alarms in an alarm type at the
time the snapshot was taken.
last-updated-on <Sys::Time> gives the time information in seconds elapsed since
the 1st January 1970, when the entry was
updated/added.
additional-info <Alarm::AdditionalInfo> specifies some additional information about the
length: x<512 considered table entry.
Only Show Details: number of changes since start up and number of entires in the table
changes <Counter> the number of changes that have occurred at the
current alarm table since startup.
entries <Gauge> the number of entries in the current alarm table.

35.2 SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the log generated for equipment related persistent-data (data that is stored on the system's
data disk, and that survives power failures and resets of the system), sntp-communication, nt-disk,
shub-communication. It also give their previous status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub current equipment (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.2-1 "SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 35.2-2 "SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
fan <Alarm::ShubFanState> specifies whether the fan-unit is failed or not.
- failed : fan unit falied
- working : fan unit OK
power-fan <Alarm::ShubPowerFanState> specifies whether the power fan unit is failed or
- failed : power fan unit falied This element is always shown.
- working : power fan unit OK
db-restore <Alarm::ShubDBrestore> specifies whether the DB restore is successful or
- failed : DB restore falied This element is always shown.
- successful : DB restore successful
emergency-reboot <Alarm::ShubEmergencyRebbot> status of shub reboot from emergency boot package
- occured : shub has rebooted from
emergency boot package


- not-occured : no shub reboot
sntp-comm <Alarm::ShubSNTPcommLoss> status of shub - SNTP server communication
- lost : SNTP server not responding to
shub messages
- ok : SNTP - shub communication OK

35.3 SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays whether the ethernet interface link status has gone down or not. It also shows the previous
status, by which Operator can know that the link has gone down previously.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub current ethernet (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.3-1 "SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 35.3-2 "SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
port-number <Alarm::ShubPortNumber> port number of the shub
range: [1...24] This element is always shown.
link-down <Alarm::ShubLinkDown> specifies whether the shub link is down or not.
- yes : fan unit falied
- no : fan unit OK
mac-conflict <Alarm::ShubMACconflict> specifies whether there is a duplicate MAC address
Possible values are : from the ethernet port of LAN switch.
- yes : duplicate MAC address from This element is always shown.
ethernet port of LAN switch
- no : no duplciate MAC address
Only Show Details: vlan id - applicable only in case of mac conflict
vlan-id <SignedInteger> identify where the alarm occurred

35.4 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the snap-shot table for SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.4-1 "SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 35.4-2 "SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
entries <Gauge> specifies nbr of entries inthe snapshot table, when
table status is in-use.
type <Alarm::ShubAlarmType> specifies the type of the alarm
- shub : alarms related with an equip
- eth-shub : alarms related with the
ethernet interface
status <UnsignedInteger> defines the status of alarms in an alarm type at the
time the snapshot was taken.
last-updated-on <Sys::Time> gives the time information in seconds elapsed since
the 1st January 1970, when the entry was
updated/added.


additional-info <Alarm::AdditionalInfo> specifies some additional information about the
length: x<512 considered table entry.
Only Show Details: common
entries <Gauge> specifies nbr of entries inthe snapshot table, when
table status is in-use.

35.5 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status

Command
Command Description
This show the log generated for the Equipment like persistent-data(data that is stored on the system's data disk, and
that survives power failures and resets of the system), sntp-communication, nt-disk, communication. It also give
their previous status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot shub (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.5-1 "SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 35.5-2 "SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
fan <Alarm::ShubFanState> specifies whether the fan-unit is failed or not.
- failed : fan unit falied
- working : fan unit OK
power-fan <Alarm::ShubPowerFanState> specifies whether the power fan unit is failed or
- failed : power fan unit falied This element is always shown.
- working : power fan unit OK
db-restore <Alarm::ShubDBrestore> specifies whether the DB restore is successful or
- failed : DB restore falied This element is always shown.
- successful : DB restore successful
emergency-reboot <Alarm::ShubEmergencyRebbot> status of shub reboot from emergency boot package
- occured : shub has rebooted from
emergency boot package


- not-occured : no shub reboot
sntp-comm <Alarm::ShubSNTPcommLoss> status of shub - SNTP server communication
- lost : SNTP server not responding to
shub messages
- ok : SNTP - shub communication OK
no-arp-reply <Alarm::ShubArpRelay> status of the arp relay
- no-relay : arp relay is not there
- arp-relay : arp relay

35.6 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays whether the ethernet interface link status has gone down or not. It also shows the previous
status, by which Operator can know that the link has gone down previously.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot eth-shub (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.6-1 "SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 35.6-2 "SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
port-number <Alarm::ShubPortNumber> port number of the shub
link-down <Alarm::ShubLinkDown> specifies whether the shub link is down or not.
- yes : fan unit falied
- no : fan unit OK
mac-conflict <Alarm::ShubMACconflict> specifies whether there is a duplicate MAC address
Possible values are : from the ethernet port of LAN switch.
- yes : duplicate MAC address from This element is always shown.
ethernet port of LAN switch
- no : no duplciate MAC address
Only Show Details: vlan id - applicable only in case of mac conflict
vlan-id <SignedInteger> specifies where the alarm has occurred.

35.7 SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot rip (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.7-1 "SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 35.7-2 "SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
config-err <Alarm::ShubConfigErr> RIP interface configuration error
- error : configuration error occured
- no-error : configuration error not occured
auth-fail <Alarm::ShubAuthFail> RIP interface authentication failure
- failure : authentication failed
- no-failure : authentication not failed
rcv-bad-pkt <Alarm::ShubRcvPkt> bad packet received on RIP interface
- bad-pkt-rcv : bad packets received
- no-bad-pkt-rcv : no bad packets received
Only Show Details: interface index describing the interface
if-index <SignedInteger> This element is only shown in detail mode.

35.8 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot ospf (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.8-1 "SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 35.8-2 "SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
config-err <Alarm::ShubConfigErr> interface configuration error
- error : configuration error occured
- no-error : configuration error not occured
auth-fail <Alarm::ShubAuthFail> interface authentication failure
- failure : authentication failed
- no-failure : authentication not failed
rcv-bad-pkt <Alarm::ShubRcvPkt> bad packet received on the interface
- bad-pkt-rcv : bad packets received
- no-bad-pkt-rcv : no bad packets received
lsdb-overflow-90 <Alarm::ShubLSDB90> specifies whether the external LSA database
Possible values are : reached 90% of the limit
- approaching-90% : external LSA This element is always shown.
database reached 90% of the limit
- not-approaching : external LSA database
not reached 90% of the limit
lsdb-overflowed <Alarm::ShubLSDBOverFlow> specifies whether the external LSA database count
Possible values are : reached overflow limit


- yes : external LSA database count This element is always shown.
reached overflow limit
- no : external LSA database count not
reached overflow limit
Only Show Details: interface index describing the interface
if-index <SignedInteger> interface index

35.9 SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status

Command
Command Description
Alarm changes give a summary report of number of alarms occured.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub nbr-changed-alarms
Command Output
Table 35.9-2 "SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status Command" Display parameters
all <Counter> total number of changes of all alarms since startup.
indeterminate <Counter> the total number of changes of all alarms with
severity level indeterminate since startup.
warning <Counter> the total number of changes of all alarms with
severity level warning since startup.
minor <Counter> the total number of changes of all alarms with
severity level minor since startup.
major <Counter> the total number of changes of all alarms with
severity level major since startup.
critical <Counter> the total number of changes of all alarms with
severity level critical since startup.

35.10 SHub Alarm Entries Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the alarm entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub entry (alarm-id)
Command Parameters
Table 35.10-1 "SHub Alarm Entries Status Command" Resource Parameters
(alarm-id) <Alarm::ShubAlarmIndex> alarm type
- fan : shub fan failure
- power-fan : shub power fan failure
- db-restore : shub DB restore
- reboot : shub reboot from emergency
boot package
- sntp-comm : shub SNTP communication
- eth-link-down : shub ethernet link doen
status
- mac-conflict : MAC conflict
Command Output
Table 35.10-2 "SHub Alarm Entries Status Command" Display parameters
category <Alarm::category> defines the category of an alarm.
- communications : communications
related alarms
- qos : QoS related alarms
- processing-error : processing failure
related alarms
- equipment : equipment related alarms
- environmental : environmental related
alarms
severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> defined to assign a severity level to an alarm.


severity level
service-affecting <Alarm::alarmServAffect> defines whether an alarm is service affecting or not.
- service-affecting : make this alarm
service affecting
- noservice-affecting : make this alarm not
service affecting
Only Show Details: alarm mode
reporting <Alarm::alarmAlarmMode> to manage the reporting of the alarm.
- enabled : reporting or logging is enabled
- disabled : reporting or logging is
disabled

36- Alarm Status Commands
36.1 Alarm Entries Status Command 36-394

36 Alarm Status Commands
36.1 Alarm Entries Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the alarm entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm entry (alarm-id)
Command Parameters
Table 36.1-1 "Alarm Entries Status Command" Resource Parameters
(alarm-id) <Alarm::alarmIndex> alarm type
- eo-conv-loss : loss of signal in eo
conversion module
- eo-conv-tx : transmission fault in eo
conversion module
- xtca-ne-es : xdsl near end TCA alarm -
- xtca-ne-ses : xdsl near end TCA alarm -
severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : xdsl near end TCA alarm -
- xtca-ne-day-es : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-ses : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
- xtca-fe-ses : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
- xtca-fe-day-es : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : xdsl far end TCA alarm
- severely errored secs in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-uas : xdsl far end TCA alarm
- unavailable seconds in 1 day


- xdsl-ne-los : xdsl near end - loss of
signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : xdsl near end - loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : xdsl near end - loss of
margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : xdsl near end - excessive
server errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : xdsl - line
configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : xdsl - line capacity not
enough to setup requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : xdsl upstream -
planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : xdsl near end - no cell
delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : xdsl near end - loss of cell
delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : xdsl far end - loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : xdsl far end - loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : xdsl far end - loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : xdsl far end - loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : xdsl far end - loss of
margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : xdsl far end - excessive
server errors
- xdsl-act-comm : xdsl - init not successful
due to communications problem
- xdsl-act-modem : xdsl - no peer modem
detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : xdsl downstream -
planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : xdsl far end - no cell
delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : xdsl far end - loss of cell
delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp, db cannot
be operational - will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp and db
cannot be operational - will rollback
- ether-linkdown : ethernet link down
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the
upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the
- mac-conflict : duplcate mac addess from
this pvc
- persit-data-loss : all data lost after restart
- system not configured
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not
responding
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- rack-power : power fude broken
- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different


from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for
extension chain installation
- board-mismatch : board inserted
different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all
the applicable sw files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold
exceeded on the board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down
itself - too high temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from
system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after
planning - now missing
- board-instl-missing : board never
detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets
exceeded
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF
for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN
for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an
IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS
for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP
address for a user session
- missing : radius should always specify
pool id when it returns a VRF
Command Output
Table 36.1-2 "Alarm Entries Status Command" Display parameters
category <Alarm::category> category of an alarm
- communications : communications
related alarms
- qos : QoS related alarms
- processing-error : processing failure
related alarms
- equipment : equipment related alarms
- environmental : environmental related
alarms
severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> severity of the alarm, may be indeterminate,
Possible values are : warning, minor, major and critical.
- indeterminate : not a definite known This element is always shown.


severity level
service-affecting <Alarm::alarmServAffect> defines whether an alarm is service affecting or not.
- service-affecting : make this alarm
service affecting
- noservice-affecting : make this alarm not
service affecting
Only Show Details: alarm mode
reporting <Alarm::alarmAlarmMode> specifies whether the alarm is reported or not.
disabled
logging <Alarm::alarmAlarmMode> specifies whether alarm is logged or not.
disabled

37- ATM Status Commands
37.1 ATM Interface Status Command 37-399

37.2 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Status Command 37-400
37.3 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For Near End 37-401
37.4 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For Far End 37-403
37.5 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 1day Interval Status 37-405
For Data
37.6 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 15min Interval Status 37-407
For Data
37.7 PVC Status Command 37-409

37 ATM Status Commands
37.1 ATM Interface Status Command
Command Description
Displays the ATM interface configuration table.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show atm interface (port)
Command Parameters
Table 37.1-1 "ATM Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 37.1-2 "ATM Interface Status Command" Display parameters
type <Atm::asamAtmItfType> type of ATM interface.
- not-specified : not specified
- network-termination : network
termination
- access-to-access : access to access
interface
- user-to-access : user to access interface
- internal-server : internal server interface
- external-server : external server interface
number-of-pvcs <Atm::CrossConnectedPVccs> specifies the number of vcttp connections on this
range: [0...65535] ATM interface (only PVC).

37.2 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Status

Command
Command Description
Displays the TC adaptor protocol performance status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-int (port)
Command Parameters
Table 37.2-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the identification of the ATM interface
Command Output
Table 37.2-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Status Command" Display parameters
valid-15-min-intervals <SignedInteger> the number of previous intervals (maximum 192)
for which valid data has been stored. The value of
this object will be 192 unless the device was
brought online within the last nx15 minutes, in
which case the value will be the number of
complete 15 minute intervals the device has been
online
valid-1-day-intervals <SignedInteger> The number of previous intervals (maximum 2) for
which valid data has been stored. The value of this
object will be 2 unless the device was brought
online within the last nx24 hours, in which case the
value will be the number of complete 24 hours
intervals the device has been online

37.3 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For

Near End
Command Description
Allows the operator to view TC adaptor protocol monitoring current data parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-current-int fifteen-min (port)
Command Parameters
Table 37.3-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For Near End" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 37.3-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For Near End" Display parameters
ocds15min-far-end <Counter> number of out of cell delinations anomalies which
occurred for incoming cells on the far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM interface since the
start of this current 15 minute interval.
dhecvs15min-far-end <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded on the far end
ATM interface connnected to this ATM interface,
due to a HEC error, since the start of this current 15
minute interval.
ocds15min-near-end <Counter> number of out of cell delinations anomalies which
occurred for incoming cells on an ATM interface
since the start of this current 15 minute interval.
dhecvs15min-near-end <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded on this interface,
minute interval.



37.4 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For

Far End
Command Description
Allows the operator to view TC adaptor protocol monitoring current data parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-current-int one-day (port)
Command Parameters
Table 37.4-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For Far End" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 37.4-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring Status For Far End" Display parameters
ocds1day-far-end <Counter> number of Out of Cell Delinations anomalies which
interface connected to this ATM interface since the
start of this current 24 hour interval.
dhecvs1day-far-end <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded on the far end
hour interval.
ocds1day-near-end <Counter> number of out of cell delinations anomalies which
occurred for incoming cells on an ATM interface
since the start of this current 24 hour interval.
dhecvs1day-near-end <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded on this interface,
hour interval.



37.5 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 1day Interval

Status For Data
Command Description
Allows the operator to view TC adaptor protocol monitoring 1day interval data parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-1day-int (port) intvl-number <Atm::AtmItvlNo1day>
Command Parameters
Table 37.5-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 1day Interval Status For Data" Resource
Parameters
intvl-number <Atm::AtmItvlNo1day> interval for which the set of statistics is available
range: [1...2]
Command Output
Table 37.5-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 1day Interval Status For Data" Display parameters
ocds-near-end <Counter> number of out of cell delinations anomalies which
occurred for incoming cells on an ATM interface in
a particular 24 hour interval.
dhecvs-near-end <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded on this interface,
due to a HEC error, in a particular 24 hour interval.
ocds-far-end <Counter> number of out of cell delinations anomalies which
interface connected to this ATM interface in a
particular 24 hour interval.
dhecvs-far-end <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded on the far end


due to a HEC error, in a particular 24 hour interval.

37.6 TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 15min Interval

Status For Data
Command Description
Allows the operator to view TC adaptor protocol monitoring 15min interval data parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-15min-int (port) intvl-number <Atm::AtmItvlNumber>
Command Parameters
Table 37.6-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 15min Interval Status For Data" Resource
Parameters
intvl-number <Atm::AtmItvlNumber> interval for which statistics is available
range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 37.6-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Monitoring 15min Interval Status For Data" Display
parameters
ocds-near-end <Counter> number of out of cell delinations anomalies which
occurred for incoming cells on an ATM interface.
dhecvs-near-end <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded on this interface,
due to a HEC error
ocds-far-end <Counter> number of out of cell delinations anomalies which
interface connected to this ATM interface
dhecvs-far-end <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded on the far end
due to a HEC error



37.7 PVC Status Command
Command Description
Allows the operator to know the status of the Permanent virtual circuit.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm pvc (port-index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.7-1 "PVC Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port-index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the atm static Interface with vpi and vci
Command Output
Table 37.7-2 "PVC Status Command" Display parameters
admin-status <Atm::adminStatus> specifies the desired administrative state of the
Possible values are : VCL.
- admin-up : enable traffic flow This element is always shown.
- admin-down : disable traffic flow
opertional-status <Atm::atmVclOperStatus> indicates the current operational status of the VCL.
- up : traffic flow is enabled in the virtual
link
- down : traffic flow is disabled in the
virtual link
- unknown : state is unknown
last-change <TimeTicks> time the VCL entered its current operational state.
unit: msec This element is always shown.

38- Bridge Status Commands
38.1 Bridge Port Status Command 38-411

38.2 Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status Command 38-413
38.3 SHub Bridge Status Command 38-414
38.4 SHub Bridge Port Status Command 38-415

38 Bridge Status Commands
38.1 Bridge Port Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the current settings for the bridge port. The initial configuration may be overruled by
dynamic data as a result of port authentication using Radius protocol. When any of the settings has been overruled,
the status parameter will indicate 'dynamic'.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show bridge port (port)
Command Parameters
Table 38.1-1 "Bridge Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 38.1-2 "Bridge Port Status Command" Display parameters
bridge-port <Vlan::BridgePort> the port identifier assigned by the system to this
range: [1...3104] terminated VCL. A port identifier identifies
uniquely a port of the VLAN-Bridge within the
system.
pvid <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : the dynamic or static (if no dynamic) default
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : VLAN assigned to a port
<Vlan::CVlanIndex> This element is always shown.
default-priority <Vlan::Priority> port dynamic or static (if no dynamic) default
range: [0...7] priority
qos-profile none | name : QOS profile, dynamically or statically (if no
<Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> dynamic) assigned to a port
status <Vlan::DataStatus> nature of the data shown. The value true indicates
Possible values are : that any or all of the displayed parameters is
- static : data configured by operator dynamic.


- dynamic : dynamic data This element is always shown.

38.2 Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the mapping between a bridge port and its ATM interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show bridge port-to-atm-pvc (bridge-port)
Command Parameters
Table 38.2-1 "Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
(bridge-port) <Vlan::BridgePort> bridge port
range: [1...3104]
Command Output
Table 38.2-2 "Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status Command" Display parameters
port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the atm static Interface with vpi and vci
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : This element is always shown.

38.3 SHub Bridge Status Command
Command Description
This command shows global information regarding the bridge on the Service Hub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show bridge shub-info
Command Output
Table 38.3-2 "SHub Bridge Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: bridge parameters
mac-address <Vlan::MacAddr> the MAC address used by this bridge when it must
length: 6 be referred to in a unique fashion
learnt-entry-discards <UnsignedInteger> the total number of Filtering Database entries,
which have been or would have been learnt, but
have been discarded due to a lack of space in the
FDB. If this Counter is increasing it indicates that
the Filtering Database is regularly becoming full.
This event may be of temporary nature.

38.4 SHub Bridge Port Status Command
Command Description
This command shows port related parameters for a bridge port on the Service Hub.
When detailled information is requested, statistics regarding frames received and transmitted on the bridge port
are displayed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show bridge network-port (port)
Command Parameters
Table 38.4-1 "SHub Bridge Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> port number
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 38.4-2 "SHub Bridge Port Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
learned-entry-discards <UnsignedInteger> the total number of Filtering Database entries,
operation-status <Shub::PortOperStatus> the operational status of the port. This status is only
Possible values are : valid if the administrative status of the
- down : down corresponding interface is up.
- up : up This element is always shown.
max-frame-info <SignedInteger> the maximum size of the INFO (non-MAC) field


that this port will receive or transmit
traffic-class <Shub::TrafficClass> The number of egress traffic classes supported on
range: [1...8] this port.
Only Show Details: bridge parameters
learned-entry-discards <UnsignedInteger> the total number of Filtering Database entries,
Only Show Details: frame stats
in-frames <UnsignedInteger> 32 bits counter holding the number of frames that
have been received by this port from its segment;
only frames for a protocol being processed by the
local bridging function are counted
in-overflow-frames <UnsignedInteger> the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits in-frames
counter, in case of high capacity interfaces
out-frames <UnsignedInteger> 32 bits counter holding the number of frames that
have been transmitted by this port port to its
segment; only frames for a protocol being
processed by the local bridging function are
counted
out-overflow-frames <UnsignedInteger> the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits out-frames
counter, in case of high capacity interfaces
discard-valid-frames <UnsignedInteger> 32 bits counter holding the number of valid frames
received which were discarded (i.e., filtered) by the
Forwarding Process
discard-valid-overflow <UnsignedInteger> the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits
discard-valid-frames counter, in case of high
capacity interfaces
delay-exceed-discards <UnsignedInteger> the number of frames discarded by this port due to
excessive transit delay through the bridge
mtu-exceed-discards <UnsignedInteger> the number of frames discarded by this port due to
an excessive size
bcast-out-frames <UnsignedInteger> count of broadcasted frame that are transmitted
through this interface. This counter is only
incremented for frames with broadcast destination
address (ff.ff.ff.ff.ff.ff) and frames which are
broadcasted because of no learned entry in the
Filtering Database.


mcast-out-frames <UnsignedInteger> count of frames transmitted through this interface
with destination address in which the Mac layer
multicast bit set. This counter is not incremented
for frames tranmitted with broadcast destination
address (i.e ff.ff.ff.ff.ff.ff).

39- VLAN Status Commands
39.1 Global VLAN Status Command 39-419

39.2 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command 39-420
39.3 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command 39-421
39.4 Stacked VLAN Status Command 39-422
39.5 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command 39-423
39.6 Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command 39-424
39.7 VLAN Name mapping Status Command 39-425
39.8 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command 39-426
39.9 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command 39-428
39.10 Port VLAN association Status Command 39-430
39.11 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command 39-431
39.12 Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command 39-433
39.13 Port Event Status Command 39-434
39.14 Port Statistics for Current Quarter 39-436
39.15 Port Statistics for Current Day 39-438
39.16 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals 39-440
39.17 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals 39-442
39.18 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter 39-444
39.19 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day 39-446
39.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals 39-448
39.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals 39-450
39.22 SHub Port VLAN association Status Command 39-452
39.23 SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command 39-453
39.24 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command 39-454
39.25 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command 39-456
39.26 SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command 39-458

39 VLAN Status Commands
39.1 Global VLAN Status Command
Command Description
This command shows information common to all VLANs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan global
Command Output
Table 39.1-2 "Global VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
configured-vlans <UnsignedInteger> current number of vlans that are configured
management <Vlan::MgntVlanMode> specifies how the node is managed
- inband : inband
- outband : outband
max-rb-vlan <UnsignedInteger> maximum number of residential bridge vlans that
are supported
max-layer2-term-vlan <UnsignedInteger> maximum number of layer2 terminated vlans that
are supported
Only Show Details: vlan parameters
configured-vlans <UnsignedInteger> current number of vlans that are configured
management <Vlan::MgntVlanMode> specifies how the node is managed
- inband : inband
- outband : outband
max-rb-vlan <UnsignedInteger> maximum number of residential bridge vlans that
are supported
max-layer2-term-vlan <UnsignedInteger> maximum number of layer2 terminated vlans that
are supported

39.2 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command
Command Description
This command shows all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type Residential Bridge VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan residential-bridge (vlan-id) bridge-port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci>
Command Parameters
Table 39.2-1 "Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
bridge-port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identity of the PVC
Command Output
Table 39.2-2 "Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
- dynamic : dynamic data This element is only shown in detail mode.

39.3 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command
Command Description
This command shows all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type Cross-connect VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan cross-connect (vlan-id)
Command Parameters
Table 39.3-1 "Cross-connect VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Output
Table 39.3-2 "Cross-connect VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
bridge-port <Vlan::Port> bridge port
fdb-id <UnsignedInteger> identity of the filtering database
filter-entries <UnsignedInteger> number of entries in the filtering database
- dynamic : dynamic data This element is only shown in detail mode.

39.4 Stacked VLAN Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the Stacked Vlans configured in the system and their status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan stacked-vlan (s-vlanid) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked :
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 39.4-1 "Stacked VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
(s-vlanid) <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : customer vlan
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>

39.5 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the Stacked Vlans configured in the system and their status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan stacked-qos-vlan (s-vlanid) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked :
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 39.5-1 "Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
(s-vlanid) <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : customer vlan
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>

39.6 Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command
Command Description
This command shows all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type Layer-2 terminated VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan layer2-terminated (vlanid)
Command Parameters
Table 39.6-1 "Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Output
Table 39.6-2 "Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
fdb-id <UnsignedInteger> identity of the filtering database
filter-entries <UnsignedInteger> number of entries in the filtering database
network-ifindex <SignedInteger> interface index of the IpoE interface related to this
VLAN, at the network side

39.7 VLAN Name mapping Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the VLAN identity that corresponds to a given VLAN name.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan name (name)
Command Parameters
Table 39.7-1 "VLAN Name mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Vlan::AdminString> name used to identify the vlan
length: x<32
Command Output
Table 39.7-2 "VLAN Name mapping Status Command" Display parameters
id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : the vlan identity
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : This element is always shown.
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>

39.8 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command
Command Description
This command shows, given a particular VLAN, a unicast MAC address and a bridge port, an entry of the Filtering
Database if any. The filtering dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received
frame.
The status parameter indicates what the trigger was for creation of the Filtering Database entry, i.e. a filtering
entry can be configured or dynamically learned.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan fdb (vlanid) mac <Vlan::MacAddr> port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
Command Parameters
Table 39.8-1 "VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
(vlanid) <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> vlan id
range: [0...4092]
mac <Vlan::MacAddr> mac address
length: 6
port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identity of the PVC
Command Output
Table 39.8-2 "VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
bridge-port <Vlan::BridgePort> the port identifier assigned by the system to this
range: [1...3104] terminated VCL. A port identifier identifies
uniquely a port of the VLAN-Bridge within the
system.
status <Vlan::FdbEntryStatus> the origin of the entry, unless invalid. Invalid
Possible values are : indicates the entry is in progress of being deleted.
- other : entry does not determine the This element is always shown.
forwarding of frames
- invalid : entry is being removed


- learned : entry has been learned
dynamically
- self : entry represents one of the device's
addresses
- static : entry has been configured by a
manager

39.9 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows all entries of the Filtering Database for a particular bridge port. The filtering dabatase is
used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received frame.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan bridge-port-fdb (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.9-1 "Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 39.9-2 "Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
status <Vlan::FdbEntryStatus> the origin of the entry, unless invalid
- other : entry does not determine the
dynamically


addresses
manager

39.10 Port VLAN association Status Command
Command Description
This command shows all VLANs associated to a given port.
Such assocation is either static while it has been configured by the operator or the association has been established
dynamically as a result of port authentication via Radius protocol.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-vlan-map (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.10-1 "Port VLAN association Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 39.10-2 "Port VLAN association Status Command" Display parameters
vlanid <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
association <Vlan::DataStatus> the way the association was established
- static : data configured by operator
- dynamic : dynamic data

39.11 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows for a given Priority Regeneration Profile the mapping of the external p-bit codepoints versus
the internal priority. Such a profile provides a mapping for both the upstream and the downstream direction.
These Priority Regeneration Profiles and their contents are predetermined and cannot be changed by the operator.
A Priority Regeneration Profile is assigned to a bridge port when configuring the bridge port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan priority-regen (profile-id)
Command Parameters
Table 39.11-1 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
(profile-id) <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> profile id
- trusted-port : trusted port
- best-effort : best effort
3 traffic
4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load,
voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled
load, 802.Id Annex G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
Command Output
Table 39.11-2 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command" Display parameters


name <Vlan::AdminString> name of the profile
Only Show Details: priority regeneration for up stream
priority-0 <Vlan::NibbleMask_0> the regenerated priority for .1p priority codepoint 0
Only Show Details: priority regeneration for down stream

39.12 Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command
Command Description
This command is usefull when a Duplicate MAC Alarm has occured. A Duplicate MAC Alarm is raised when a new
MAC Address could not be learned on a port because this MAC Address already exists on another port for the
same VLAN, i.e.within the same Filtering Database. The information displayed indicates the port where the MAC
address is assigned, the original port.
The Duplicate MAC Alarm information is available as long as the alarm is on.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan dup-mac-alarm (dup-port) dup-vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked :
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> dup-mac <Vlan::MacAddr>
Command Parameters
Table 39.12-1 "Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
(dup-port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identity of the PVC
dup-vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : duplicate vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
dup-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> duplicate mac address
length: 6
Command Output
Table 39.12-2 "Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command" Display parameters

39.13 Port Event Status Command
Command Description
This commands shows all kind of events that ocurred on a given port. These events relate to error cases.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-event (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.13-1 "Port Event Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 39.13-2 "Port Event Status Command" Display parameters
bridge-port <Vlan::BridgePort> bridge port
event-time <Vlan::StatsTime> the time in seconds when the event ocurred
unit: sec This element is always shown.
aal5-fcs-error <Vlan::Aal5FcsError> error of the aal5 frame or fcs error
short name:aal5-fcs Possible values are : This element is always shown.
- aal5-fcs : aal5 or fcs error
- no-aal5-fcs : no aal5 or fcs error
llc-error <Vlan::LlcError> incorrect llc format
short name:llc Possible values are : This element is always shown.
- llc : incorrect llc
- no-llc : correct llc
no-mac-learn <Vlan::MacNoLearnError> new MAC address could not be learned, upstream
short name:no-mac Possible values are : pkt is discarded
- mac-learn-error : mac learn error This element is always shown.
- no-mac-learn-error : no mac learn error
dup-mac <Vlan::MacDuplicateError> failure of MAC address learning while MAC
Possible values are : address already exists on another port within the
- mac-dup-error : mac duplicate error same VLAN


- no-mac-dup-error : no mac duplicate This element is always shown.
error

39.14 Port Statistics for Current Quarter
Command Description
This commands shows Performance Statistics for the current quarter for a particular port. Counters for upstream
and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE Relayed and
PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-curr-15min-stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.14-1 "Port Statistics for Current Quarter" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 39.14-2 "Port Statistics for Current Quarter" Display parameters
elapsed-time <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e. for the current 15
unit: sec minutes interval; expressed in seconds
measure-time <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this interval; expressed in
unit: sec seconds
Only Show Details: up stream counters
forward-frame <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in upstream direction
on a bridge port, for the specified interval
forward-byte <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in upstream direction


discard-frame <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in upstream direction
discard-byte <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in upstream direction on
a bridge port, for the specified interval
Only Show Details: down stream counters
forward-frame <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in downstream
direction on a bridge port, for the specified interval
forward-byte <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in downstream
discard-frame <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in downstream
discard-byte <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in downstream direction

39.15 Port Statistics for Current Day
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the current day for a particular port. Counters for upstream and
downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE Relayed and
PPPoE terminated traffic.
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-curr-day-stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.15-1 "Port Statistics for Current Day" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 39.15-2 "Port Statistics for Current Day" Display parameters
elapsed-time <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e. for the current day
unit: sec interval; expressed in seconds
unit: sec seconds



39.16 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the previous quarter intervals, for a particular port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
Relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
policing.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent though completed quarter interval, from there
onwards interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-15min-stats (port) interval-number <SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 39.16-1 "Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals" Resource Parameters
interval-number <SignedInteger> interval number, where 1 is the most recent
completed interval
Command Output
Table 39.16-2 "Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals" Display parameters
unit: sec seconds


on a bridge port, for the specified interval. Frames
are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance or
policing
a bridge port, for the specified interval. Discarding
is a result of buffer acceptance or policing
per VLAN on a bridge port, for the specified
interval

39.17 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the previous day intervals for a particular port. Counters for
policing.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent though completed day interval, from there
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-prev-day-stats (port) interval-number <SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 39.17-1 "Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals" Resource Parameters
interval-number <SignedInteger> interval number
Command Output
Table 39.17-2 "Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals" Display parameters
unit: sec seconds



39.18 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter
Command Description
This commands shows Performance Statistics for the current quarter for a particular vlan and port. Counters for
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan current-15min-stats (vlanid) port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
Command Parameters
Table 39.18-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter" Resource Parameters
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Output
Table 39.18-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter" Display parameters
unit: sec seconds
interval
forward-byte <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in upstream direction


interval
interval
discard-byte <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in upstream direction
interval
direction per VLAN on a bridge port, for the
specified interval
specified interval
specified interval
interval

39.19 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day
Command Description
This commands shows Performance Statistics for the current day for a particular vlan and port. Counters for
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan current-day-stats (vlanid) port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
Command Parameters
Table 39.19-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day" Resource Parameters
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Output
Table 39.19-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day" Display parameters
unit: sec seconds
interval


interval
interval
interval
specified interval
specified interval
specified interval
interval

39.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter

Intervals
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the previous quarter intervals for a particular vlan and port.
Counters for upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port,
including PPPoE Relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent though completed quarter interval, from there
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan previous-15min-stats (vlanid) port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> interval-number
<SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 39.20-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals" Resource Parameters
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Output
Table 39.20-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals" Display parameters
unit: sec seconds


interval
interval
interval
interval
specified interval
specified interval
specified interval
interval

39.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day

Intervals
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the previous day intervals for a particular vlan and port. Counters
for upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent though completed day interval, from there
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan vlan-day-stats (vlanid) port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot>
/ <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> interval-number <SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 39.21-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals" Resource Parameters
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Output
Table 39.21-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals" Display parameters
unit: sec seconds


interval
interval
interval
interval
specified interval
specified interval
specified interval
interval

39.22 SHub Port VLAN association Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows all VLANs associated to a given port on the Service Hub. This association is configured but
can be overruled as a result of authentication of the port using Radius protocol.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-port-vlan-map (port) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 39.22-1 "SHub Port VLAN association Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> identity of the vlan
range: [1...4093]

39.23 SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the VLAN identity that corresponds to a given VLAN name, for a VLAN configured on the
Service Hub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-vlan-name (name)
Command Parameters
Table 39.23-1 "SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Vlan::AdminString> name identifying the vlan
length: x<32
Command Output
Table 39.23-2 "SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command" Display parameters
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> vlan identity

39.24 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows all entries of the Filtering Database given a particular VLAN on the Serice Hub. The filtering
dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received frame.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-fdb (vlanid)
Command Parameters
Table 39.24-1 "SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 39.24-2 "SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
bridge-port <Vlan::BridgePort> bridge port
dynamically
addresses


manager
fdb-id <UnsignedInteger> filtering database identity
filter-entries <UnsignedInteger> current number of entries in this fdb

39.25 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows one entry of the Filtering Database -if any- given a particular VLAN, a unicast MAC address
and a bridge port on the Service Hub. The filtering dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to
propagate a received frame.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-filter-entry (vlanid) unicast-mac <Vlan::MacAddr>
Command Parameters
Table 39.25-1 "SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]
unicast-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> mac address
length: 6
Command Output
Table 39.25-2 "SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command" Display parameters
learnt-port <Shub::LearntBridgePort> port where the mac address was learnt
dynamically
addresses


manager

39.26 SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command
Command Description
This command is usefull when a Duplicate MAC Alarm has occured. A Duplicate MAC Alarm is raised when a new
MAC Address could not be learned on a Port of the Service Hub because this MAC Address already exists on
another Port of the Service Hub for the same VLAN, i.e.within the same Filtering Database.
When a Duplicate MAC Alarm is raised it provides the Port and Vlan identity where the alarm occured but it does
not carry the MAC Address itself.
This command is helpful in displaying the list of duplicate MAC Addresses on the specific Port and Vlan.
The Duplicate MAC Alarm information is available as long as the alarm is "on".
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-dup-mac-alarm (dup-port) dup-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 39.26-1 "SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
(dup-port) lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / duplicate bridge port
dup-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> duplicate vlan id
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 39.26-2 "SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
duplicate-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> duplicate mac address

40- Link Aggregation Status Commands
40.1 Link Aggregation Group Status Command 40-460

40.2 Link Aggregation Member List Status Command 40-463
40.3 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command 40-464

40 Link Aggregation Status Commands
40.1 Link Aggregation Group Status Command
Command Description
This command shows information about a Link Aggregation Group configured on the Service Hub. The information
pertains to the Group. The operator will identify the Group by means of the primary link or primary port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show la aggregator-info (port)
Command Parameters
Table 40.1-1 "Link Aggregation Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> interface index of the port
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 40.1-2 "Link Aggregation Group Status Command" Display parameters
mac-address <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address assigned to the Aggregator.
length: 6 This element is shown in normal mode.
aggregate <Shub::AggregateFlag> Specifies whether the aggregator represents an
Possible values are : aggregate or an individual link.
- aggregate : aggregate This element is shown in normal mode.
- individual : individual
actor-oper-key <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value of the key for the
range: [0...65535] aggregator.
This element is shown in normal mode.
partner-sys-id <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address for the current protocol
length: 6 partner of this aggregator
partner-sys-priority <Shub::LaPartnerSysPriority> Specifies priority value associated with the
range: [0...65535] partner's system id.
partner-oper-key <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value for the aggregator's
range: [0...65535] current protocol partner.
Only Show Details: aggregator parameters


mac-address <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address assigned to the Aggregator.
aggregate <Shub::AggregateFlag> Specifies whether the aggregator represents an
Possible values are : aggregate or an individual link.
- aggregate : aggregate This element is always shown.
- individual : individual
actor-oper-key <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value of the key for the
range: [0...65535] aggregator.
partner-sys-id <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address for the current protocol
length: 6 partner of this aggregator
partner-sys-priority <Shub::LaPartnerSysPriority> Specifies priority value associated with the
range: [0...65535] partner's system id.
partner-oper-key <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value for the aggregator's
range: [0...65535] current protocol partner.
Only Show Details: statistics
rx-octets <UnsignedInteger> A count of the data and padding octets received by
the aggregator, from the aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation.
rx-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of the data frames received by the
aggregator, from the aggregation ports that are
rx-ucast-frames <UnsignedInteger> The total number of unicast user data frames
received by the aggregation.
rx-mcast-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of the data frames received by this
aggregator, from the aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation,that were addressed to
an active group address other than the broadcast
address.
rx-bcast-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of the broadcast data frames received by
this Aggregator, from the Aggregation Ports that
are members of the aggregation.
rx-discard-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of data frames,received on all ports that are
members of the aggregation,that were discarded by
the collection function of the aggregator as they
were received on ports whose collection function
was disabled.
rx-error-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of data frames discarded on reception by
all ports that are members of the aggregation,or that
were discarded by the collection function of the
aggregator,or that were discarded by the aggregator
due to the detection of an illegal slow protocols
PDU
rx-unknown-prot-frames<UnsignedInteger> A count of data frames discarded on reception by
all ports that are members of the aggregation,due to


the detection of an unknown slow protocols PDU .
tx-octets <UnsignedInteger> A count of the data and padding octets transmitted
by this aggregator on all aggregation ports that are
tx-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of the data frames transmitted by this
aggregator on all aggregation ports that are
tx-ucast-frames <UnsignedInteger> The total number of unicast user data frames
transmitted by aggregation.
tx-mcast-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of the data frames transmitted by this
aggregator on all aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation,to a group destination
address other than the broadcast address.
tx-bcast-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of the broadcast data frames transmitted by
this aggregator on all aggregation ports that are
tx-discard-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of data frames requested to be transmitted
by this aggregator that were discarded by the
distribution function of the aggregator when
conversations are re-allocated to different ports,due
to the requirement to ensure that the conversations
are flushed on the old ports in order to maintain
proper frame ordering ,or discarded as a result of
excessive collisions by ports that are members of
the aggregation.
tx-error-frames <UnsignedInteger> A count of data frames requested to be transmitted
by this aggregator that experienced transmission
errors on ports that are members of the
aggregation.This count does not include frames
discarded due to excess collisions.
trap-port <SignedInteger> Specifies index used to generate TRAP for the
particular aggregator

40.2 Link Aggregation Member List Status

Command
Command Description
This command show the list of ports that are members of a Link Aggregation Group.
The Link Aggregation Group should be identified by means of its primary link, else the list of ports will be empty.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show la aggregate-list (network-port) participant-port <Shub::NetworkPort>
Command Parameters
Table 40.2-1 "Link Aggregation Member List Status Command" Resource Parameters
(network-port) <Shub::NetworkPort> port
range: [1...7]
participant-port <Shub::NetworkPort> participants in the aggregation group
range: [1...7]

40.3 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command
Command Description
This command shows information for a member of a Link Aggregation Group configured on the Service Hub. The
member link is identified by its port number.
Detailled information can be obtained on LACP protocol statistics and debugging information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show la network-port-info (port)
Command Parameters
Table 40.3-1 "Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> interface index of the network port
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 40.3-2 "Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: aggregate/individual parameters
actor-sys-id <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address that defines the value of the
length: 6 system id for the system that contains this
aggregation port.
actor-key <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value of the key for the
range: [0...65535] aggregation port.
partner-sys-priority <Shub::LaPortPartnerAdminSysPrio> The operational value of priority associated with
range: [0...255] the partner's system id.
partner-sys-id <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address value representing the
length: 6 current value of the aggregation port's protocol
partner's system id.
partner-key <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value of the key for the
range: [0...65535] protocol partner.
actual-aggregator-port <Shub::NetworkPort> Specifies the aggregator that this aggregation port


range: [1...7] has currently selected
attached-aggreg-port <Shub::NetworkPort> Specifies the aggregator that this aggregation port
range: [1...7] is currently attached to. Zero indicates that the
aggregation port is not currently attached to an
aggregator.
actor-port <Shub::LaPartnerAdminPort> The port number locally assigned to the
range: [0...65535] aggregation port.
partner-port <Shub::LaPartnerAdminPort> The operational port number assigned to this
range: [0...65535] aggregation port by the aggregation port's protocol
partner.
partner-port-priority <Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority> The priority value assigned to this aggregation port
range: [0...255] by the partner.
actor-synch-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpSynchState> actor oper lacp synch state
- synchronised : actor is syncronised
- not-synchronised : actor is not
synchronised
actor-collect-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpCollectState> actor oper lacp collecting state
- collecting : the actor is collecting
- not-collecting : the actor is not collecting
actor-distribute-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpDistributeState> actor oper lacp distributing state
- distributing : the actor is distributing
- not-distributing : the actor is not
distributing
actor-defaulted-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpDefaultedState> actor oper lacp defaulted state
- is-defaulted : the actor is defaulted
- is-not-defaulted : the actor is not
defaulted
actor-expired-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpExpiredState> actor oper lacp expired state
- is-expired : actor is in lacp expired state
- is-not-expired : actor is not in lacp
expired state
partner-synch-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpSynchState> partner oper lacp synch state
- synchronised : actor is syncronised
- not-synchronised : actor is not
synchronised
partner-collect-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpCollectState> partner oper lacp collecting state
- collecting : the actor is collecting
- not-collecting : the actor is not collecting
partn-distribute-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpDistributeState> partner oper lacp distributing state
- distributing : the actor is distributing
- not-distributing : the actor is not
distributing
partn-defaulted-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpDefaultedState> partner oper lacp defaulted state


- is-defaulted : the actor is defaulted
- is-not-defaulted : the actor is not
defaulted
partner-expired-state <Shub::ActorOperLacpExpiredState> partner oper lacp expired state
- is-expired : actor is in lacp expired state
- is-not-expired : actor is not in lacp
expired state
aggregate <Shub::AggregateFlag> Specifies whether the aggregation port is able to
Possible values are : aggregate or is only able to operate as an individual
- aggregate : aggregate link.
- individual : individual This element is always shown.
standby <Shub::SbyStatus> Specifies whether aggregation port is in Active or
Possible values are : standBy
- active : active This element is always shown.
- standby : standby
Only Show Details: link aggregation control protocol statistics
lacp-pdus-rx <UnsignedInteger> The number of valid LACPDUs received on this
aggregation port.
marker-rx <UnsignedInteger> The number of valid marker PDUs received on this
aggregation port.
marker-response-rx <UnsignedInteger> The number of valid marker response PDUs
received on this aggregation port.
unknown-rx <UnsignedInteger> The number of frames received that either: carry
the slow protocols ethernet type value, but contain
an unknown PDU,or: are addressed to the slow
protocols group MAC address, but do not carry the
slow protocols ethernet type.
illegal-rx <UnsignedInteger> The number of frames received that carry the slow
protocols ethernet type value, but contain a badly
formed PDU or an illegal value of protocol
subtype.
lacp-pdus-tx <UnsignedInteger> The number of LACPDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
marker-tx <UnsignedInteger> The number of marker PDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
marker-response-tx <UnsignedInteger> The number of marker response PDUs transmitted
on this aggregation port.
Only Show Details: debugging information
rx-state <Vlan::LaRxState> Specifies receive state machine for the aggregation
Possible values are : port
- present : present This element is only shown in detail mode.
- expired : expired
- defaulted : defaulted
- initialize : initialize
- lacpdisabled : lacp Disabled


- portdisabled : port Disabled
mux-state <Shub::LaMuxState> Specifies the mux state machine for the aggregation
Possible values are : port
- detached : detached This element is only shown in detail mode.
- waiting : waiting
- attached : attached
- collecting : collecting
- distributing : distributing
- collect-distributing : collecting and
distributing
mux-reason <PrintableString> Specifies the reason for the most recent change of
mux machine state.
actor-churn-state <Shub::LaChurnState> Specifies the state of the actor churn detection
Possible values are : machine for the aggregation port.
- no-churn : no churn This element is only shown in detail mode.
- churn : churn
- churn-monitor : churn monitor
actor-churn-count <UnsignedInteger> Count of the number of times the actor churn state
machine has entered the ACTOR_CHURN state.
actor-sync-transit-cnt <UnsignedInteger> Count of the number of times the actor's mux state
machine has entered the IN_SYNC state.
actor-lag-id-chg-count <UnsignedInteger> Count of the number of times the actor's perception
of the lag id for this aggregation port has changed.
partner-churn-state <Shub::LaChurnState> Specifies the state of the partner churn detection
Possible values are : machine for the aggregation port.
- no-churn : no churn This element is only shown in detail mode.
- churn : churn
- churn-monitor : churn monitor
partner-churn-count <UnsignedInteger> Count of the number of times the partner churn
state machine has entered the PARTNER_CHURN
state.
partn-sync-transit-cnt <UnsignedInteger> Count of the number of times the partner's mux
state machine has entered the IN_SYNC state.
partner-lag-id-chg-cnt <UnsignedInteger> Count of the number of times the partner's
perception of the lag id for this aggregation port has
changed.

41- RSTP Status Commands
41.1 RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command 41-469

41 RSTP Status Commands
41.1 RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command
Command Description
This command shows information regarding the Rapid Spanning Tree of the Bridge.
Spanning tree information is shown for the bridge and for the particular bridge port specified in the request,
mainly operational information is displayed.
Detailled statistics can be obtained on the RSTP protocol regarding the reception and transmission of BPDUs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rstp port-info (port)
Command Parameters
Table 41.1-1 "RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> interface index of the port
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 41.1-2 "RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
protocol <Shub::StpProtocolSpec> Indicates the version of the spanning tree protocol
Possible values are : being run.
- unknown : unknown This element is always shown.
- dec-lb-100 : dec lb 100
- ieee-802-1d : ieee 802 id
version <Shub::RstpVersion> Indicates the stp version running on the bridge
designated-root <Vlan::Binary-08-08> Specifies the bridge identifier of the root of the
length: 8 spanning tree as determined by the spanning tree
protocol.
root-cost <SignedInteger> Specifies the cost of the path to the root.
root-port <SignedInteger> The port number of the port which offers the lowest


cost path from this bridge to the root bridge.
max-age <SignedInteger> Specifies the maximum age of information learned
from the network on any port before it is discarded
hello-time <SignedInteger> The amount of time between the transmission of
configuration bridge PDUs by this node on any port
when it is the root of the spanning tree
hold-time <SignedInteger> Specifies the interval length during which no more
than two configuration bridge PDUs shall be
transmitted
fwd-delay <SignedInteger> Specifies how long the port stays in a particular
state before moving to the next state.
role <Shub::StpPortRole> Specifies the current state of the port role selection
Possible values are : state machine.
- disabled : disabled This element is shown in normal mode.
- alternate : alternate
- backup : backup
- root : root
- designated : designated
state <Shub::StpPortState> Specifies the port's current state.
Possible values are : This element is shown in normal mode.
- disabled : disabled
- blocking : blocking
- listening : listening
- learning : learning
- forwarding : forwarding
- broken : broken
oper-edge-port <Shub::OperEdgeStatus> The operational value of the edge port parameter.
Possible values are : This element is shown in normal mode.
- no-edge-port : no edge port
- edge-port : edge port
oper-p2p <Shub::OperP2pStatus> The operational point-to-point status of the LAN
Possible values are : segment attached to this port. It indicates whether a
- no-p2p : no point to point port is considered to have a point-to-point
- p2p : point to point connection or not.
fwd-transition-count <UnsignedInteger> The number of times this port has transitioned from
the learning state to the forwarding state.
Only Show Details: stp port parameters
state <Shub::StpPortState> Specifies the port's current state.
- blocking : blocking
- listening : listening
- learning : learning
- forwarding : forwarding
- broken : broken
designated-root <Vlan::Binary-08-08> The unique bridge identifier of the bridge recorded


length: 8 as the root in the configuration BPDUs transmitted
by the designated bridge for the segment to which
the port is attached.
designated-cost <SignedInteger> The path cost of the designated port of the segment
connected to this port.
designated-bridge <Vlan::Binary-08-08> The bridge identifier of the bridge which this port
length: 8 considers to be the designated bridge for this port's
segment.
designated-port <Vlan::Binary-02-02> The port identifier of the port on the designated
length: 2 bridge for this port's segment.
fwd-transition-count <UnsignedInteger> The number of times this port has transitioned from
the learning state to the forwarding state.
oper-edge-port <Shub::OperEdgeStatus> The operational value of the edge port parameter.
- no-edge-port : no edge port
- edge-port : edge port
oper-p2p <Shub::OperP2pStatus> The operational point-to-point status of the LAN
Possible values are : segment attached to this port. It indicates whether a
- no-p2p : no point to point port is considered to have a point-to-point
- p2p : point to point connection or not.
role <Shub::StpPortRole> This indicates the current port role assumed by this
Possible values are : port.
- disabled : disabled This element is always shown.
- alternate : alternate
- backup : backup
- root : root
- designated : designated
oper-stp-version <Shub::RstpVersion> This indicates whether the port is operationally in
Possible values are : the rstp mode or the stp-compatible mode.
- stp-compatible : ieee 802.1d stp This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: stp port protocol statistics
rx-rst-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger> The number of RST BPDUs that have been
received on this port.
rx-config-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger> The number of Config BPDUs that have been
rx-tcn-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger> The number of TCN BPDUs that have been
tx-rst-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger> The number of RST BPDUs that have been
transmitted by this port.
tx-config-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger> The number of config BPDUs that have been
tx-tcn-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger> The number of TCN BPDUs that have been


invalid-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger> The number of invalid BPDUs that have been
Only Show Details: stp bridge parameters
protocol <Shub::StpProtocolSpec> Indicates the version of the spanning tree protocol
Possible values are : being run.
- unknown : unknown This element is always shown.
- dec-lb-100 : dec lb 100
- ieee-802-1d : ieee 802 id
version <Shub::RstpVersion> Indicates the stp version running on the bridge
designated-root <Vlan::Binary-08-08> Specifies the bridge identifier of the root of the
length: 8 spanning tree as determined by the spanning tree
protocol.
root-cost <SignedInteger> Specifies the cost of the path to the root.
root-port <SignedInteger> The port number of the port which offers the lowest
cost path from this bridge to the root bridge.
max-age <SignedInteger> Specifies the maximum age of information learned
from the network on any port before it is discarded
hello-time <SignedInteger> The amount of time between the transmission of
configuration bridge PDUs by this node on any port
when it is the root of the spanning tree
hold-time <SignedInteger> Specifies the interval length during which no more
than two configuration bridge PDUs shall be
transmitted
fwd-delay <SignedInteger> Specifies how long the port stays in a particular
state before moving to the next state.

42- QOS Status Commands
42.1 QoS Session Profile Status Command 42-474

42.2 QoS Marker Profile Status Command 42-475
42.3 QoS Policer Profile Status Command 42-476
42.4 QoS Queue Profile Status Command 42-477
42.5 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command 42-478
42.6 QoS CAC Profile Status Command 42-479
42.7 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command 42-480
42.8 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter 42-482
42.9 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter 42-484
42.10 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day 42-486
42.11 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day 42-488
42.12 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total 42-490
42.13 QoS SHub Meter Statistics 42-492
42.14 QoS SHub Flow Statistics 42-493

42 QOS Status Commands
42.1 QoS Session Profile Status Command
Command Description
A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. This command displays the usage of QoS Session profiles. The QoS Session
profile usage represents the total user sessions (both for statically configured and dynamic ones).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage session (name)
Command Parameters
Table 42.1-1 "QoS Session Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 42.1-2 "QoS Session Profile Status Command" Display parameters
ref-count <AsamProfileRefCount> Indicates the number of entities using this profile. If
range: [0...65535] the reference count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT be deleted. If the
value is 0, then this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.

42.2 QoS Marker Profile Status Command
Command Description
A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. This command displays the usage of QoS Marker profiles. The QoS Marker
profile usage shows the references from existing QoS Session profiles as these latter ones are not applied on their
own.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage marker (name)
Command Parameters
Table 42.2-1 "QoS Marker Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 42.2-2 "QoS Marker Profile Status Command" Display parameters
profile 'is in use', and may NOT be deleted. If the
be deleted.

42.3 QoS Policer Profile Status Command
Command Description
A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. This command displays the usage of QoS Policer profiles. The QoS Policer
own.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage policer (name)
Command Parameters
Table 42.3-1 "QoS Policer Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 42.3-2 "QoS Policer Profile Status Command" Display parameters
be deleted.

42.4 QoS Queue Profile Status Command
Command Description
A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. This command displays the usage of QoS Queue profiles. The QoS Queue
own.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage queue (name)
Command Parameters
Table 42.4-1 "QoS Queue Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 42.4-2 "QoS Queue Profile Status Command" Display parameters
ref-count <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities using this profile. If
range: [0...65535] the reference count is not 0, then this profile is 'in
use', and can not be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can be deleted.

42.5 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command
Command Description
A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this command to display the usage of QoS Scheduler profiles. The QoS
Scheduler profile usage shows the references from existing QoS Session profiles as these latter ones are not applied
on their own.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage scheduler (name)
Command Parameters
Table 42.5-1 "QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 42.5-2 "QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command" Display parameters
be deleted.

42.6 QoS CAC Profile Status Command
Command Description
A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this command to display the usage of QoS CAC profiles. The QoS CAC
own.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage cac (name)
Command Parameters
Table 42.6-1 "QoS CAC Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 42.6-2 "QoS CAC Profile Status Command" Display parameters
ref-count <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities using this profile. If
be deleted.

42.7 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the bandwidth allocation and usage per DSL link.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos dsl-bandwidth (index)
Command Parameters
Table 42.7-1 "QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 42.7-2 "QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command" Display parameters
frame-net-bw <SignedInteger> Represents the approximate bandwidth available
for Ethernet frames, which is guaranteed to be
available by the physical layer. This approximation
is made by the configurable ATM overhead factor.
res-data-bw <SignedInteger> The portion the frame-net-bw that is reserved for
all data services (typically HSI user traffic). This is
a reserved value per DSL interface (and not per
user session) and applicable in the downstream
direction only.
res-voice-bw <SignedInteger> The portion of the frame-net-bw that is reserved for
all voice services (typically HSI user traffic). This
is a reserved value per DSL interface (and not per
voice call) and applicable in the downstream
direction only. The usage of this value is to set
apart a minimum rate such that video and voice
services can never impact each other.
m-cast-max-bw <SignedInteger> Represents the rate limitation imposed by the


operator upon the maximum bandwidth to be
consumed by user multicast video sessions. This
limit can enforce a smaller value than actually
available on the DSL link.
m-cast-avail-bw <SignedInteger> Represents the bandwidth available for multicast
services, calculated by the ISAM. This value is
what is left from frame-net-bw after deducting from
it res-data-bw and res-voice-bw. The minimum of
m-cast-avail-bw and m-cast-max-bw will be the
actual limitation for user multicast bandwidth usage
per DSL link.
m-cast-used-bw <SignedInteger> Shows the bandwidth currently in use by
pre-configured multicast streams.

42.8 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous

Quarter
Command Description
This command shows the QoS buffer overflow statistics of the previous 15 minute interval.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow prev-15min (equip-slot) interval-num
<Qos::CounterInterval>
Command Parameters
Table 42.8-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource Parameters
(equip-slot) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / physical position of the board
<Eqpt::Slot>
interval-num <Qos::CounterInterval> time interval interms of 15 min
range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 42.8-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
upstream <Counter> the number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
module in the upstream direction on a 15 minute
interval basis. The upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value should always read
zero under normal working conditions.
upstream-obc <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
module for the OBC-directed traffic upstream on a
15 minute interval basis. In some special conditions
such as system startup or re-start packet loss may
occur here but under normal circumstances this
counter should read zero.


downstream-obc <Counter> the number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
module for the OBC-directed traffic downstream
on a 15 minute interval basis. Under normal
circumstances this counter should always read zero.
downstream-unicast <Counter> a counter for the event of total buffer overflow of
the downstream unicast pool. This even should not
occur. Queue fill-up and tail drop is a normal
condition for data traffic (individual queues) but
not for voice and video on demand services
(individual queues). If the total downstream pool is
filled, that means that non-QoS aware packet loss
will occur.
downstream-multicast <Counter> a counter for the event of total buffer overflow of
the downstream multicast pool. This even should
be a rather rare event. On the long term, buffer
overflow in the multicast pool may occur a few
times a day (less than a few tens under heavy
multicast usage).
obc-injected <Counter> Previous 15 minute for OBC-injected buffer
overflow event on LIM, This event happens if the
processor cannot cope with the extensive load of
the system and cannot reassemble a frame in due
time. This event should not occur under normal
working conditions. This counter is used for both
upstream and downstream OBC-injected frames on
an EBLT LIM.
measured-time <TimeTicks> the amount of time, that statistics for this entry
unit: msec have been counted.

42.9 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current

Quarter
Command Description
This command shows the QoS buffer overflow statistics of the current 15 minute interval.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow current-15min (equip-slot)
Command Parameters
Table 42.9-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Resource Parameters
<Eqpt::Slot>
Command Output
Table 42.9-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Display parameters
upstream <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
module in the upstream direction on a 15 minute
interval basis in the current measurement epoch.
The upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value should read always
15 minute interval basis in the current
measurement. In some special conditions such as
system startup or re-start packet loss may occur
here but under normal circumstances this counter
should read zero.


downstream-obc <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
on a 15 minute interval basis in the current
measurement.
filled, that means that QoS un-aware packet loss
will occur.
multicast usage).
obc-injected <Counter> Current 15 minute for OBC-injected buffer
overflow event on LIM, there is a reserved buffer
pool for OBC-injected traffic which under very
heavy load conditions may eventually get full, and
the LIM OBC will be unable to communicate with
the external world for a very short time interval.
elapse-time <TimeTicks> elapsed time interval since the last measurement
unit: msec epoch started.
measured-time <TimeTicks> amount of time, that statistics for this entry have
unit: msec been counted.

42.10 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous

Day
Command Description
This command shows the QoS buffer overflow statistics of the previous 1 day interval.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow prev-1day (equip-slot)
Command Parameters
Table 42.10-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day " Resource Parameters
<Eqpt::Slot>
Command Output
Table 42.10-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day " Display parameters
upstream <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
module in the upstream direction on a one day
interval basis. The upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value should read always
one day interval basis. In some special conditions
such as system startup or re-start packet loss may
occur here but under normal circumstances this
counter should read zero.
downstream-obc <Counter> number of buffer overflows on a EBLT LIM


on a one day interval basis. Under normal
circumstances this counter should always read zero.
filled, that means that non-QoS aware packet loss
will occur.
the downstream multicast pool. On the long term,
buffer overflow in the multicast pool may occur a
few times a day (less than a few tens under heavy
multicast usage).
obc-injected <Counter> previous one day OBC-injected buffer-pool
overflow. In some heavy load conditions this event
may occur as the OBC-injected frames fill up
completely the buffer space reserved for this
purpose.
measured-time <TimeTicks> actual time elapsed during which the measurement
unit: msec was made

42.11 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current

Day
Command Description
This command shows the QoS buffer overflow statistics of the current 1 day interval.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow current-1day (equip-slot)
Command Parameters
Table 42.11-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day" Resource Parameters
<Eqpt::Slot>
Command Output
Table 42.11-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day" Display parameters
upstream <Counter> number of buffer overflows on EBLT LIM modules
in the upstream direction on a one day interval
basis in the current measurement period. The
upstream direction on the LIM is non-blocking,
hence this value should read always zero under
normal working conditions.
upstream-obc <Counter> number of buffer overflows on EBLT LIM modules
for the OBC-directed traffic upstream on a one day
interval basis in the current measurement period. In
some special conditions such as system startup or
re-start packet loss may occur here but under
normal circumstances this counter should read zero.


downstream-obc <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
on a one day interval basis in the current
measurement epoch. under normal circumstances
this counter should always read zero.
the downstream unicast pool. Queue fill-up and tail
drop is a normal condition for data traffic
(individual queues) but not for voice and video on
demand services (individual queues). If the total
downstream pool is filled, that means that QoS
un-aware packet loss will occur.
downstream-multicast <Counter> Specifies number of times, current one day
downstream multicast total buffer pool overflow -
total buffer overflow of the downstream multicast
pool. This even should be a rather rare event. On
the long term, buffer overflow in the multicast pool
may occur a few times a day (less than a few tens
under heavy multicast usage).
obc-injected <Counter> Specifies number of times, current one day
obc-injected buffer overflow occurred. There is a
reserved buffer pool for obc-injected traffic which
under very heavy load conditions may eventually
get full, and the LIM OBC will be unable to
communicate with the external world for a very
short time interval.
elapse-time <TimeTicks> elapsed time interval since the last measurement
unit: msec period started.
measured-time <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since the last
unit: msec measurement period started.

42.12 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total
Command Description
This command shows buffer overflow per line card applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
qeueues. The EBLT-C and EBLT-D line cards have four isolated buffer pools for upstream, downstream, multicast
and OBC-injected traffic. Under normal working conditions all these counters should read zero. Check these
counters in case of experiencing QoS problems under heavy load condition.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow total (equip-slot)
Command Parameters
Table 42.12-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total" Resource Parameters
<Eqpt::Slot>
Command Output
Table 42.12-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total" Display parameters
upstream <Counter> Number of buffer overflows per EBLT LIM
module in the upstream direction since the statistics
were last reset. The upstream direction on the LIM
is non-blocking, hence this value should read
always zero under normal working conditions.
upstream-obc <Counter> Number of buffer overflows on a LIM module for
the OBC-directed traffic upstream since the statistic
was last reset. In some special conditions such as
system startup or re-start packet loss may occur
here but under normal circumstances this counter
should read zero.
downstream-obc <Counter> number of buffer overflows on a LIM module for


the OBC-directed traffic downstream since the
statistic was last reset. Under normal circumstances
this counter should always read zero.
filled, that means that QoS un-aware packet loss
will occur.
multicast usage).
obc-injected <Counter> Total OBC-injected buffer overflow event on
EBLT LIMs. There is a reserved buffer pool for
OBC-injected traffic which under very heavy load
conditions may eventually get full, and the LIM
OBC will be unable to communicate with the
external world for a very short time interval.
elapse-time <TimeTicks> The elapsed time interval since the last
measured-time <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since the last
valid-15min-intervals <Qos::Valid15mInterval> number of statistics of 15 minutes collected so far.
range: [0...96] At most 96 such entries are stored.
valid-1day-intervals <Qos::Valid1dInterval> number of statistics of one day collected so far. At
range: [0...1] most one entry is stored from the past.
total-policer-inuse <SignedInteger> the total number of policers in use per EBLT LIM.
The policers are managed in hardware in pairs, so
even if a Session is using both up and downstream
policers, it is counted as one policer.
policers-in-vlan <SignedInteger> the number of policers in use by static sessions
(PVC, PVC.VLAN) per EBLT LIM.
policers-in-dot1x <SignedInteger> the number of policers in use by Dot1X sessions
per EBLT LIM.
policers-in-ppp <SignedInteger> the number of policers in use by PPP sessions per
EBLT LIM.
policers-in-ip <SignedInteger> the number of policers in use by IP sessions per
EBLT LIM.

42.13 QoS SHub Meter Statistics
Command Description
Displays the number of times the meter entry has actually been instantiated on any port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos shub meter (index)
Command Parameters
Table 42.13-1 "QoS SHub Meter Statistics" Resource Parameters
(index) <Qos::MeterIndex> index used to identify a meter
range: [1...64]
Command Output
Table 42.13-2 "QoS SHub Meter Statistics" Display parameters
ref-count <SignedInteger> nbr of times the meter is instantiated/used on any
port

42.14 QoS SHub Flow Statistics
Command Description
Displays the number of times the flow has been actually instantiated on any port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos shub flow (index)
Command Parameters
Table 42.14-1 "QoS SHub Flow Statistics" Resource Parameters
(index) <Qos::FlowIndex> index used to identify a flow
range: [1...64]
Command Output
Table 42.14-2 "QoS SHub Flow Statistics" Display parameters
ref-count <SignedInteger> nbr of times the meter is instantiated/used on any
port

43- IP Status Commands
43.1 IP VRF Statistics Status Command 43-495

43.2 IP Interface Status Command 43-496
43.3 Configure Ip VRF Interface 43-499
43.4 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command 43-500
43.5 IP VRF Routes Status Command 43-502
43.6 IP VRF Net To Media Statistics 43-503
43.7 IP VRF Mapping 43-504
43.8 IP VRF Next Index 43-505
43.9 IP SHub VRF Status Command 43-506
43.10 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command 43-507
43.11 IP SHub ARP VRF Based Statistics Command 43-508

43 IP Status Commands
43.1 IP VRF Statistics Status Command
Command Description
Virtual Routing and Forwarding statistics is shown.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-statistics (vrf-id)
Command Parameters
Table 43.1-1 "IP VRF Statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
(vrf-id) <AsamProfileIndex> an unique id of a VRF.
range: [1...65535]
Command Output
Table 43.1-2 "IP VRF Statistics Status Command" Display parameters
ip-route-entries <Counter> the total number of routes in the system.
ip-net2media-entries <Counter> the total number net2media entries.
Only Show Details: system statistics
ip-route-entries <Counter> the total number of IP routes in the system.
ip-net2media-entries <Counter> the total number of IP net2media entries.

43.2 IP Interface Status Command
Command Description
Displays the IP interface status parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip ip-statistics (index)
Command Parameters
Table 43.2-1 "IP Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / specifies the if-index uniquely indentifying each
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Itf::EthernetId> interface
Command Output
Table 43.2-2 "IP Interface Status Command" Display parameters
description <PrintableString> shows the description of the interface
oper-status <Ip::OperStatus> shows the operational status of the interface
- up : the interface in operational state
- down : the interface in down state
- testing : testing state, no operational
packet can be passed
- unknown : state not known
- dormant : ready to transmit, but waiting
for action
last-changed <TimeTicks> shows the time when the interface is changed for
unit: msec the last-time
in-octets <Counter> shows the total number of octets recieved on the
interface
in-ucast-pkts <Counter> shows the number of packets delivered by this
sub-layer, which were not addressed to a multicast
or broadcast address at this sub-layer


in-nucast-pkts <Counter> shows the number of packets, delivered by this
sub-layer to a higher (sub-)layer, which were
addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this
sub-layer
in-discards <Counter> shows the number of inbound packets which were
chosen to be discarded even though no errors had
been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol. One possible reason for
discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer
space
in-errors <Counter> shows for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of
inbound packets that contained errors preventing
them from being deliverable to a higher-layer
protocol and shows for character-oriented or
fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound
transmission units that contained errors preventing
them from being deliverable to a higher-layer
protocol
in-unknown-proto <Counter> shown for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of
packets received via the interface which were
discarded because of an unknown or unsupported
protocol and shows for character-oriented or
fixed-length interfaces which support protocol
multiplexing the number of transmission units
received via the interface which were discarded
because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
For any interface which does not support protocol
multiplexing, this counter will always be 0
out-octets <Counter> shows the total number of octets transmitted out of
the interface, including framing characters
out-ucast-pkts <Counter> shows the total number of packets that higher-level
protocols requested be transmitted, and which were
sub-layer, including those that were discarded or
not sent
out-nucast-pkts <Counter> shows the total number of packets that higher-level
protocols requested be transmitted, and which were
sub-layer, including those that were discarded or
not sent
out-discards <Counter> shows the number of outbound packets which were
chosen to be discarded even though no errors had
been detected to prevent their being transmitted.
One possible reason for discarding such a packet
could be to free up buffer space
out-errors <Counter> shows for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of
outbound packets that could not be transmitted
because of errors and shows for character-oriented


or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound
transmission units that could not be transmitted
because of errors
out-queue-len <Gauge> shows the length of the output packet queue (in
packets)

43.3 Configure Ip VRF Interface
Command Description
This is used to show User Side VRF IP interface Statistics parameters.There is no Network side IP interfaces
parameter.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-interface

43.4 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command
Command Description
Display the User Side VRF IP interface Statistics parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-interface user port (port-interface)
Command Parameters
Table 43.4-1 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port-interface) xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / index (1/1/4/1..) of rack/shelf/slot/port user-port
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | slip : identification

Command Output
Table 43.4-2 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Display parameters
rx-pkts <Binary-08-08> show the number of received packets
rx-octets <Binary-08-08> show the number of received octets
rx-drop-pkts <Binary-08-08> show the number of received packets which are
length: 8 dropped
rx-drop-octets <Binary-08-08> show the number of received octets which are
length: 8 dropped
tx-pkts <Binary-08-08> show the number of transmitted packets
tx-octets <Binary-08-08> show the number of transmitted octets
tx-drop-pkts <Binary-08-08> show the number of transmitted packets which are
length: 8 dropped
tx-drop-octets <Binary-08-08> show the number of transmitted octets which are
length: 8 dropped

43.5 IP VRF Routes Status Command
Command Description
This node displays the VRF routes.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-route (index) dest-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
next-hop-address <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 43.5-1 "IP VRF Routes Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Vrf::VrfIndex> an unique index of a vrf
range: [1...127]
dest-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> inet-address with prefix
next-hop-address <Ip::V4Address> next hop IP address
Command Output
Table 43.5-2 "IP VRF Routes Status Command" Display parameters
layer3-itf <Ip::Layer3ID> the ipox interface on NT.
route-type <Vrf::RouteType> the type of route.
- local : local destination or direct route
- remote : remote destination or indirect
route
route-proto <Vrf::RouteProtocol> the routing protocol via which this route was
Possible values are : learned.
- local : direct route This element is only shown in detail mode.
- net-mgnt : indirect route
last-changed <Ip::Age> the network time when this was last changed.

43.6 IP VRF Net To Media Statistics
Command Description
This node displays the VRF net to Media statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-media (equip-slot) ip-address <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 43.6-1 "IP VRF Net To Media Statistics" Resource Parameters
(equip-slot) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / equipment slot ID.
<Eqpt::LtSlot> : <Vrf::VrfIndex>
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> the IP-address.
Command Output
Table 43.6-2 "IP VRF Net To Media Statistics" Display parameters
physical-addr <Ip::PhysicalAddress> the physical IP-address.
last-changed <Sys::Time> date when it is changed for the last time.

43.7 IP VRF Mapping
Command Description
This node shows the VRF mapping.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-mapping (name)
Command Parameters
Table 43.7-1 "IP VRF Mapping" Resource Parameters
(name) <Vrf::VrfName> name of the vrf
length: 1<=x<32
Command Output
Table 43.7-2 "IP VRF Mapping" Display parameters
vrf-index <Vrf::VrfIndex> A number which uniquely identifies a particular
range: [1...127] VRF context within the system.

43.8 IP VRF Next Index
Command Description
This node shows the next VRF index.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-next-index
Command Output
Table 43.8-2 "IP VRF Next Index" Display parameters
next-vrf-index <Vrf::VrfIndex> The next free Virtual Routing and Forwarding
range: [1...127] (VRF) index.

43.9 IP SHub VRF Status Command
Command Description
This command displays SHub IP VRF information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip shub vrf (index) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 43.9-1 "IP SHub VRF Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Vrf::ShubVrfID> the VRF ID.
range: [0...127]
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 43.9-2 "IP SHub VRF Status Command" Display parameters
admin-status <Vrf::ShubIpIfAdminStatus> the administrative status of the VLAN IP interface.
- up : ready to pass packets
- down : not ready
- testing : in some test mode
oper-status <Vrf::ShubIpIfOperStatus> the operational status of the VLAN IP interface.
- down : not ready
name <PrintableString> the name of the VLAN IP interface.
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> the IP-address of the VLAN IP interface.
mask <Ip::V4Address> the mask of the VLAN IP interface.

43.10 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command
Command Description
Displays the IP SHub Vrf Route Status parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip shub vrf-route (index) dest <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> next-hop
<Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 43.10-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [0...127]
dest <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> the destination ip address and mask of this route
next-hop <Ip::V4Address> the next hop ip address of this route
Command Output
Table 43.10-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Status Command" Display parameters
protocol <Vrf::ShubRouteProtocol> The routing mechanism that was responsible for
Possible values are : adding this route
- other : not specified This element is always shown.
- local : local interface
- netmgmt : static route
- rip : rip route
- ospf : ospf route
age <SignedInteger> The number of seconds since this route was last
updated

43.11 IP SHub ARP VRF Based Statistics Command
Command Description
Displays the IP SHub ARP Statistics per vrf.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip shub arp (vrf-id)
Command Parameters
Table 43.11-1 "IP SHub ARP VRF Based Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
(vrf-id) <Vrf::ShubVrfID> the vrf number
range: [0...127]
Command Output
Table 43.11-2 "IP SHub ARP VRF Based Statistics Command" Display parameters
Common Information
in-packets <Counter> total number of arp datagrams received from
interfaces, including those received in error.
discard <Counter> total number of packets discarded
in-request <Counter> number of arp request packets received
in-resp <Counter> number of arp response packets received
out-request <Counter> number of arp requests transmitted
out-resp <Counter> number of arp responses transmitted
rx-arp-pkts <Counter> number of arp received packets
arp-discards <Counter> number of arp discard packets
rx-arp-req <Counter> number of received arp request packets


rx-arp-resp <Counter> number of received arp response packets
tx-arp-req <Counter> show number of transmitted arp packets
tx-arp-resp <Counter> number of transmitted arp repsonse packets
Only Show Details: common statistics
in-packets <Counter> total number of arp datagrams received from
discard <Counter> total number of packets discarded
in-request <Counter> number of arp request packets received
in-resp <Counter> number of arp response packets received
out-request <Counter> number of arp requests transmitted
out-resp <Counter> number of arp responses transmitted

44- xDSL Status Commands
44.1 xDSL Profiles Status Command 44-511

44.2 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command 44-512
44.3 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status 44-514
Command
44.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status 44-516
Command
44.5 xDSL Operational Data Far End Status Command 44-517
44.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel 44-518
44.7 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command 44-519
44.8 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command 44-521
44.9 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command 44-523
44.10 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command 44-524
44.11 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min 44-525
44.12 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day 44-527
44.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min 44-529
44.14 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day 44-531
44.15 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min 44-533
44.16 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day 44-534
44.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min 44-535
44.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day 44-536
44.19 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min 44-537
44.20 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day 44-539
44.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min 44-541
44.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day 44-543
44.23 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min 44-545
44.24 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day 44-546
44.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min 44-547
44.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day 44-548
44.27 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command 44-549
44.28 xDSL Board Capability Status Command 44-550

44 xDSL Status Commands
44.1 xDSL Profiles Status Command
Command Description
This command displays xDSL profiles.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show xdsl profiles
Command Output
Table 44.1-2 "xDSL Profiles Status Command" Display parameters
next-av-serv-pr <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available index for the profile
max-serv-pr <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of profile indices that can be created
next-av-spec-pr <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available spectrum index
max-spec-pr <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of spectrum indices that can be
range: [0...65535] created

44.2 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the number of available pm intervals per xdsl interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl xdsl-int (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.2-1 "xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.2-2 "xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Display parameters
cur-int-elapsedtime <SignedInteger> nbr of sec elapsed in cur intvl err-measurement
cur-1day-elapsedtime <SignedInteger> nbr of sec elapsed in cur one day err-measurement
valid-intervals <SignedInteger> nbr of prev intvl for which valid data has been
stored
valid-1days <SignedInteger> nbr of prev 1Days for which valid data has been
stored
Only Show Details: global settings
xdsl-coding-type <Xdsl::Coding> nbr of prev 1 day for which valid data has been
Possible values are : stored
- other : other type This element is always shown.
- dmt : DMT type
- cap : CAP type


44.3 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the near and of line.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data near-end line (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.3-1 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.3-2 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command" Display parameters
rel-cap-occ-up <Xdsl::CapacityUtil> ratio of actual bitrate over the max attainable bitrate
range: [0...100] unit: % This element is always shown.
noise-margin-up <Xdsl::DB> current noise margin for the upstream direction
unit: 1/10 db This element is always shown.
output-power-down <Xdsl::DB> actual aggregate output power for the downstream
unit: 1/10 db carriers
sig-attenuation-up <Xdsl::DB> diff btw pwr at far-end rx-ver and that tx-ed from
unit: 1/10 db near-end
loop-attenuation-up <Xdsl::DB> diff btw pwr at far-end rx-ver and that tx-ed from
unit: 1/10 db near-end over all sub-carriers
actual-opmode <Xdsl::OpModeType> bitmap which represents the operational modes of
length: 8 the ATU-C
xtu-c-opmode <Xdsl::OpModeType> bitmap which represents the operational modes


actual-psd-down <Xdsl::DBHZ> avg transmit power spectrum density over used
unit: 1/10 dbm/hz carriers

44.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the near and of line.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data near-end channel (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.4-1 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.4-2 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command" Display parameters
actual-bitrate-up <Xdsl::bitrate> atm bitrate for upstream fast or interleaved data
unit: kbits/sec flow
attain-bitrate-up <Xdsl::bitrate> maximum attainable atm rate the modem can
unit: kbits/sec support
interleave-delay-down <Xdsl::milliseconds> delay caused by the interleaving and deinterleaving
unit: msec functionality
imp-noise-prot-down <Xdsl::impNoise> actual impulse noise protection
unit: 1/10 symbols This element is always shown.

44.5 xDSL Operational Data Far End Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the far end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data far-end

44.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the far end of the channel.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data far-end channel (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.6-1 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.6-2 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel" Display parameters
actual-bitrate-down <Xdsl::bitrate> atm bitrate for downstream fast or interleaved data
unit: kbits/sec flow
attain-bitrate-down <Xdsl::bitrate> maximum attainable atm rate the modem can
unit: kbits/sec support
interleave-delay-up <Xdsl::milliseconds> delay caused by the interleaving and deinterleaving
unit: msec functionality
imp-noise-prot-up <Xdsl::impNoise> actual impulse noise protection
unit: 1/10 symbols This element is always shown.

44.7 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command
Command Description
This command displays xDSL carrier data near end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl carrier-data near-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.7-1 "xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.7-2 "xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Display parameters
spacing <Xdsl::CarrierSpacingType> nbr of bits per carrier over the downstream
Possible values are : passband
- single : single This element is always shown.
- double : double
- half : half
- quarter : quarter
load-distribution-down <BinaryString> gain allocation over the downstream passband
gain-allocation-down <BinaryString> transmit spectrum shaping for the downstream
direction
tss-down <Xdsl::CustomPsdShape> signal to noise ratio per carrier over the upstream
length: x<60 passband
snr-up <BinaryString> quiet line noise per carrier over the upstream
passband
qln-up <BinaryString> char function values in linear scale over upstream
passband


char-func-complex <BinaryString> provides the channel characteristics function
complex values in linear scale for each carrier over
upstream passband
char-func-real <BinaryString> provides the channel characteristics function real
values in linear scale for each carrier over upstream
passband

44.8 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command
Command Description
This command displays xDSL carrier data far end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl carrier-data far-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.8-1 "xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.8-2 "xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Display parameters
spacing <Xdsl::CarrierSpacingType> the actual carrier spacing used on the XDSL line in
Possible values are : the downstream direction
- single : single This element is always shown.
- double : double
- half : half
- quarter : quarter
load-distribution-up <BinaryString> nbr of bits per carrier over the upstream passband
gain-allocation-up <BinaryString> gain allocation over the upstream passband
tss-up <Xdsl::CustomPsdShape> transmit spectrum shaping for the upstream
length: x<60 direction
snr-down <BinaryString> signal to noise ratio per carrier over the
downstream passband
qln-down <BinaryString> quiet line noise per carrier over the downstream
passband
char-func-complex <BinaryString> char function values in linear scale over


downstream passband
char-func-real <BinaryString> char func real values in dB over downstream
passband

44.9 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL failure status near end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl failure-status near-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.9-1 "xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.9-2 "xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command" Display parameters
status <SignedInteger> failure status of the xdsl near end line

44.10 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL failure of the far end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl failure-status far-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.10-1 "xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.10-2 "xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command" Display parameters
status <SignedInteger> failure status of xdsl far end line

44.11 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end line current 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end line current-interval (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.11-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.11-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters
los <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS failure event
lof <Counter> number of occurences of an LOF failure event
lom <Counter> number of occurences of a LOM failure event
ese <Counter> number of occurences of an ESE failure event
es <Counter> number of errored seconds encountered by the line
sec <Counter> number of severely errored seconds encountered by
the line
uas <Counter> number of unavailable seconds encountered by the
line
re-init <Counter> number of times the modem re-initialize the line
failed-init <Counter> number of times the modem failed to initialize the
line


measured-time <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics have been counted
range: [0...86400] unit: sec This element is always shown.
in-valid-flag <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM data
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

44.12 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end line current day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end line current-1day (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.12-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.12-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day" Display parameters
the line
line
line



44.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15

Min
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end line previous 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end line previous-interval (if-index) interval-no
<Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min>
Command Parameters
Table 44.13-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> Interval number
range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 44.13-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
the line
line


line

44.14 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous

Day
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end of the previous day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end line previous-1day (if-index) interval-no
<Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day>
Command Parameters
Table 44.14-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> Interval number
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 44.14-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day" Display parameters
the line
line


line

44.15 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15

Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end channel current 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end channel current-interval (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.15-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.15-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min" Display parameters
cv <Counter> number of coding violations encountered by the
channel
fecc <Counter> number of corrected codewords encountered by the
channel

44.16 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current

Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end channel current day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end channel current-1day (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.16-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.16-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day" Display parameters
channel
channel

44.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous

15 Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end channel previous 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-interval (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 44.17-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 44.17-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
channel
channel

44.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous

Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end channel previous day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-1day (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 44.18-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day" Resource Parameters
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 44.18-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day" Display parameters
channel
channel

44.19 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line current 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end line current-interval (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.19-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
(if-index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / interface index of the xdsl port
Command Output
Table 44.19-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters
los <Counter> number of occurences of an los failure event
lof <Counter> number of occurences of an lof failure event
lom <Counter> number of occurences of an lom failure event
lpr <Counter> number of occurences of an lpr failure event
lol <Counter> number of occurences of an lol failure event
ese <Counter> number of occurences of an ese failure event
ses <Counter> number of severely errored seconds encountered by
the line
line



44.20 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line current day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end line current-1day (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.20-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.20-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day" Display parameters
the line
line



44.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line previous 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end line previous-interval (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 44.21-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 44.21-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
the line


line

44.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line previous day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end line previous-1day (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 44.22-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 44.22-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day" Display parameters
the line


line

44.23 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15

Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end channel current 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end channel current-interval (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.23-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.23-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min" Display parameters
cv <Counter> nbr of coding violations encountered by far end
channel
fecc <Counter> nbr of corrected codewords encountered by far end
channel

44.24 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end channel current day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end channel current-1day (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.24-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.24-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day" Display parameters
cv <Counter> nbr of coding violations encountered by far end
channel
fecc <Counter> nbr of corrected codewords encountered by far end
channel

44.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15

Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end channel previous 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-interval (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 44.25-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 44.25-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
cv <Counter> number of coding violations in the past 24 hours
fecc <Counter> number of corrected codewords in the past 24 hours

44.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous

Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end channel previous day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-1day (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 44.26-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day" Resource Parameters
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 44.26-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day" Display parameters
cv <Counter> number of coding violations in the previous one
day
fecc <Counter> number of corrected codewords in the previous one
day

44.27 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command
Command Description
This command displays xDSL inventory XT/RT.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl cpe-inventory (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.27-1 "xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.27-2 "xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command" Display parameters
modem-vendor-id <Xdsl::VendorID> vendor ID retrieved during handshaking
sys-serial-no <Xdsl::SystemSerialNumber> serial number that identifies the vendor equipment
sys-vendor-id <Xdsl::VendorID> vendor ID retrieved via the xdsl EOC
sys-version-no <Xdsl::SystemVersionNo> version number retrieved via the the xdsl EOC
self-test-result <Xdsl::SelfTestResult> self test results value retrieved via the the xdsl EOC

44.28 xDSL Board Capability Status Command
Command Description
This command displays xDSL board capability.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl board (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.28-1 "xDSL Board Capability Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 44.28-2 "xDSL Board Capability Status Command" Display parameters
capability <Xdsl::OpModeType> operational mode supported by the board

45- PPPoX-Relay Status Commands
45.1 PPPoX CC Engine Status Command 45-552

45.2 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics 45-553
45.3 PPPoX CC Engine to Port Association Status 45-555
Command
45.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Status Command 45-556
45.5 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command 45-558
45.6 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command 45-559

45 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands
45.1 PPPoX CC Engine Status Command
Command Description
PPP CC Engine represents the engine in charge of establishing PPP CC's and forwarding the associated traffic.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect engine (engine-id)
Command Parameters
Table 45.1-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Status Command" Resource Parameters
(engine-id) <Vlan::VlanId> engine identification
range: [1...4093]

45.2 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics
Command Description
This command shows statistics for a particular Vlan ID.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect engine (engine-id) statistics
Command Parameters
Table 45.2-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Statistics" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 45.2-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Statistics" Display parameters
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> PPP CC Engine related vlan id
engine-name <PPPoX::EngineName> name to identify the engine/service
length: 1<=x<32 This element is always shown.
in-ctrl-frm <Counter> number of ingress control messages
out-ctrl-frm <Counter> number of egress control messages
err-ctrl-frm <Counter> nbr of errored upstream and downstream control
msgs
ppp-cc <SignedInteger> nbr of PPP cross-connections currently in use
Only Show Details: engine-monitor statistics
generic-err-cnt <Counter> nbr of discovery msgs that carried the Generic
Error tag
inv-serv-name <Counter> nbr of PAD-S msgs containing Service-Name-Error
tag



45.3 PPPoX CC Engine to Port Association Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows associated ports of PPP CC Engine2Client Port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect engine (engine-id) associated-ports
Command Parameters
Table 45.3-1 "PPPoX CC Engine to Port Association Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 45.3-2 "PPPoX CC Engine to Port Association Status Command" Display parameters
vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> PPP CC Engine related vlan id
engine-name <PPPoX::EngineName> name to identify the engine/service
Only Show Details: engine to client-port
assoc-ports <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / PPP CC client port associated to this PPP CC
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : engine
<Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> This element is always shown.

45.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Status Command
Command Description
The PPP Port represents an interface of the PPP CC Engine.A PPP CC is established between two of those PPP
Ports, one at the network side and the other, at the user side.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect client-port (client-port)
Command Parameters
Table 45.4-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
(client-port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / client port identification
Command Output
Table 45.4-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Status Command" Display parameters
in-ctrl-frm <Counter> number of ingress control messages
out-ctrl-frm <Counter> number of egress control messages
err-ctrl-frm <Counter> number of errored control messages
Only Show Details: client-port monitor
unexp-ctrl-msg <Counter> number of unexpected control messages discarded
unexp-data-pkts <Counter> number of discarded data packets on this port
prt-mru-err-cnt <Counter> number of long messages discarded on this port
trans-age-out <Counter> nbr of events cleared because the transaction timed
out
session-age-out <Counter> nbr of events timed out for this port



45.5 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command
Command Description
This command shows session data for engine
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect session engine (vlan-id)
Command Parameters
Table 45.5-1 "PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanId> engine identification
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 45.5-2 "PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command" Display parameters
server-mac-addr <Vlan::MacAddr> mac-addr of the PPPoE Server of this PPP
length: 6 cross-connection
ext-session-id <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id of this PPP cross-connection
client-port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / Index to which the PPPoE client is directly
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : associated
<Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> This element is always shown.
int-session-id <SignedInteger> index that uniquely indicate a PPP cross-connection

45.6 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows session data for client port
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect session client-port (client-port)
Command Parameters
Table 45.6-1 "PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
(client-port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / client port identification
Command Output
Table 45.6-2 "PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command" Display parameters
server-mac-addr <Vlan::MacAddr> mac-addr of the PPPoE server of this PPP
length: 6 cross-connection
ext-session-id <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id of this PPP cross-connection
engine-id <PPPoX::EngineIndex> index to where this PPP cross-connection belongs
int-session-id <SignedInteger> index that uniquely indicate a PPP cross-connection

46- PPPoE Status Commands
46.1 PPPoE Sessions Status Command 46-561

46.2 PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command 46-562
46.3 PPPoE Interface Status Command 46-563
46.4 PPPoX Interface Statistics 46-565
46.5 PPPoE Interface Statistics 46-567
46.6 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics 46-568
46.7 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics 46-570
46.8 PPPoE Profile Status Command 46-571
46.9 Ip-address Related PPP Status Command 46-572
46.10 Mac-address Related PPP Status Command 46-573

46 PPPoE Status Commands
46.1 PPPoE Sessions Status Command
Command Description
Shows pppoe session parameters like pppoe session id, ppoe session lowerlayer Ifindex, ppoe session local Mac
Address, pppoe Remote Mac Address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe session (port)
Command Parameters
Table 46.1-1 "PPPoE Sessions Status Command" Resource Parameters
<Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> :
<PPPoE::LogicalSesId>
Command Output
Table 46.1-2 "PPPoE Sessions Status Command" Display parameters
session-id <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id associated for a PPP session
local-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the PPPoE server on which
length: 6 PPPoE session is established.
remote-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the user who established the
length: 6 PPPoE session.

46.2 PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe connection (connection)
Command Parameters
Table 46.2-1 "PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command" Resource Parameters
(connection) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the identification of a pppoe interface
Command Output
Table 46.2-2 "PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command" Display parameters
session <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the identification of a session
session-id <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id associated for a PPP session
local-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the PPPoE server on which
length: 6 PPPoE session is established.
remote-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the user who established the

46.3 PPPoE Interface Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the PPPoE interface parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe if-table (session)
Command Parameters
Table 46.3-1 "PPPoE Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
(session) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the identification of a pppoe session
Command Output
Table 46.3-2 "PPPoE Interface Status Command" Display parameters
state <PPPoE::pppIfState> current PPP state of the session.
- lcp : PPP session reaches LCP phase
- authenticating : PPP session reaches
Authentication phase
- ipcp : PPP session reaches IPCP phase
- up : PPP session is UP
- down : PPP session is down
user-name <PrintableString> username (along with the domain name) who
established the PPPoE session.
local-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> IP address of the system on which PPPoE session is
established
remote-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> IP address of the user who established the PPPoE
session.
local-mru <SignedInteger> The MRU of the system link, on which PPPoE


session is established.
remote-mru <SignedInteger> The MRU of the user link, who established the
PPPoE session.
prim-dns-addr <Ip::V4Address> remote primary DNS IP address, obtained from the
authentication service
sec-dns-addr <Ip::V4Address> remote secondary DNS IP address, obtained from
the authentication service
prim-nbns-addr <Ip::V4Address> remote primary NBNS IP address, obtained from
sec-nbns-addr <Ip::V4Address> remote secondary NBNS IP address, obtained from
qos-profile <PPPoE::SnmpAdminString> the dynamic or static QOS profile assigned to a
length: 19 PPP interface
in-pkts <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of packets received in this session.
out-pkts <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of packets transmitted in this session.
in-octet <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of octets received in this session.
out-octet <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of octets transmitted in this session.
in-dropped-pkts <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of packets dropped in this session
during up stream.
out-dropped-pkts <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of packets dropped in this session
during down stream.
in-dropped-octet <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of octets dropped in this session
during up stream.
out-dropped-octet <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of octets dropped in this session
during down stream.
start-time <Sys::Time> system time when the session is established.
remaining-time <PPPoE::Time> max duration for the session, after which the
range: [0...[0-9]+] session will terminated by the system.
acc-itvl <SignedInteger> interval that must elapse between generation of
accounting records for this session.
vrf-id <SignedInteger> identifier of the VRF that this session belongs to.

46.4 PPPoX Interface Statistics
Command Description
Shows the statistics of PPP on PPPoX interface. This command takes the rack/subrack/slot/port and vpi and vci
values as argument on which the pppoe was configured, or for which to show the arguments.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe ppp-statistics (port)
Command Parameters
Table 46.4-1 "PPPoX Interface Statistics" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 46.4-2 "PPPoX Interface Statistics" Display parameters
open-sess <Counter> total number of opened sessions.
low-layer-down-event <Counter> total number of session terminates due to link down
events.
chap-auth-fail <Counter> total number of CHAP authentication failure.
pap-auth-fail <Counter> total number of PAP authentication failure.
ip-addr-fail <Counter> total number of failed retrievals for local IP
address.
lcp-nego-mis <Counter> total number of negotiation mismatch occurred in
LCP phase.
ipcp-nego-mis <Counter> total number of negotiation mismatch occurred in
IPCP phase.


usr-term <Counter> total number of user terminate requests received.
sys-term <Counter> total number of system terminate requests sent.

46.5 PPPoE Interface Statistics
Command Description
Shows the statistics of pppoe interface. This command takes the rack/subrack/slot/port and vpi and vci values as
argument on which the pppoe was configured, or for which to show the arguments.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 46.5-1 "PPPoE Interface Statistics" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 46.5-2 "PPPoE Interface Statistics" Display parameters
act-sess <Gauge> Total number of active PPPoE sessions.
estab-sess <Counter> Total number of PPPoE sessions established after
the system has been reset.
error <Counter> The statistics indicates the number of errors
experienced in performing the host request.
padi-inv-id <Counter> Total number of invalid session-id received in
PADI packets.
padr-inv-id <Counter> Total number of invalid session-id received in
PADR packets.

46.6 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics
Command Description
Displays the PPPoE interface recieved statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf rx-pkt (port)
Command Parameters
Table 46.6-1 "PPPoE Interface Received Statistics" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 46.6-2 "PPPoE Interface Received Statistics" Display parameters
inv-header <Counter> Total number of PPPoE invalid header packets
received.
inv-type <Counter> Total number of PPPoE invalid type packets
received.
inv-code <Counter> Total number of PPPoE invalid code packets
received.
invl-tag <Counter> Total number of invalid tag received in the PPPoE
header.
invl-length <Counter> Total number packets received with invalid length
in PPPoE header.
padi <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active discovery initiation
(PADI) packets received.
padr <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active discovery request


(PADR) packets received.
padt <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active discovery terminate
(PADT) packets received

46.7 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics
Command Description
Displays the PPPoE interface transmitted statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf tx-pkt (port)
Command Parameters
Table 46.7-1 "PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 46.7-2 "PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics" Display parameters
pado <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active discovery offer
(PADO) packets transmitted
pads <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active discovery
session-confirmation (PADS) packets transmitted
padt <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active discovery terminate
(PADT) packets transmitted
rej-padi <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active discovery initiation
(PADI) packets that were rejected
rej-padr <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active discovery request
(PADR) packets that were rejected

46.8 PPPoE Profile Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the value of ppp-profile name, used-status and the version of the profile.
The manager can associate a version number to the profile. It is set to 1 when the profile is first created and will be
incremented by the manager when the profile is modified.
Profile Used-status indicates the number of entities using this profile. If the reference count is greater than 0, then
this profile is 'in use', and may NOT be deleted. If the value is 0, then this profile is 'not in use', and can be deleted.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe ppp-profile (name)
Command Parameters
Table 46.8-1 "PPPoE Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <AsamProfileName> name of the profile
Command Output
Table 46.8-2 "PPPoE Profile Status Command" Display parameters
used-status <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities using this profile.
version <SignedInteger> version number associated with the profile.
auth-type <PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> specifies the type of PPP authentication used.
- pap : only PAP negotiation
- chap : only CHAP negotiation
- pap-chap : negotiate PAP first, if it fails,
attempt CHAP
- chap-pap : negotiate CHAP first, if it
fails, attempt PAP
keep-alive-intvl <PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval> keep alive time, after the request packet is sent.

46.9 Ip-address Related PPP Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the ppp data per ip-address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe ip-address (remote-ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 46.9-1 "Ip-address Related PPP Status Command" Resource Parameters
(remote-ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> IP address of the user who established the PPPoE
session.
Command Output
Table 46.9-2 "Ip-address Related PPP Status Command" Display parameters
session <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the identification of a pppoe session
state <PPPoE::pppIfState> current PPP state of the session.
- lcp : PPP session reaches LCP phase
- authenticating : PPP session reaches
Authentication phase
- ipcp : PPP session reaches IPCP phase
- up : PPP session is UP
- down : PPP session is down

46.10 Mac-address Related PPP Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the ppp data per mac-address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe mac-address (remote-mac)
Command Parameters
Table 46.10-1 "Mac-address Related PPP Status Command" Resource Parameters
(remote-mac) <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the user who established the
Command Output
Table 46.10-2 "Mac-address Related PPP Status Command" Display parameters
session <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the identification of a PPPoE session

47- Interface Status Commands
47.1 Interface Alarm Status Command 47-575

47.2 Physical Interface Status Command 47-576
47.3 Interface Status Command 47-577
47.4 Interface Test Status Command 47-580
47.5 Interface Stack Status Command 47-582
47.6 SHub Interface Status Command 47-584
47.7 SHub Interface Port Control Status Command 47-585
47.8 Interface Extensive Status Command 47-587

47 Interface Status Commands
47.1 Interface Alarm Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to view the alarm configured for the interface and the default minimal severity with
which the alarm is reported
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface alarm (interface-type)
Command Parameters
Table 47.1-1 "Interface Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
(interface-type) <Itf::AlarmItfType> type of the interface
Command Output
Table 47.1-2 "Interface Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
default-severity <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault>
The default minimal severity for an alarm to be
Possible values are : reported that will be used for interfaces.
- indeterminate : not a definite known This element is always shown.
severity

47.2 Physical Interface Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to view the summary of the phy interface i.e.number of changes occurred,bitmap for the
operational-status and bitmap for the presence of the physical interface
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface phy-itf-status (shelf)
Command Parameters
Table 47.2-1 "Physical Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
(shelf) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> the physical position of the shelf
Command Output
Table 47.2-2 "Physical Interface Status Command" Display parameters
no-of-change-occur <Counter> Number of state changes of physical lines,
equipped on boards within this shelf.
opr-status-bitmap <PrintableString> Operational status of the physical interfaces of
boards which can be equipped within this shelf.
bitmap-phy-itf <PrintableString> Specifies the presence of the physical interfaces of
boards which can be equipped within this shelf.

47.3 Interface Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to view all the parameters related to the interface like the type of interface,current
bandwidth of the interface,max size of the packet supported,connector-present etc
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface port (port)
Command Parameters
Table 47.3-1 "Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the interface index

Command Output
Table 47.3-2 "Interface Status Command" Display parameters
if-index <SignedInteger> Specifies a unique value for each interface.
info <PrintableString> A textual string containing information about the
interface. This string include the name of the
manufacturer, the product name and the version of
the interface hardware/software.
type <Itf::IANAifType> Specifies the type of interface.
- ethernet : ethernet csmacd
- sw-loopback : software loopback
interface
- slip : generic SLIP interface
- atm : atm interface
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- xdsl-channel : xdsl channel
- atm-vci-ep : ATM VCI end point
- bridge-port : transparent bridge interface
- pppoe : pppoe interface
- pppoe-session : pppoe session
- l2-vlan : layer 3 VLAN using IPX
- ip-fwd : IP forwarding interface
largest-pkt-size <Itf::packetSize> The size of the largest packet which can be
unit: octets sent/received on the interface, specified in octets.
For interfaces that are used for transmitting
network datagrams, this is the size of the largest
network datagram that can be sent on the interface.
current-bandwidth <Itf::bandWidth> Specifies the interface's current bandwidth.
unit: bits/sec This element is only shown in detail mode.
phy-addr <PrintableString> The interface's address at its protocol sub-layer.
admin-status <Itf::ifAdminStatus> Specifies state of the interface.
- not-applicable : not-applicable
- admin-up : admin status is up
- admin-down : admin status is down
- testing : no operational packets can be
passed
opr-status <Itf::ifOperStatus> The current operational state of the interface.
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
last-chg-opr-stat <TimeTicks> The value of system up time at the time the
unit: msec interface entered its current operational state. If the
current state was entered prior to the last
re-initialization of the local network management
subsystem, then this contains a zero value.


in-octets <Counter> The total number of octets received on the
interface, including framing characters.
in-ucast-pkts <Counter> The number of packets, delivered by this sub-layer
to a higher (sub-)layer, which were not addressed to
a multicast or broadcast address at this sub-layer.
in-discard-pkts <Counter> The number of inbound packets which were chosen
to be discarded even though no errors had been
detected to prevent their being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol. One possible reason for
discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer
space.
in-err-pkts <Counter> Number of inbound packets(for packet-oriented
interfaces) or transmission units(for
character-oriented interfaces) that contained errors
preventing them from being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol.
pkts-unknown-proto <Counter> Number of packets(for packet-oriented interfaces)
or transmission units(for character-oriented
interfaces) received via the interface which were
discarded because of an unknown or unsupported
protocol.
out-octets <Counter> The total number of octets transmitted out of the
interface, including framing characters.
out-err-pkts <Counter> The number of outbound packets(for
packet-oriented interfaces) or transmission units(for
character-oriented interfaces) that could not be
transmitted because of errors.
name <PrintableString> Name of the interface.
high-speed <Itf::highBandWidth> Specifies interface's current bandwidth.
unit: Mbit/sec This element is always shown.
connector-present <Itf::ifConnectorPresent> Specifies the interface sublayer has a physical
Possible values are : connector or not.
- not-applicable : not-applicable This element is always shown.
- has-connector : interface sublayer has a
physical connector
- no-connector : interface sublayer doesn't
have a physical connector
media <Object> Specifies information about the particular media
being used to realize the interface.

47.4 Interface Test Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to view the parameters related to the testing of an interface
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface test (port)
Command Parameters
Table 47.4-1 "Interface Test Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / index (1/1/3/0..) of rack/shelf/slot/port

Command Output
Table 47.4-2 "Interface Test Status Command" Display parameters
id <TestAndIncr> Specifies the current invocation of the interface's
range: [0...2147483647] test.
result <Itf::ifTestResult> Specifies the result of the most recently requested
Possible values are : test
- none : no tests have been requested since This element is always shown.
the last reset
- success : test successfully completed
- in-progress : test is still in progress
- not-supported : test is not supported
- unable-to-run : test is unable to run
- aborted : test is aborted
- failed : test is failed
code <Object> Specifies a code which contains more specific
information on the test result

47.5 Interface Stack Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to view the status of the stack.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface stack (higher) lower xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | slip : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot> |
ethernet : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Itf::EthernetId> |
pppoeses : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> :
<Atm::vci> : <PPPoE::LogicalSesId> | no-interface | ip-gateway : <Vrf::VrfIndex> |
xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | atm-if :
<Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | atm-pvc : <Eqpt::Rack>
/ <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> |
bridge-port : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> :
<Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> | pppoe : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> /
<Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> | l2-vlan : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Vlan::VlanIndex> | ip : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Ip::LogicalId> | sw-loopback : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::NtSlot>
Command Parameters
Table 47.5-1 "Interface Stack Status Command" Resource Parameters
(higher) xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / a higher layer interface index
<PPPoE::LogicalSesId> | no-interface |


lower xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / a lower layer interface index
<PPPoE::LogicalSesId> | no-interface |

47.6 SHub Interface Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to view the current operational state of an interface
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface shub vlan (vlan-id)
Command Parameters
Table 47.6-1 "SHub Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanIndex> vlan id
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 47.6-2 "SHub Interface Status Command" Display parameters
admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> The administrative state of the vlan interface.
- up : up
- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
oper-status <Shub::OperStatus> The current operational state of the vlan interface.
- down : down
- unknown : status can not be determined
forsome reason
- dormant : dormant
- not-present : some component is missing
- lower-layer-down : down due to state of
lower-layer interface
port <Qos::ShubInterfaceIndex> the local port.
range: [1...24] This element is only shown in detail mode.

47.7 SHub Interface Port Control Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the port control status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show interface shub port (port)
Command Parameters
Table 47.7-1 "SHub Interface Port Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> control index of the port
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 47.7-2 "SHub Interface Port Control Status Command" Display parameters
admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> Specifies the administrative status of the interface
- up : up
- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
oper-status <Shub::AdminStatus> Specifies the operational status of the interface
- up : up
- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
speed <Sys::Speed> Specifies the interface speed.
- ten-mbps : speed of 10MBPS
- hundred-mbps : speed of 100MBPS
- one-gb : speed of 1GB
type <Sys::Type> Specifies the type of port.
- user : port to a directly connected user


- subtending : port to a subtended ISAM
- network : port to the service provider
(ISP)
- data : port used internally for data traffic
- control : port used internally for control
traffic
- unused : port is not in use
- outband-mngt : port is used for
outband-management
duplex <Sys::Duplex> Specifies whether interface data transfer mode is
Possible values are : full-duplex or half-duplex.
- full : data transfer in full duplex This element is always shown.
- half : data transfer in half duplex
mode <Sys::PortCtrlMode> Speficies the mode in which the speed, duplex
Possible values are : modes and flow control of the interface is
- automatic : determine the parameters of determined.
interface automatically This element is only shown in detail mode.
- 1gbps : mode of interface is 1Gbps
max-mac-addr <SignedInteger> Specifies the maximum number of new MAC
addresses that can be learnt over the interface.
mc-flood-mode <Sys::FloodMode> Specifies the multicast flooding mode of the port is
Possible values are : enabled or not.
- mc-flooding : enable multicast flooding This element is only shown in detail mode.
- no-mc-flooding : disable multicast
flooding

47.8 Interface Extensive Status Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to view the parametrs related to an interface like next avalable port type,counter
indicating number of state changes and number of network interfaces
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface availability (port-type)
Command Parameters
Table 47.8-1 "Interface Extensive Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port-type) <Itf::AvailablePortType> the port type
Command Output
Table 47.8-2 "Interface Extensive Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
change-count <Counter> Number of state changes of the physical line.
interface-cnt <SignedInteger> The number of network interfaces (regardless of
their current state) present on this system.
next-available xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / Specifies the next available physical interface can
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | none be retrieved.
Only Show Details: common
change-count <Counter> Number of state changes of the physical line.
interface-cnt <SignedInteger> The number of network interfaces (regardless of
their current state) present on this system.

48- SNTP Status Commands
48.1 SNTP Status Command 48-589

48 SNTP Status Commands
48.1 SNTP Status Command
Command Description
This node displays the information about the SNTP and its related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show sntp
Command Output
Table 48.1-2 "SNTP Status Command" Display parameters
operating-mode <Sys::SNTPOperatingMode> specifies the operating mode for the SNTP
Possible values are : application at the SNMP agent.
- unicast : operating mode unicast value 1 This element is always shown.
- anycast : operating mode anycast value 2
- multicast : operating mode multicast
value 3
system-time <Sys::Time> specifies the network time.
shub-time <Sys::Time> specifies shub network time.

49- System Status Commands
49.1 SHub System IP Status Command 49-591

49.2 SHub System Version Status Command 49-592
49.3 SHub System HTTP Status Command 49-593
49.4 SHub System Common Status Command 49-594
49.5 SHub System Control Status Command 49-595
49.6 SHub IP Filter Status Command 49-596
49.7 SHub System Manager Status Command 49-599
49.8 SHub Copy File Status Command 49-600
49.9 List the contents of the SHub Flash 49-601
49.10 Status of the file opration command of the SHub 49-602
Flash
49.11 Flash List command status 49-603
49.12 Show System Licenses 49-604

49 System Status Commands
49.1 SHub System IP Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the SHub IP parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub entry ip
Command Output
Table 49.1-2 "SHub System IP Status Command" Display parameters
ip-addr-cfg-mode <Sys::DefIpAddr> Specifies the mode by which the default interface
Possible values are : in the device gets the IP address.
- manual : ip address got from the system This element is always shown.
- dynamic : ip address got through
dynamic IP address
def-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> Specifies default IP Address of the system. and if
modified, will take effect only when the
configuration is stored and restored.
eff-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> Specifies Effective IP address of the switch to be
used for contacting through SNMP interface or web
interface.
subnet-mask <Ip::V4Address> Specifies IP subnet mask for the default IP address
and if modified, will take effect only when the
def-gateway <Ip::V4Address> Specifies default IP Address of the system and if
modified, will take effect only when the

49.2 SHub System Version Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the version of the SHub system parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub entry version
Command Output
Table 49.2-2 "SHub System Version Status Command" Display parameters
sw-ver-name <Sys::FileName> Specifies the name of the shub software release.
sw-release-num <Sys::ReleaseNum> Specifies the software version number.
hw-ver <Sys::DisplayString> Specifies version number of the hardware.
fw-ver <Sys::DisplayString> Specifies version number of the firmware.

49.3 SHub System HTTP Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the last changed time of the status of the SHub HTTP access.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub entry status
Command Output
Table 49.3-2 "SHub System HTTP Status Command" Display parameters
last-chg-status <PrintableString> Specifies whether last configuration change has
been saved in flash/remote and current status of
restore.
http-status <Sys::HttpStatus> Specifies whether http access for the users is
Possible values are : enabled or disabled.
- http-access : enable http access for the This element is always shown.
users
- no-http-access : disable http access for
the users

49.4 SHub System Common Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the common system parameters of the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub entry misc
Command Output
Table 49.4-2 "SHub System Common Status Command" Display parameters
def-intf <Sys::DefInterface> Name of the default interface that can be used for
length: 1<=x<16 communicating with the system for configuration
through SNMP.
base-bdg-addr <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies the MAC address used by the bridge
length: 6 when it must be referred to in a unique fashion.
sys-mac-addr <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies the system MAC address used by this
length: 6 bridge when it must be referred to in a unique
fashion.

49.5 SHub System Control Status Command
Command Description
This node displays the system control parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub config-control (ctrl-index)
Command Parameters
Table 49.5-1 "SHub System Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
(ctrl-index) <Shub::NetworkPort> control index of the config
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 49.5-2 "SHub System Control Status Command" Display parameters
egress <Sys::EgressStatus> Specifies the transmission of egress traffic over this
Possible values are : interface is enabled or not.
- egress-enabled : enable this status This element is always shown.
- egress-disabled : disable this status
collection <Sys::CollectionStatus> Specifies the statistics collection for this interface is
Possible values are : enabled or not.
- collection : enable the collection of This element is always shown.
statistics
- no-collection : disable the collection of
statistics
ctrl-status <Sys::ConfigCtrlStatus> Specifies the config control status.
- enable : makes the entry valid
- disable : makes the entry invalid

49.6 SHub IP Filter Status Command
Command Description
This node displays IP filter related information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub filters ip (index-num)
Command Parameters
Table 49.6-1 "SHub IP Filter Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...65535]
Command Output
Table 49.6-2 "SHub IP Filter Status Command" Display parameters
priority <Sys::Priority> Specifies the priority of the filter which is used to
range: [1...65535] decide which filter rule is applicable when the
packet matches with more than one filter rules or
all the filter rules result in 'allow'ing the packet
protocol <Sys::Protocol> Specifies the type of protocol to be checked against
Possible values are : the packet.
- icmp : check the packet for icmp This element is always shown.
- igmp : check the packet for igmp
- ggp : check the packet for ggp
- ip : check the packet for ip
- tcp : check the packet for tcp
- egp : check the packet for egp
- igp : check the packet for igp
- nvp : check the packet for nvp
- udp : check the packet for udp
- irtp : check the packet for irtp
- idrp : check the packet for idrp
- rsvp : check the packet for rsvp
- msrp : check the packet for msrp


- igrp : check the packet for igrp
- ospf : check the packet for ospf
- any : check the all packets
msg-type <Sys::MsgType> Specifies the message type to be checked against
Possible values are : the packet. If the message type matches with the
- echo-reply : packet, then the packet will be dropped / allowed
- dest-unreach : based on the action set.
- src-quench : This element is always shown.
- redirect :
- echo-request :
- time-exceeded :
- param-prob :
- time-stamp-req :
- time-stamp-reply :
- infor-req :
- infor-reply :
- addr-mask-req :
- addr-mask-reply :
- no-icmp-type :
msg-code <Sys::MsgCode> Specifies the message code to be checked against
Possible values are : the packet. If the packet matches with the message
- network-unreach : code, then the packet will be dropped / allowed
- host-unreach : based on the action set
- protocol-unreach : This element is always shown.
- port-unreach :
- fragment-need :
- src-route-fail :
- dest-nwk-unknown :
- dest-host-unknown :
- src-host-isolated :
- dest-nwk-prohibit :
- dest-host-prohibit :
- nwk-unreach-tos :
- host-unreach-tos :
- no-icmp-code :
dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the destination IP address to be matched
with the packet.
src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the source IP address to be matched with
the packet.
dst-mask <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP subnet mask for Destination IP
address.
src-mask <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP subnet mask for Source IP address.
min-dst-port <SignedInteger> Specifies the minimum port in the destination
TCP/UDP port range.
max-dst-port <SignedInteger> Specifies the maximum port in the destination
TCP/UDP port range.
min-src-port <SignedInteger> Specifies the minimum port in the source
TCP/UDP port range.
max-src-port <SignedInteger> Specifies the maximum port in the source
TCP/UDP port range.


in-port-list <Shub::PortList> Specifies the complete set of ports over which if the
length: 3 packet arrives the filter rule will be applicable. If
the incoming port list is '0', the filter rule is
applicable for all the incoming ports.
out-port-list <Shub::PortList> Specifies the complete set of ports over which the
length: 3 packet will be sent.
ack-bit <Sys::AckBit> Specifies whether TCP ACK bit to be checked or
Possible values are : not against the packet.
- establish : establish the bit This element is always shown.
- not-establish : not establish the bit
rst-bit <Sys::RstBit> Specifies whether TCP RST bit to be checked or
Possible values are : not against the packet.
- set : set the bit This element is always shown.
- not-set : not set the bit
tos <Sys::Tos> Specifies whether IP TOS bit to be checked or not
Possible values are : against the packet.
- any : any This element is always shown.
- high-reliable : high reliable
- high-throughput : high through put
- high-relia-thro : high reliable and
through put
- low-delay : low delay
- low-delay-high-relai : low delay and high
reliability
- low-delay-high-thro : low delay and high
through put
- best-tos : low delay, high reliability and
through put
direction <Sys::Direction> Specifies in which direction the Filters are to be
Possible values are : applied on the packets, either to incoming or
- in : incoming packets outgoing packets.
- out : outgoing packets This element is always shown.
action <Sys::L3Action> Specifies the action to be taken on the packet if the
Possible values are : filter rule matches.
- action-allow : the packet will be This element is always shown.
forwarded
- action-drop : the packet will be discarded
match-cnt <Counter> Specifies the number of times this filter is matched.

49.7 SHub System Manager Status Command
Command Description
This node displays the manager parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub filters shub-manager (index)
Command Parameters
Table 49.7-1 "SHub System Manager Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Sys::SrcIpIndex> index number of the SrcIp
range: [1...100]
Command Output
Table 49.7-2 "SHub System Manager Status Command" Display parameters
src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the management vlan filter IP address to
be matched with the packet.

49.8 SHub Copy File Status Command
Command Description
This node displays the status of the copy file command in the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub copy-file
Command Output
Table 49.8-2 "SHub Copy File Status Command" Display parameters
copy-src-ip <Ip::V4Address> The Ip Address of machine from where the file has
to be copied
copy-src-filename <Sys::FileName> The file name which is to be copied from the
length: 1<=x<256 source
copy-dst-ip <Ip::V4Address> The Ip Address of machine to where the file has to
be copied
copy-dst-filename <Sys::FileName> The file name which is to be copied has a
length: 1<=x<256 destination
initiate-copy <Sys::InitiateValue> Initiates the copy operation from source to
destination.

49.9 List the contents of the SHub Flash
Command Description
This node displays the contents of the shub flash file system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub list-file (file-index)
Command Parameters
Table 49.9-1 "List the contents of the SHub Flash" Resource Parameters
(file-index) <SignedInteger> file index of the file
Command Output
Table 49.9-2 "List the contents of the SHub Flash" Display parameters
name <Sys::FileName> the file name
attributes <PrintableString> the file attributes
size <SignedInteger> the file size
last-modified <PrintableString> file last modified time

49.10 Status of the file opration command of the

SHub Flash
Command Description
This node displays the status of the file operation on the SHub flash file system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub status-del
Command Output
Table 49.10-2 "Status of the file opration command of the SHub Flash" Display parameters
file-del-status <Sys::FlashDelStatus> Specifies the status of the previous flash file
Possible values are : operation.
- ok : flash file delete operation successful This element is only shown in detail mode.
- failed : flash file delete operation failed

49.11 Flash List command status
Command Description
Status of the list command
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub status-list
Command Output
Table 49.11-2 "Flash List command status" Display parameters
status-list <Sys::FlashListStatus> Specifies the status of the list file operation.
- ok : flash file list operation successful
- failed : flash file list operation failed

49.12 Show System Licenses
Command Description
The counter depicts the number of software licenses for the features.
For ADSL2+, the counter indicates the number of XDSL lines for which an ADSL2+ operational mode (POTS
and/or ISDN) is enabled in its onfiguration and supported by the LT board and for which the XDSL board is
equipped.
READSL2 operational mode (US mode 1 and/or US mode2) is enabled in its configuration and supported by the LT
board and for which the XDSL board is equipped.
For IGMP, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which an IGMP control channel has been configured.
For IP-Forwarding, the counter indicates the number of PVCs configured
For PPPoX Relay, the counter indicates the number of PVCs configured
For PPPoX Termination, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which PPPoE termination or PPPoA
termination has been configured.
For 802.1x, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which 802.1x has been configured as 'enabled'
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system license (feature)
Command Parameters
Table 49.12-1 "Show System Licenses" Resource Parameters
(feature) <Sys::LicenseFeatureIndex> table index
- adsl2-plus : number of xdsl lines for
which ADSL2 is enabled
- readsl2 : number of xdsl lines for which
READSL2 is enabled
- igmp : number of DSL subscribers
configured for IGMP
- ip-forward : number of DSL subscribers
configured for Ip-forwarding
- pppox-relay : number of DSL subscribers
configured for PPPOX relay
- pppox-termination : number of DSL
subscribers configured for PPPOX
termination


- 802dot1x : number of DSL subscribers
configured for 802.1x
Command Output
Table 49.12-2 "Show System Licenses" Display parameters
Common Information
routing-licence <Sys::RoutingLicStatus> shows the status of the routing license.
- not-active : routing license unavailable
- active : routing license available
number-license <SignedInteger> Specifies number of license.
Only Show Details: routing-licence
routing-licence <Sys::RoutingLicStatus> shows the status of the routing license.
- not-active : routing license unavailable
- active : routing license available

50- Transaction Status Commands
50.1 Transaction Log Status Command 50-607

50.2 Transaction Log Entry Status Command 50-608

50 Transaction Status Commands
50.1 Transaction Log Status Command
Command Description
This node displays the transaction set log parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transaction set-log-table (log-table-index)
Command Parameters
Table 50.1-1 "Transaction Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
(log-table-index) <SignedInteger> the key in the set Log table
Command Output
Table 50.1-2 "Transaction Log Status Command" Display parameters
log-ipaddr <Ip::V4Address> IP address of the Manager who changed this object
changed-object-id <Object> the Object Identifier of an object which has been
changed.

50 Transaction Status Commands
50.2 Transaction Log Entry Status Command
Command Description
show transaction log-entry related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transaction log-entry
Command Output
Table 50.2-2 "Transaction Log Entry Status Command" Display parameters
set-log-lastentry <SignedInteger> index of the last entry that has been added to the set
log table.
set-log-resettime <Sys::Time> time when set log has been reset
set-log-overflowed <Trans::overflowed> specifies whether the set log buffer is overflowed
- not-overflowed : log buffer not This element is always shown.
overflowed is 1
- overflowed : log buffer overflowed is 2
set-log-buffersize <SignedInteger> the size of the internal set log buffer.
nbr-of-sets <SignedInteger> nbr of successfull sets since systme is up.

51- Error Status Command
51.1 Error Log Status Command 51-610

51 Error Status Command
51.1 Error Log Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the error log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show error (id)
Command Parameters
Table 51.1-1 "Error Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
(id) <SignedInteger> error number
Command Output
Table 51.1-2 "Error Log Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
last-entry <Error::ErrLogLastEntry> index of the last entry that is added to the error log
table.
reset-time <Sys::Time> time value when the error log is resetted
buffer-size <SignedInteger> size of the internal log buffer.
overflowed <Error::LogOverFlow> specifies whether log buffer is overflowed or not.
- no : when log buffer is reset
- yes : full action set to warp around
timestamp <Sys::Time> network time when the error is generated.
originator <SignedInteger> @ <Ip::V4Address> request-id and IP address that generated the error
description <Description-127> description of the error.
info <PrintableString> additional information to guide to correct the error

51 Error Status Command

obj-id <Alarm::MibName> object identifier in the request that caused the error.
obj-value <PrintableString> value received from the manager for the object that
generated the error.
Only Show Details: error-log related information
last-entry <Error::ErrLogLastEntry> index of the last entry that is added to the error log
table.
reset-time <Sys::Time> time value when the error log is resetted
buffer-size <SignedInteger> size of the internal log buffer.
overflowed <Error::LogOverFlow> specifies whether log buffer is overflowed or not.
- no : when log buffer is reset
- yes : full action set to warp around

52- Software Status Commands
52.1 Database Status Command 52-613

52.2 Disk Status Command 52-614
52.3 Overall Software Package Status Command 52-615
52.4 Software Package Status Command 52-617
52.5 File Status Command 52-618
52.6 Upload/Download Status Command 52-620
52.7 SHub Software Management Status Command 52-622

52 Software Status Commands
52.1 Database Status Command
Command Description
This commands displays the various parameters of the database.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sw priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt database (db-container) oswp-number <SwMngt::DbmOswpIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 52.1-1 "Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
(db-container) <SwMngt::dbmDatabaseIndex> the database container ID
- first : first container
- second : second container
- third : third container
oswp-number <SwMngt::DbmOswpIndex> index in the database table
range: [1...2]
Command Output
Table 52.1-2 "Database Status Command" Display parameters
name <PrintableString-0-32> A string representing the database. The value
length: x<32 'NO-NAME' will be used by the system for the
default databases.
oper-status <SwMngt::dBaseOperStatus> The operational status of the database.
- actual : actual oper status
- preferable : preferable oper status
- previous : previous oper status
- failed : failed oper status
- not-useful : not useful oper status
version <PrintableString-0-32> The version of the database.

52.2 Disk Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the values of the various attributes of SWM disk file.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt descriptor-files (index)
Command Parameters
Table 52.2-1 "Disk Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <SwMngt::oswpName> index to the swm disk file table
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.-/]
Command Output
Table 52.2-2 "Disk Status Command" Display parameters
type <SwMngt::diskFileType> Specifies the type of the file.
- overall-descriptor : over all descriptor
file
- descriptor : descriptor file
- file-type-a : file type a
- file-type-b : file type b
- not-specified : file type not specified
file-size <SwMngt::DiskFileSize> Specifies the size of the file.
unit: bytes This element is always shown.

52.3 Overall Software Package Status Command
Command Description
The user can display various states and attributes of the OSWP using this show command.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt oswp (index)
Command Parameters
Table 52.3-1 "Overall Software Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...2]
Command Output
Table 52.3-2 "Overall Software Package Status Command" Display parameters
name <PrintableString-0-32> Name of the OSWP. The name of an OSWP
length: x<32 corresponds to the path name:
/path_to_OSWP/file_name.
availability <SwMngt::operAvailStatus> Specifies the availability status of the OSWP.
- empty : no OSWP is related to
asamSwmOswpIndex
- enabled : related OSWP is active
- disabled : download of related OSWP
failed
- downloading : download of related
OSWP is ongoing
- aborting : not related to OSWP files are
removed
act-status <SwMngt::operActStatus> Specifies the related OSWP is currently active or
- active : related OSWP is active This element is always shown.
- not-active : related OSWP is not active
commit-status <SwMngt::operCommitStatus> Specifies the OSWP is committed or uncommitted


Possible values are : or whether the commit-operation is still ongoing.
- committed : Committed This element is always shown.
- un-committed : Un committed
- committing : OSWP is committing
download-error <SwMngt::oswpDldErr> Specifies for what reason the download of the
Possible values are : OSWP failed for the requested set of files.
- not-defined : not defined This element is only shown in detail mode.
- file-not-found : file is not found
- access-violation : access violation
- diskfull-alloc-exced : disk is full
- illegal-tftp-operation : illegal TFTP
operation
- unknown-transfer-id : transfer id is
unknown
- file-exists : file is already existing
- no-such-user : no such user
- syntax-error : Syntax error
- lack-of-storage : Lack of storage
resource
- system-restart : system restart
- no-error : no error in download
err-file-name <PrintableString-0-32> The name of the file that caused the error.
err-file-server <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP address of the file server where the
file can be found.

52.4 Software Package Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the parameters of the Dynamic SWP table, which represents the SWPs that belong to at least
one of the OSWPs available in the system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt swp (name)
Command Parameters
Table 52.4-1 "Software Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <PrintableString-0-32> index to the swm-swp table
length: x<32
Command Output
Table 52.4-2 "Software Package Status Command" Display parameters
type <SwMngt::swmSwpType> Specifies the type of the software package.
- asam-core : asam core
- vdsl-gateway : vdsl gateway
- ip-server : ip server
dbase-ver-no <PrintableString-0-32> Specifies the version number of the database that is
length: x<32 compatible with the software package.
primary-file-id <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP address of the TFTP server where
the software package can be found.
secondary-file-id <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP address of a possible second TFTP
server where the software package can be found.

52.5 File Status Command
Command Description
This command displays information on the relationships between the files known by the system and the available
OSWPs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt swp-disk-file (name) file-name <PrintableString-0-32>
file-board-type <PrintableString-0-32>
Command Parameters
Table 52.5-1 "File Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <PrintableString-0-32> index to the Swm_Contains_File table
length: x<32
file-name <PrintableString-0-32> index to the Swm_Contains_File table
length: x<32
file-board-type <PrintableString-0-32> index to the Swm_Contains_File table
length: x<32
Command Output
Table 52.5-2 "File Status Command" Display parameters
file-format <SwMngt::fileFormat> Specifies the format of the file.
- tar : file format is tar
- lz77 : file format is lz77
- ascii : file format is ascii
- exe : file format is exe
available-status <SwMngt::availableStatus> Specifies whether the file is available on the file
Possible values are : disk or not.
- available : the file is avilable This element is always shown.
- not-available : the file is not avilable
file-priority <SwMngt::filePriority> Specifies whether the file belongs to the minimum
Possible values are : set of the related OSWPs.
- part-min-set : part min set This element is only shown in detail mode.
- no-part-min-set : no part min set
file-size <SwMngt::SwmFileSize> Specifies the size of the file.


unit: bytes This element is only shown in detail mode.
file-type <SwMngt::SwmFileType> Specifies the type of the file.
- file-type-a : file type A
- file-type-b : file type B
file-decompression <SwMngt::swmFileDecompression> Specifies whether the file must be decompressed or
Possible values are : not before being sent to the applicable boards.
- decompressed : file is decompressed (for This element is only shown in detail mode.
ASAM R4 LSM board types)
- no-decompressed : file is not
decompressed (for ASAM R5 and ESAM
board types)

52.6 Upload/Download Status Command
Command Description
shows upload download parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt upload-download
Command Output
Table 52.6-2 "Upload/Download Status Command" Display parameters
disk-space <SwMngt::TotalSpaceOnDisk> The total space on the file disk that is reserved for
unit: bytes the storage of files.
free-space <SwMngt::FreeSpaceOnDisk> Specifies the space on the file disk that is still
unit: bytes available for the storage of files.
download-progress <SwMngt::downloadProgress> Specifies the current status of the database
Possible values are : download process.
- download-ongoing : download ongoing This element is always shown.
- download-success : download finished
and successfull
- download-fail : download finished but
failed
download-error <SwMngt::downloadError> Specifies the reason in case of a database download
Possible values are : failure.
- not-defined : not defined This element is always shown.
operation
unknown
- corrupted-database :
corrupted/incompleted database


upload-progress <SwMngt::uploadProgress> Specifies the current status of the database upload
Possible values are : process.
- upload-ongoing : upload ongoing This element is always shown.
- upload-success : upload finished and
successfull
- upload-fail : upload finished but failed
upload-error <SwMngt::uploadError> Specifies the reason in case of a database upload
Possible values are : failure.
- not-defined : not defined This element is always shown.
operation
unknown
- database-not-avail : selected database not
available

52.7 SHub Software Management Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the status of software management on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt shub
Command Output
Table 52.7-2 "SHub Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
db-save-status <Sys::SaveStatus> the status of the database save operation
- inprogress : operation in progress
- successful : operation is successful
- failed : operation failed
db-remote-save-status <Sys::RemoteStatus> the status of the remote database save operation
db-save-dest none | flash | remote : <Ip::V4Address> : the specification of the database save operation
<Sys::FileName> This element is only shown in detail mode.
sw-download-status <Sys::DownloadStatus> the status of the software download operation
downloaded-sw <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName> the specification of the downloaded software
package
copy-status <SwMngt::CopyOperationStatus> the status of the copy operation
- inprogress : copy status in progress
- successful : copy status successful
- failed : copy status failed
current-osp <SwMngt::CurrOSPVersion> the current osp version
- config-1 : sets config1 version in BSP


- tffp : sets tffp version in BSP

53- IGMP Status Commands
53.1 IGMP System Status Command 53-625

53.2 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command 53-626
53.3 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command 53-628
53.4 IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics 53-629
53.5 IGMP Module Counter Status Commands 53-631
53.6 IGMP Module Time Status Command 53-633
53.7 IGMP Module Misc Status Command 53-634
53.8 SHub IGMP Vlan Router Port Status Command 53-635

53 IGMP Status Commands
53.1 IGMP System Status Command
Command Description
Show the system related parameter of IGMP.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show igmp system
Command Output
Table 53.1-2 "IGMP System Status Command" Display parameters
startup-query-intvl <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> The interval between general membership queries
range: [1...900] unit: sec sent on startup.
startup-query-count <Igmp::SystemStartupQueryCount> The number of queries sent out on startup separated
range: [1...10] by the query interval.
stats-intvl <Sys::Time> This statistics indicates the network time of when
the system-wide statistics were last reset.
src-ipaddr <Ip::V4Address> This object specifies the source IP address which is
contained in every multicast IP datagrams
transmitted on all IGMP control channels.
router-present-timeout <SignedInteger> When the system acts as host on the network side
of the IGMP proxy, this value is the time how long
the system shall wait after hearing a Version 1
Query before it shall send any IGMPv2 messages.
grp-memb-intvl <SignedInteger> The interval that must pass before the system
decides there are no more members of a group on a
network.

53.2 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command
Command Description
show the channel source of IGMP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp channel counter (port)
Command Parameters
Table 53.2-1 "IGMP Channel Sources Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 53.2-2 "IGMP Channel Sources Status Command" Display parameters
noperm-join <Counter> Indicates the number of times that a permission
bitmap failure has occurred.
bitrate-fail <Counter> Indicates the number of times that an IGMP join
message failed to trigger a multicast connection
because the resultant bandwidth would exceed the
maximum total bitrate allowed.
inval-classd <Counter> Indicates the number of times that the IP address is
not a multicast address, or it is a reserved multicast
address, or it isn't in Multicast Source Table, but its
low-order 23 bits are same as those of a group IP
address in multicast source table
numsec-ovld-protappl <Counter> Indicates the number of one second intervals for
which overload protection has been applied
because the message rate exceeded the peak
threshold


num-fail <Counter> Indicates the number of times that a join fails
because the resultant number of simultaneous
streams was higher than the maximum allowed on
the port.
sysnum-fail <Counter> Indicates the number of times that an IGMP join
fails because the resultant number of
all/unconfigured groups was higher than he
maximum number of all/unconfigured multicast
groups allowed.

53.3 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status

Command
Command Description
show the channel source of IGMP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp channel miscellaneous (port)
Command Parameters
Table 53.3-1 "IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 53.3-2 "IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command" Display parameters
curr-num-group <Gauge> Indicates the current group number in this port
max-msg-rate <Igmp::ChannelMaxMsgRate> Indicates the maximum messages per second that
range: [0...65535] unit: msgs/sec can be received by the IGMP protocol stack.

53.4 IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics
Command Description
Show the multicast related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp module-mcast-src (slot) mcast-addr <MulticastAddress>
Command Parameters
Table 53.4-1 "IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics" Resource Parameters
(slot) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identifies an IGMP module by the logical SlotId
<Eqpt::Slot>
mcast-addr <MulticastAddress> mcast src address in network-byte
order(big-endian)
Command Output
Table 53.4-2 "IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics" Display parameters
peak-nbr-subs-channels <Counter> The peak number of subscribed IGMP channels
short which have members connected to the source since
name:pk-nr-sub-chan the last statistics reset. It is only for those groups
configured in multicast source table.
peak-time <Sys::Time> The network time indicating when the peak number
of subscribed IGMP channels for the source
occurred. It is only for those groups configured in
Multicast Source Table.
curr-subs-channels <Gauge> Indicates the current number of subscribed IGMP
channels for the source.
nbr-connect-fail <Counter> Indicates the number of times that an attempt to
short name:nr-con-fail create a multicast connection fails.



53.5 IGMP Module Counter Status Commands
Command Description
Displayes the IGMP module counters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp module counter (slot-index)
Command Parameters
Table 53.5-1 "IGMP Module Counter Status Commands" Resource Parameters
(slot-index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identifies an IGMP module by the logical slot id
<Eqpt::Slot>
Command Output
Table 53.5-2 "IGMP Module Counter Status Commands" Display parameters
total-msg <Counter> The total number of messages received from users,
including IGMP messages and invalid messages.
total-igmp-msg <Counter> The total number of IGMP messages, which
includes join and leave requests from users, (both
successful and unsuccessful).
total-req <Counter> The total number of join requests from users, which
includes successful and unsuccessful attempts.
success-req <Counter> The total number of successful join requests from
users which includes new joins (which make a new
connection) and re-joins (which already have a
connection).
unsuccess-req <Counter> The total number of unsuccessful new join requests
from users. The failures could be due to the


following reasons: permission bitmap failure,
bitrate failure, lack of resource or invalid group
address.
total-leave-req <Counter> The total number of leave requests from users.
total-inval-msg <Counter> The total number of invalid messages from users.
These messages could be invalid for the following
reasons: invalid IGMP message type, invalid IGMP
message CRC, invalid IGMP message size,
non-IGMP frame received, unexpected IGMP
Query (GSQ or GMQ) received, RFC 1483 errors,
MAC layer errors, or IP layer errors.
num-connects <Counter> The total number of connects due to successful new
IGMP join requests from users.
num-disconnects <Counter> The total number of disconnects to users. They can
be due to GSQ or GMQ timer expiry or the
triggering of fast channel changes.
peak-connects-sec <Counter> The peak number of multicast branch connections
performed per second since the statistics were last
cleared.
peak-disconnects-sec <Counter> The peak number of disconnects to users performed
per second.
peak-msg-sec <Counter> The peak number of messages received from users
per second.
gmq <Counter> The total number of GMQ requests from network.
ovrld-app <Counter> The number of seconds during which module
overload protection has been applied affecting all
IGMP channels which are terminated at the IGMP
module.

53.6 IGMP Module Time Status Command
Command Description
This command show the IGMP Module's Time related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp module time (slot-index)
Command Parameters
Table 53.6-1 "IGMP Module Time Status Command" Resource Parameters
<Eqpt::Slot>
Command Output
Table 53.6-2 "IGMP Module Time Status Command" Display parameters
peak-connects <Sys::Time> This statistic is the network time indicating when
the peak number of connects performed per second
occurred.
peak-disconnects <Sys::Time> The network time of when the peak number of
disconnects to users performed per second
occurred.
peak-msg <Sys::Time> The network time of when the peak number of
messages received from users per second occurred.
stats-intval <Sys::Time> The network time, when the module-wide statistics
were last reset.

53.7 IGMP Module Misc Status Command
Command Description
Displayes the IGMP module parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp module miscellaneous (slot-index)
Command Parameters
Table 53.7-1 "IGMP Module Misc Status Command" Resource Parameters
<Eqpt::Slot>
Command Output
Table 53.7-2 "IGMP Module Misc Status Command" Display parameters
curr-root-conn <Gauge> The number of the connected groups.
con-cfgd <Gauge> The number of the connected groups who are
con-un-cfgd <Gauge> The number of the connected groups who aren't
con-no-memb <Gauge> The number of the connected groups who is in
reserve state(no member).

53.8 SHub IGMP Vlan Router Port Status Command
Command Description
Displayes the status of the IGMP VLAN router ports.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp shub vlan-router-port (vlan-id) network-port <Shub::NetworkPort>
Command Parameters
Table 53.8-1 "SHub IGMP Vlan Router Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanId> the id of a vlan for which a network port is
range: [1...4093] reachable
network-port <Shub::NetworkPort> the network port that is reachable
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 53.8-2 "SHub IGMP Vlan Router Port Status Command" Display parameters
query-timer <Igmp::VlanRouterQueryTimer> time interval to wait for query packet
config-status <Vlan::VlanRouterConfigStatus> status of the router port
- static : static group entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry

54- Transport Status Commands
54.1 ICMP Status Command 54-637

54.2 IP Address Status Command 54-639
54.3 IP Statistics 54-640
54.4 IP Route Status Command 54-642
54.5 IP Net-To-Media Status Command 54-644
54.6 SNMP Status Command 54-645
54.7 System Status Command 54-648
54.8 UDP Status Command 54-649
54.9 UDP Listener Status Command 54-650
54.10 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command 54-651
54.11 Interface MAU Status Command 54-654
54.12 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command 54-656
54.13 SHub Dot3 Control Status Command 54-657
54.14 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command 54-658
54.15 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command 54-660
54.16 SHub L2 Filter Status Command 54-663
54.17 SHub Rate Status Command 54-665

54 Transport Status Commands
54.1 ICMP Status Command
Command Description
The Icmp parameters gives a count of how many icmp messages, an entity receives. Errors determine the number of
icmp specific errors in the icmp messages, it gives the numbers of messages which did not reach the destination,
time exceeded messages, problem messages received, source quench messages, redirect messages, echo request
and reply messages, time stamp request and reply messages, address mask request and reply messages, messages
which the entity attempted to send including the error messages, messages which the entity did not send due to the
problems like lack of buffer.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transp priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show transport icmp
Command Output
Table 54.1-2 "ICMP Status Command" Display parameters
rx-total-msgs <Counter> The total number of ICMP messages which the
entity received(includes errors also).
rx-err-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP messages which the entity
received but determined as having ICMP-specific
errors.
rx-dest-unreach-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP destination unreachable
messages received.
rx-time-exceed-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP time exceeded messages
received.
rx-param-problem-msgs<Counter> The number of ICMP parameter problem messages
received.
rx-src-quench-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP source quench messages
received.
rx-redirect-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP Redirect messages received.
rx-echo-req-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP echo (request) messages
received.


rx-echo-reply-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages
received.
rx-timestamp-req-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP time stamp (request)
messages received.
rx-timestamp-reply <Counter> The number of ICMP timestamp reply messages
received.
rx-addr-mask-req-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP address mask request
messages received.
rx-addr-mask-reply <Counter> The number of ICMP address mask reply messages
received.
tx-total-msgs <Counter> The total number of ICMP messages which was
attempted to send.
not-tx-err-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP messages which this entity
did not send due to problems discovered within
ICMP such as a lack of buffers.
tx-dest-unreach-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable
messages sent.
tx-time-exceed-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages
sent.
tx-param-problem-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages
sent.
tx-src-quench-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP source quench messages sent.
tx-redirect-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP Redirect messages sent. For a
host, this object will always be zero, since hosts do
not send redirects.
tx-echo-req-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP echo request messages sent.
tx-echo-reply-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent.
tx-timestamp-req-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP timestamp request messages
sent.
tx-timestamp-reply <Counter> The number of ICMP timestamp reply messages
sent.
tx-addr-mask-req-msgs <Counter> The number of ICMP Address Mask Request
messages sent.
tx-addr-mask-reply <Counter> The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply
messages sent.

54.2 IP Address Status Command
Command Description
The IP-address parameters holds the addressing information for one of this entity's IP addresses.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ip-address (address)
Command Parameters
Table 54.2-1 "IP Address Status Command" Resource Parameters
(address) <Ip::V4Address> ip address where addressing information pertains
Command Output
Table 54.2-2 "IP Address Status Command" Display parameters
ifindex <SignedInteger> Uniquely identifies the interface to which this is
applicable.
subnet-mask <Ip::V4Address> The subnet mask associated with the IP address.
bcast-addr <SignedInteger> The broadcast address used for sending datagrams
on the (logical) interface associated with the IP
address
reas-max-size <Transport::IpAdEntReasmMaxSize> The size of the largest IP datagram which this
range: [0...65535] entity can re-assemble from incoming IP
fragmented datagrams received on this interface.

54.3 IP Statistics
Command Description
This node displays the IP statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ip-parameters
Command Output
Table 54.3-2 "IP Statistics" Display parameters
rx-total-datagrams <Counter> The total number of input datagrams received from
in-hdr-err-data <Counter> The number of input datagrams discarded due to
errors in their IP headers, including bad checksums,
version number mismatch, other format errors,
time-to-live exceeded, errors discovered in
processing their IP options, etc.
in-addr-err-data <Counter> The number of input datagrams discarded because
the IP address in their IP header's destination field
was not a valid address to be received at this entity.
forwarded-datagrams <Counter> The number of input datagrams for which this
entity was not their final IP destination, as a result
of which an attempt was made to find a route to
forward them to that final destination.
rx-unknown-proto-data <Counter> The number of locally-addressed datagrams
received successfully but discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported protocol.
discard-in-data <Counter> The number of input IP datagrams for which no
problems were encountered to prevent their
continued processing, but which were discarded
(e.g., for lack of buffer space).
tot-deliv-in-data <Counter> The total number of input datagrams successfully
delivered to IP user-protocols (including ICMP).


tot-out-req-data <Counter> The total number of IP datagrams which local IP
user-protocols (including ICMP) supplied to IP in
requests for transmission.
discard-out-data <Counter> The number of output IP datagrams for which no
problem was encountered to prevent their
transmission to their destination, but which were
discarded (e.g., for lack of buffer space).
out-no-route-datagrams <Counter> The number of IP datagrams discarded because no
route could be found to transmit them to their
destination.
timeout-reassem <SignedInteger> The maximum number of seconds which received
fragments are held while they are awaiting
reassembly at this entity.
reassem-req-data <Counter> The number of IP fragments received which needed
to be reassembled at this entity.
reassem-success-data <Counter> The number of IP datagrams successfully
re-assembled.
reassem-fail-data <Counter> The number of failures detected by the IP
re-assembly algorithm
frag-success-data <Counter> The number of IP datagrams that have been
successfully fragmented at this entity.
frag-fail-data <Counter> The number of IP datagrams that have been
discarded because they needed to be fragmented at
this entity but could not be, e.g., because their Don't
Fragment flag was set.
gener-frag-data <Counter> The number of IP datagram fragments that have
been generated as a result of fragmentation at this
entity.
discard-rout-entrs <Counter> The number of routing entries which were chosen
to be discarded even though they are valid.

54.4 IP Route Status Command
Command Description
This node is displays the IP routing statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ip-route (destination)
Command Parameters
Table 54.4-1 "IP Route Status Command" Resource Parameters
(destination) <Ip::V4Address> destination IP address of this route
Command Output
Table 54.4-2 "IP Route Status Command" Display parameters
routing-mechanism <Transport::ipRouteProto> The routing mechanism via which this route was
Possible values are : learned.
- other : entry is created via the BOOTP This element is always shown.
protocol
- local : manually configured
- netmgmt : entry is created via the SNMP
protocol
- icmp : obtained via ICMP
- egp : egp protocol
- ggp : ggp protocol
- hello : hello protocol
- rip : rip protocol
- is-is : is-is protocol
- es-is : es-is protocol
- cisco-igrp : ciscoIgrp protocol
- bbn-spf-igp : bbnSpfIgp protocol
- ospf : ospf protocol
- bgp : bgp protocol
info <SymbolicObject> A reference to MIB definitions specific to the
particular routing protocol which is responsible for
this route.



54.5 IP Net-To-Media Status Command
Command Description
Displays the status of net-to-media.
User Level
priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show transport ip-net-to-media (interface-name) network-addr <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 54.5-1 "IP Net-To-Media Status Command" Resource Parameters
(interface-name) <Transport::ifName> name of the interface
network-addr <Ip::V4Address> ip addr corresponding to media-dependent physical
addr
Command Output
Table 54.5-2 "IP Net-To-Media Status Command" Display parameters
phy-addr <Sys::MacAddr> media-dependent physical addr
type <Transport::ipNetToMediaType> type of mapping
- other : none of the following
- invalid : invalidating the corresponding
entry
- dynamic : dynamic mapping
- static : static mapping

54.6 SNMP Status Command
Command Description
This node displayes SNMP parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport snmp
Command Output
Table 54.6-2 "SNMP Status Command" Display parameters
in-pkts <Counter> The total number of messages delivered to the
SNMP entity from the transport service.
out-pkts <Counter> The total number of SNMP messages which were
passed from the SNMP protocol entity to the
transport service.
bad-version-pkts <Counter> The total number of unsupported SNMP version
messages which were delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity.
bad-commun-name-pkts<Counter> The total number of SNMP Messages delivered to
the SNMP protocol entity which used a SNMP
community name that are not known.
bad-commun-use-pkts <Counter> The total number of SNMP messages delivered to
the SNMP protocol entity which represented an
SNMP operation which was not allowed by the
SNMP community named in the message.
asn-ber-err-pkts <Counter> The total number of ASN.1 or BER errors
encountered by the SNMP protocol entity when
decoding received SNMP messages.
deliv-toobig-err-pdus <Counter> The total number of SNMP PDUs which were
delivered to the SNMP protocol entity with `tooBig'
error.
deliv-nosuchname-pdus <Counter> The total number of SNMP PDUs which were


delivered to the SNMP protocol entity with
`noSuchName' error.
deliv-badvalues-pdus <Counter> The total number of SNMP PDUs which were
`badValue' error.
deliv-ronly-err-pdus <Counter> The total number valid SNMP PDUs which were
`readOnly' error.
delivered-gen-err-pdus <Counter> The total number valid SNMP PDUs which were
delivered to the SNMP protocol entity with `genErr'
error.
retrieved-get-obj <Counter> The total number of objects which have been
retrieved successfully by the SNMP protocol entity
as the result of receiving valid SNMP Get-Request
and Get-Next PDUs.
success-set-objs <Counter> The total number of objects which have been
altered successfully by the SNMP protocol entity as
the result of receiving valid SNMP Set-Request
PDUs.
accepted-get-req <Counter> The total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs
which have been accepted and processed by the
SNMP protocol entity.
accepted-getnext-req <Counter> The total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs which
have been accepted and processed by the SNMP
protocol entity.
accepted-set-req <Counter> The total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs
accepted-get-response <Counter> The total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs
accepted-trap <Counter> The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs which have
been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol
entity.
gener-toobigs-pdus <Counter> The total number of SNMP PDUs which were
generated by the SNMP protocol entity with
`tooBig' error.
gener-nosuchname-pdus<Counter> The total number of SNMP PDUs which were
`noSuchName' error.
gener-badvalue-pdus <Counter> The total number of SNMP PDUs which were
`badValue' error.


generated-gen-err-pdus <Counter> The total number of SNMP PDUs which were
`genErr' error.
total-get-req <Counter> The total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs
which have been generated by the SNMP protocol
entity.
total-getnext-req <Counter> The total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs which
have been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
total-set-req <Counter> The total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs
entity.
total-get-responses <Counter> The total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs
entity.
total-no-of-traps <Counter> The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs which have
been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.

54.7 System Status Command
Command Description
This node displays the system statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport system-parameters
Command Output
Table 54.7-2 "System Status Command" Display parameters
description <PrintableString-0-255> A textual description which include's the full name
length: x<255 and version identification of the system's hardware
type, software operating-system, and networking
software.
object-id <Object> The vendor's authoritative identification of the
network management subsystem contained in the
entity. This value is allocated within the SMI
enterprises subtree (1.3.6.1.4.1) and provides an
easy and unambiguous means for determining
`what kind of box' is being managed.
up-time <TimeTicks> The time since the network management portion of
unit: msec the system was last re-initialized.
services <Transport::SysServices> A value which indicates the set of services that this
range: [0...127] unit: milisec entity primarily offers.

54.8 UDP Status Command
Command Description
These parameters keep track of number of UDP datagrams delivered to the UDP user, also keeps track of number
of errors occurred. Implementation of the UDP group is mandatory for all systems which implement the UDP.
The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users is given by total-delivered-datagrams parameter. The
no-port parameter gives the total number of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the
destination port. err-datagrams parameter gives the number of received UDP datagrams that could not be
delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port. total-datagrams gives the total
number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport udp-parameters
Command Output
Table 54.8-2 "UDP Status Command" Display parameters
tot-deliv-data <Counter> The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to
UDP users.
rx-tot-no-port-data <Counter> The total number of received UDP datagrams for
which there was no application at the destination
port.
rx-err-datagrams <Counter> The number of received UDP datagrams that could
not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of
an application at the destination port.
tx-total-datagrams <Counter> The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this
entity.

54.9 UDP Listener Status Command
Command Description
The UDP listener table contains information about this entity's UDP end-points on which a local application is
currently accepting datagrams.
The local IP address for this UDP listener is given by local-address parameter. In the case of a UDP listener which
is willing to accept datagrams for any IP interface associated with the node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used. The local
port number for this UDP listener is given by local-port parameter.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport udp (local-address) local-port <Transport::UdpLocalPort>
Command Parameters
Table 54.9-1 "UDP Listener Status Command" Resource Parameters
(local-address) <Ip::V4Address> local IP address for this UDP listener
local-port <Transport::UdpLocalPort> local port number for this UDP listener
range: [0...65535]

54.10 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command
Command Description
Statistics for a collection of ethernet-like interfaces attached to a particular system. There will be one row in this
table for each ethernet-like interface in the system. The parameter stats-index gives an index value that uniquely
identifies an interface to an ethernet-like medium.
The alignment-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral
number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC. This counter does not
increment for 8-bit wide group encoding schemes. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at
re-initialization of the management system.
The fcs-error gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in
length but do not pass the FCS check. This count does not include frames received with frame-too-long or
frame-too-short error.
The single-collision-frame gives a count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which
transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating
in full-duplex mode. The multiple-collision-frame gives a ount of successfully transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This counter also does not increment when
the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The deferred-transmission parameter gives a count of frames for which the first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed because the medium is busy. The count represented by an instance of this object
does not include frames involved in collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in
full-duplex mode.
The late-collision gives the number of times that a collision is detected on a particular interface later than one
slotTime into the transmission of a packet. A (late) collision included in a count represented by an instance of this
object is also considered as a (generic) collision for purposes of other collision-related statistics. This counter does
not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The excessive-collision gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to
excessive collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The internal-mac-tx-error gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by
the corresponding instance of either the late collisions object, the excessive collisions object, or the carrier sense
errors object. The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-
specific. In particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of transmission errors on a particular
interface that are not otherwise counted.
The frame-too-long parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum
permitted frame size. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong
status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC.
The internal-mac-rx-error gives a count of frames for which reception on a particular interface fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by the
corresponding instance of either the frame toolongs object, the alignment errors object, or the FCS errors object.
The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In particular,
an instance of this object may represent a count of receive errors on a particular interface that are not otherwise
counted.
The duplex-status is the mandatory mode of operation of the MAC entity. 'unknown' indicates that the mandatory
duplex mode could not be determined. Management control of the duplex mode is accomplished through the MAU
MIB. When an interface does not support autonegotiation, or when autonegotiation is not enabled, the duplex mode
is controlled using Mau default type. When autonegotiation is supported and enabled, duplex mode is controlled

using if MAU auto negation advertised bits. In either case, the mandatoryly operating duplex mode is reflected both
in this object and in ifMauType.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ether-dot3 (stats-index)
Command Parameters
Table 54.10-1 "Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
(stats-index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / index of the interface to an ethernet-like medium
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Itf::EthernetId>
Command Output
Table 54.10-2 "Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
align-err <Counter> A count of frames received on a particular interface
that are not an integral number of octets in length
and do not pass the FCS check.
fcs-err <Counter> A count of frames received on a particular interface
that are not an integral number of octets in length
and do not pass the FCS check.
single-coll-frame <Counter> A count of successfully transmitted frames on a
particular interface for which transmission is
inhibited by exactly one collision.
multiple-coll-frame <Counter> A count of successfully transmitted frames on a
inhibited by more than one collision.
deferred-trans <Counter> A count of frames for which the first transmission
attempt on a particular interface is delayed because
the medium is busy. The count represented by an
instance of this object does not include frames
involved in collisions.
late-coll <Counter> The number of times that a collision is detected on
a particular interface later than one slot Time into
the transmission of a packet.
excessive-coll <Counter> A count of frames for which transmission on a
particular interface fails due to excessive collisions.


internal-mac-tx-err <Counter> A count of frames for which transmission on a
particular interface fails due to an internal MAC
sublayer transmit error.
frame-too-long <Counter> A count of frames received on a particular interface
that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.
internal-mac-rx-err <Counter> A count of frames for which reception on a
sublayer receive error.
duplex-status <Ether::Dot3DuplexStatus> Specifies the mode of operation of the MAC.
- unknown : Unknown type
- half-duplex : half duples mode
- full-duplex : full duplex mode

54.11 Interface MAU Status Command
Command Description
shows the ether mau parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ether-ifmau (if-index) index <Transport::Index>
Command Parameters
Table 54.11-1 "Interface MAU Status Command" Resource Parameters
(if-index) <Transport::Index> interface to which the MAU is connected
range: [1...[0-9]+]
index <Transport::Index> identify MAU, among others connected to same
range: [1...[0-9]+] interface
Command Output
Table 54.11-2 "Interface MAU Status Command" Display parameters
type <Ether::MAUType> Specifies the MAU type. If the MAU type is
Possible values are : unknown, then unknown Mac type will be returned.
- 10baset : UTP MAU If the MAU is a link or fiber type then
- 100basetxhd : 2 pair cat. 5 UTP half media-available is equivalent to the link test fail
duplex state/low light function. For an AUI or a coax
- 100basetxfd : 2 pair cat. 5 UTP full (including broadband) MAU this indicates whether
duplex or not loopback is detected on the DI circuit. The
- 100basefxhd : X fiber over PMT half value of this attribute persists between packets for
duplex MAU types AUI, 10BASE5, 10BASE2,
- 100basefxfd : X fiber over PMT full 10BROAD36, and 10BASE-FP.
duplex This element is always shown.
- 1000basexhd : PCS/PMA,unknown
PMD, half duplex
- 1000basexfd : PCS/PMA,unknown
PMD, full duplex
- 1000baselxhd : fiber over
long-wavelength laser half duplex
- 1000baselxfd : fiber over


long-wavelength laser full duplex
- 1000basesxhd : fiber over
short-wavelength laser half duplex
- 1000basesxfd : fiber over
short-wavelength laser full duplex
- 1000basethd : four-pair cat. 5 UTP over
short-wavelength laser half duplex
- 1000basetfd : four-pair cat. 5 UTP over
short-wavelength laser full duplex
media-available <Transport::MauAvailable> Specifies whether the media is availble for the
Possible values are : MAU or not.
- other : MAU in other state This element is always shown.
- unknown : MAU's true state is unknown
- available :
- not-available : MAU is fully functional
- remote-fault : power down
- invalid-signal : reset the MAU
- remote-jabber : power down
- remote-link-loss : power down
- remote-test : power down
- off-line : power down
- auto-neg-error : power down
med-avail-state-exits <Counter> A count of the number of times that Mau-Media
available for this MAU instance leaves the state
available.
jabbar-state <Transport::MauJabber> The jabbar-state indicates whether this entity is
Possible values are : jabbering, not jabbering, unknown or other state.
- other : if not in any state This element is always shown.
- unknown : MAU's true state is unknown
- no-jabber : MAU not jabbering
- jabbering : MAU is jabbering
jabbering-state-enters <Counter> A count of the number of times that jabber-state for
this MAU instance enters the state jabbering.
false-carriers <Counter> A count of the number of false carrier events during
IDLE in 100BASE-X and 1000BASE-X links. For
all other MAU types, this counter will always
indicate zero. This counter does not increment at
the symbol rate.
auto-neg-supported <Ether::TruthValue> Specifies whether or not auto-negotiation is
Possible values are : supported on this MAU.
- true : This element is always shown.
- false :

54.12 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command
Command Description
Shows The Related Dot3 Collision Status For SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub dot3-coll (if-index) coll-count <Transport::CollisionCount>
Command Parameters
Table 54.12-1 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
(if-index) <SignedInteger> index of the collision interface
coll-count <Transport::CollisionCount> count of per-frame media collisions
range: [0...16]
Command Output
Table 54.12-2 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
frequencies <Counter> A count of individual MAC frames for which the
transmission (successful or otherwise) on a
particular interface occurs after the frame has
experienced exactly the number of collisions as in
coll-count

54.13 SHub Dot3 Control Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the dot3 control status
The functions-supported parameter give a list of the possible MAC Control functions implemented for this
interface. The rx-unknown-opcodes parameter gives a count of MAC Control frames received on this interface that
contain an opcode that is not supported by this device.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub dot3-control (stats-index)
Command Parameters
Table 54.13-1 "SHub Dot3 Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
(stats-index) <Shub::NetworkPort> index of the interface to an ethernet-like medium
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 54.13-2 "SHub Dot3 Control Status Command" Display parameters
functions-supported <PrintableString> A list of the possible MAC Control functions
implemented for this interface.
rx-unknown-opcodes <Counter> A count of MAC Control frames received on this
interface that contain an opcode that is not
supported by this device.

54.14 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the dot3 pause parameters
The stats-index gives a value that uniquely identifies an interface to an ethernet-like medium. The operator-mode
parameter reflects the PAUSE mode mandatoryly in use on this interface, as determined by either (1) the result of
the auto-negotiation function or (2) if auto-negotiation is not enabled or is not implemented for the active MAU
attached to this interface, by the value of pause admin mode.
The parameter in-frames gives a count of MAC Control frames received on this interface with an opcode indicating
the PAUSE operation. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in half-duplex mode. The
out-frames gives a count of MAC Control frames transmitted on this interface with an opcode indicating the
PAUSE operation. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in half-duplex mode.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub dot3-pause (stats-index)
Command Parameters
Table 54.14-1 "SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 54.14-2 "SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command" Display parameters
operator-mode <Ether::Dot3PauseOperatorMode> specifies pause mode in use on this interface
- enable-xmit : enabled only in transmit
direction
- enable-rcv : enabled only in receipt
- enable-xmit-rcv : enabled both transmit
and receipt
in-frames <Counter> A count of MAC control frames received on this
interface with an opcode indicating the pause
operation.


out-frames <Counter> A count of MAC control frames transmitted on this
interface with an opcode indicating the pause
operation.

54.15 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command
Command Description
Statistics for a collection of ethernet-like interfaces attached to a particular system. There will be one row in this
table for each ethernet-like interface in the system. The parameter stats-index gives an index value that uniquely
identifies an interface to an ethernet-like medium.
The alignment-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral
number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC. This counter does not
increment for 8-bit wide group encoding schemes. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at
re-initialization of the management system.
The fcs-error gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in
length but do not pass the FCS check. This count does not include frames received with frame-too-long or
frame-too-short error.
The single-collision-frame gives a count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which
transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating
in full-duplex mode. The multiple-collision-frame gives a ount of successfully transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This counter also does not increment when
the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The deferred-transmission parameter gives a count of frames for which the first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed because the medium is busy. The count represented by an instance of this object
does not include frames involved in collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in
full-duplex mode.
The late-collision gives the number of times that a collision is detected on a particular interface later than one
slotTime into the transmission of a packet. A (late) collision included in a count represented by an instance of this
object is also considered as a (generic) collision for purposes of other collision-related statistics. This counter does
not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The excessive-collision gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to
excessive collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The internal-mac-tx-error gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by
the corresponding instance of either the dot3StatsLateCollisions object, the dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions object, or
the dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors object. The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object
is implementation- specific. In particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of transmission errors
on a particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
The frame-too-long parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum
permitted frame size. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong
status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC.
The internal-mac-rx-error gives a count of frames for which reception on a particular interface fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by the
corresponding instance of either the frame too longs, the alignment errors, or the FCS errors object. The precise
meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In particular, an instance
of this object may represent a count of receive errors on a particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
The duplex-status is the mandatory mode of operation of the MAC entity. 'unknown' indicates that the mandatory
duplex mode could not be determined. Management control of the duplex mode is accomplished through the MAU
MIB. When an interface does not support autonegotiation, or when autonegotiation is not enabled, the duplex mode
is controlled using Mau default type. When autonegotiation is supported and enabled, duplex mode is controlled
using MAU auto negotiation advertised bits. In either case, the mandatoryly operating duplex mode is reflected

both in this object and in if MAU type.

The carrier-sense-error gives the number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when
attempting to transmit a frame on a particular interface. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented at most once per transmission attempt, even if the carrier sense condition fluctuates during a
transmission attempt. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The symbol-error for an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol
when a valid carrier was present. For an interface operating in half-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of
times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than slotTime, and
during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data reception error'
or 'carrier extend error' on the GMII. For an interface operating in full-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of
times the receiving media is non-idle a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than minimum frame
size, and during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data
reception error' on the GMII. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented at most once per
carrier event, even if multiple symbol errors occur during the carrier event. This count does not increment if a
collision is present.
The sqe-test-error gives a count of times that the SQE TEST ERROR message is generated by the PLS sublayer for
a particular interface. This counter does not increment on interfaces operating at speeds greater than 10 Mb/s, or
on interfaces operating in full-duplex mode.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub dot3-status (stats-index)
Command Parameters
Table 54.15-1 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 54.15-2 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
align-err <Counter> A count of frames received on a particular interface
that has alignment error status returned by MAC
service to the LLC(or other MAC user).
fcs-err <Counter> A count of frames received on a particular interface
that has frame check error status is returned by the
MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user).
single-coll-frame <Counter> A count of successfully transmitted frames on a
inhibited by exactly one collision.


multiple-coll-frame <Counter> A count of successfully transmitted frames on a
inhibited by more than one collision.
deferred-trans <Counter> A count of frames for which the first transmission
attempt on a particular interface is delayed because
the medium is busy, this does not include frames
involved in collisions.
late-coll <Counter> The number of times that a collision is detected on
a particular interface later than one slotTime into
the transmission of a packet.
excessive-coll <Counter> A count of frames for which transmission on a
particular interface fails due to excessive collisions.
internal-mac-tx-err <Counter> A count of frames for which transmission on a
sublayer transmit error.
frame-too-long <Counter> A count of frames received on a particular interface
that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.
internal-mac-rx-err <Counter> A count of frames for which reception on a
sublayer receive error.
duplex-status <Ether::Dot3DuplexStatus> specifies the mode of operation of the MAC.
- unknown : Unknown type
- half-duplex : half duples mode
- full-duplex : full duplex mode
carrier-sense-err <Counter> The number of times that the carrier sense
condition was lost or never asserted when
attempting to transmit a frame on a particular
interface.
ether-chipset <SymbolicObject> Identifies the chipset used to realize the interface.
Ethernet-like interfaces are typically built out of
several different chips.
sym-err <Counter> The number of times there was an invalid data
symbol.
sqe-test-err <Counter> A count of times that the SQE test error message is
generated by the PLS sublayer for a particular
interface.

54.16 SHub L2 Filter Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the L2 filter information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub mac (index-num)
Command Parameters
Table 54.16-1 "SHub L2 Filter Status Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...65535]
Command Output
Table 54.16-2 "SHub L2 Filter Status Command" Display parameters
protocol-type <Sys::ProtocolType> Specifies the non IP protocol type to be filtered.
range: [0,1536...65535] This element is always shown.
dst-mac-addr <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies the destination MAC address to be
length: 6 matched with the packet.
src-mac-addr <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies the source MAC address to be matched
length: 6 with the packet.
vlan-id <Sys::VlanId> Specifies the vlan id to be filtered.
in-port-list <Shub::PortList> Specifies the complete set of ports over which if the
length: 3 packet arrives the filter rule will be applicable. If
the incoming port list is '0', the filter rule is
applicable for all the incoming ports.
action <Sys::L2Action> Specifies the action to be taken on the packet.
- action-allow : the packet will be
forwarded
- action-drop : the packet will be discarded


match-cnt <Counter> Number of times this filter is matched.

54.17 SHub Rate Status Command
Command Description
This node shows SHub rate information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub rate (port)
Command Parameters
Table 54.17-1 "SHub Rate Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> port for which the rate parameters are displayed
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 54.17-2 "SHub Rate Status Command" Display parameters
dlf-limit <Sys::DlfStatus> Specifies destination lookup failure packet
Possible values are : transmission control over the interface is enabled or
- lookup-enabled : enable this status not.
- lookup-disabled : disable this status This element is always shown.
bcast-limit <Sys::BcastStatus> Specifies broadcast packet transmission control
Possible values are : over the interface is enabled or not.
- bcast-pkt-enabled : enable this status This element is always shown.
- bcast-pkt-disabled : disable this status
mcast-limit <Sys::McastStatus> Specifies multicast packet transmission control
Possible values are : over the interface is enabled or not.
- mcast-pkt-enabled : enable this status This element is always shown.
- mcast-pkt-disabled : disable this status
max-nbr-pkts <Sys::Number> Specifies the maximum number of packets that can
range: [1...65535] be transmitted over this interface.
validity <Sys::RateCtrlStatus> Specifies whether this entry is valid or not.
- valid : status is valid
- invalid : status is invalid

55- DHCP Relay Status Commands
55.1 DHCP Relay Port Statistics 55-667

55.2 DHCP Relay SHub Statistics 55-668

55 DHCP Relay Status Commands
55.1 DHCP Relay Port Statistics
Command Description
Allows the operator to view the DHCP relay port counters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show dhcp-relay port (port-interface)
Command Parameters
Table 55.1-1 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
(port-interface) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / port number associated with bridge port
Command Output
Table 55.1-2 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Display parameters
receive <Counter> number of upstream dhcp packets
transmit <Counter> number of downstream dhcp messages
large-msg-drop <Counter> number of discarded upstream dhcp packets
untrust-agent-drop <Counter> number of discarded upstream dhcp packets
untrusted
untrust-option-82 <Counter> nbr of discarded dhcp pkts with option 82 untrusted
long-option-82 <Counter> nbr of discarded upstream dhcp pkts without option
82
error-summary <Counter> Error summary for a port

55 DHCP Relay Status Commands
55.2 DHCP Relay SHub Statistics
Command Description
This commands displays the statistics of DHCP relay agent per VRF.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show dhcp-relay shub vrf-agent-stats (vrf)
Command Parameters
Table 55.2-1 "DHCP Relay SHub Statistics" Resource Parameters
(vrf) <Vrf::ShubVrfID> vrf for which the agent is running
range: [0...127]
Command Output
Table 55.2-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Statistics" Display parameters
fwd-upstream <Counter> number of forwarded upstream dhcp packets
fwd-downstream <Counter> number of forwarded downstream dhcp packets
rx-upstream <Counter> number of received upstream dhcp packets
rx-downstream <Counter> number of received downstream dhcp packets
errors <Counter> number of erroneous dhcp packets discarded

56- Multicast Status Commands
56.1 Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command 56-670

56 Multicast Status Commands
56.1 Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command
Command Description
Show the Vlan List for the MAC multicast group.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show mcast shub igs-vlan-grp (vlan-id) mcast-addr <Vlan::MacAddr>
Command Parameters
Table 56.1-1 "Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
(vlan-id) <Vlan::VlanId> vlan id
range: [1...4093]
mcast-addr <Vlan::MacAddr> multicast address
length: 6
Command Output
Table 56.1-2 "Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command" Display parameters
fwd-port-list <Shub::PortList> List of ports which are members for the MAC
length: 3 multicast group and the Vlan Id. BIT 1-16 (MSB)
1/1/4 - 1/1/19, BIT 18-24 network:1-7, BIT 17 NT
status <Vlan::VlanMcastConfigStatus> The status of the igs-vlan multicast group
- static : static group entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry

57- Session Status Commands
57.1 Session Status Command 57-672

57 Session Status Commands
57.1 Session Status Command
Command Description
This node shows the status of all sessions.
User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by an operator with admin privilige.
Command Syntax
> show session (id)
Command Parameters
Table 57.1-1 "Session Status Command" Resource Parameters
(id) <Sec::SessionId> the session number
range:
[1...(TelnetDaemon::maxTelnetSessions_c+CraftSessionManager::maxNumberOfCraftSessions_c)]
Command Output
Table 57.1-2 "Session Status Command" Display parameters
operator <Sec::OperatorName> the name of the operator that is actually using the
range: [a-z0-9]length: 1<=x<11 session
from <Sec::LoginAddress> the ip-address from where the user is logged in
type <Sec::TerminalType> the type of connection use. Network means that any
Possible values are : supported connection type over ip is possible.
- craft : craft terminal This element is always shown.
- telnet : telnet terminal
- network : network terminal
- virtual : virtual terminal
status <Sec::SessionStatus> the status of the session. Special values are :
Possible values are : initializing=session is not yet ready to be used,
- init : initialisation ongoing free=session is not used, selected=session is
- free : free reserved, stopping=the user is logging out,
- login : start login procedure invalid=the session is out-of-service
- name : asking the operator name This element is always shown.
- passwd : asking the password
- active : active

57 Session Status Commands

- logout : the operator is logging out
login-time <Sys::Time> the time when the user connected to the terminal.
unit: UTC Never if no user is connected.
idle-time <ElapsedTime> the time that this terminal is idle (the operator did
not type any character and did not modify its
window size

58- OSPF Status Commands
58.1 OSPF Area Status Command 58-675

58.2 OSPF LSA Status Command 58-677
58.3 OSPF External Link State Status Command 58-678
58.4 OSPF Interface Status Command 58-679
58.5 OSPF Neighbour Status Command 58-681
58.6 OSPF Routing Status Command 58-683
58.7 OSPF Statistic 58-684
58.8 OSPF Parameter Status Command 58-685

58 OSPF Status Commands
58.1 OSPF Area Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the values of area identifier, spf-runs, number of link state advertisements in the link-state
database and the link-state-checksum.
This command also shows the number of border routers in the area, number of the AS border router, number of
OSPF interfaces in the area, total no of interfaces in the area, total no of networks in the area and number if NSSA
translator events in the area.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf area (area-id)
Command Parameters
Table 58.1-1 "OSPF Area Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 58.1-2 "OSPF Area Status Command" Display parameters
spf-runs <Counter> nbr of times the intra-area route table has been
calculated
nbr-lsa <Gauge> nbr of lsa in this area's link-state database
lsa-checksum <SignedInteger> checksums contained in this area's link-state
database
area-bdr-rtrs <Gauge> nbr of area border routers in this area
as-bdr-rtrs <Gauge> nbr of autonomous sys border routers in this area
nbr-interfaces <Gauge> total number of Interfaces in the area
nbr-area-nw <Gauge> total number of networks in the area
nssa-events <Counter> nbr of translator state changes since the last boot-up



58.2 OSPF LSA Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the general information of OSPF Link State Advertisementsbased on the type of the interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf link-state-adv link-type (link-type) area-id <Ip::V4Address> router-id
<Ip::V4Address> itf-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 58.2-1 "OSPF LSA Status Command" Resource Parameters
(link-type) <Ospf::LinkType> filter for the ospf database
- router : router link
- network : network link
- summary : summary link
- asbr-summary : assummary link
- nssa : nssa external link
area-id <Ip::V4Address> ospf area identifier
router-id <Ip::V4Address> originating router identifier
itf-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> link state identifier
Command Output
Table 58.2-2 "OSPF LSA Status Command" Display parameters
age <Ospf::LsAge> age of the link state advertisement in seconds
sequence <SignedInteger> identifies the old and recent advertisements
checksum <SignedInteger> checksum of the complete contents of the
advertisement
advertisement <Ospf::Advtsmnt> entire link state advertisement, including its header
length: 1<=x<65535 This element is only shown in detail mode.

58.3 OSPF External Link State Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the values of the OSPF process's link state database.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf link-state-adv asbr-external (itf-ip-addr) router-id <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 58.3-1 "OSPF External Link State Status Command" Resource Parameters
(itf-ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> external link state identifier
router-id <Ip::V4Address> originating router identifier, a 32 bit number
Command Output
Table 58.3-2 "OSPF External Link State Status Command" Display parameters
age <Ospf::LsAge> age of the link state advertisement in seconds
sequence <SignedInteger> identifies the old and recent advertisements
checksum <SignedInteger> checksum of the complete contents of the
advertisement
advertisement <Ospf::ExtAdvtsmnt> entire link state advertisement, including its header
length: 1<=x<36 This element is only shown in detail mode.

58.4 OSPF Interface Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the values of the OSPF interface
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf interface (ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 58.4-1 "OSPF Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
(ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the interface
Command Output
Table 58.4-2 "OSPF Interface Status Command" Display parameters
oper-status <Ospf::OperStatus> operational status of the interface
- operup : operational status up
- operdown : operational status down
- loopback : operational status loopback
- unloop : operational status unloop
designated-router <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the designated router
bkp-designated-router <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the backup designated router
events <Counter> nbr of times this OSPF interface has changed its
state
nbr-neighbors <Gauge> total nbr of neighbour's through that Itf
nbr-adjacencies <Gauge> total nbr of adjacencies through that Itf
rx-hello <Counter> total nbr of Hello pkts received through that Itf
tx-hello <Counter> total nbr of hello pkts transmitted through that Itf


discard-hello <Counter> total nbr of Hello pkts discarded through that Itf
rx-ddp <Counter> total nbr of Ddp pkts received through that Itf
tx-ddp <Counter> total nbr of Ddp pkts transmitted through that Itf
discard-ddp <Counter> total nbr of Ddp pkts discarded through that Itf
discard-lrq <Counter> total nbr of Lrq pkts discarded through that Itf
rx-lrq <Counter> total nbr of Lrq pkts received through that Itf
tx-lrq <Counter> total nbr of Lrq pkts transmitted through that Itf
rx-lsus <Counter> total nbr of Lsu pkts received through that Itf
tx-lsus <Counter> total nbr of Lsu pkts transmitted through that Itf
discard-lsus <Counter> total nbr of Lsu pkts discarded through that Itf
discard-lak <Counter> total nbr of Lak pkts discarded on that Itf
rx-lak <Counter> total nbr of Lak pkts received through that Itf
tx-lak <Counter> total nbr of Lak pkts transmitted through that Itf

58.5 OSPF Neighbour Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the information of the neighbours.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf neighbour (ip-address)
Command Parameters
Table 58.5-1 "OSPF Neighbour Status Command" Resource Parameters
(ip-address) <Ip::V4Address> neighbour ip
Command Output
Table 58.5-2 "OSPF Neighbour Status Command" Display parameters
router-id <Ip::V4Address> a 32-bit integer identifying the neighboring router
state <Ospf::NbrState> state of the relationship with this neighbor
- down : down
- attempt : attempt
- init : init
- two-way : two-way
- exchange-start : exchange-start
- exchange : exchange
- loading : loading
- full : full
priority <Ospf::NbrPriority> priority of neighbor in designated router election
length: x<255 algorithm
retrans-q-len <Gauge> current length of the retransmission queue
options <SignedInteger> bit mask corresponding to the neighbor
events <Counter> nbr of times this neighbor has changed state


nbma-permanence <Ospf::NbrPermanence> status of how the neighbor became known
- dynamic : dynamic
- permanent : permanent
hello-suppressed <Ospf::HelloSuppress> indicates whether hellos are being suppressed to the
Possible values are : neighbor
- hello-suppressed : set hello-suppressed This element is only shown in detail mode.
value true
- no-hello-suppressed : set
hello-suppressed false
db-summary-q-len <Gauge> que length of the database summary list
ls-req-q-len <Gauge> length of link state request que

58.6 OSPF Routing Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the imformation regarding a single route.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf routing-table (destination) mask <Ip::V4Address> peer <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 58.6-1 "OSPF Routing Status Command" Resource Parameters
(destination) <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the route
mask <Ip::V4Address> ip address mask of the route
peer <Ip::V4Address> ip next hop of the route
Command Output
Table 58.6-2 "OSPF Routing Status Command" Display parameters
interface <SignedInteger> interface index associated with the route
area-id <Ip::V4Address> area id associated with the route
metric <Ospf::RouteCost> type 1 metrics expressed in the same units as OSPF
length: x<16777215 itf cost
route-type <Ospf::RouteType> type of the route
- intraarea : intraarea
- interarea : interarea
- type1-external : type1-external
- type2-external : type2-external
type2-metric <Ospf::RouteCost> routing between AS is the major cost of routing a
length: x<16777215 pkt

58.7 OSPF Statistic
Command Description
This command shows various statistic counts and external link-state advertisement counts
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf statistics
Command Output
Table 58.7-2 "OSPF Statistic" Display parameters
nbr-ext-lsa <Gauge> nbr of ext link-state advertisements in the link-state
database
tx-new-lsas <Counter> nbr of new link-state advertisements that have been
originated
rx-new-lsas <Counter> nbr of link-state advertisements received to be new
instantiations
tx-pkts <Counter> total no. of packets transmitted
rx-pkts <Counter> total no. of packets received
discard-pkts <Counter> total no. of packets discarded

58.8 OSPF Parameter Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the OSPF parameter status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf status
Command Output
Table 58.8-2 "OSPF Parameter Status Command" Display parameters
router-id <Ip::V4Address> a 32-bit integer identifying the router in the
Autonomous Sys
version <Ospf::Version> current version number of the OSPF protocol is 2
area-bdr-rtr-stat <Ospf::AreaRtrStat> indicates whether the router is an area border router
- area-bdr-rtr-stat : set area-bdr-rtr-stat
value true
- no-area-bdr-rtr-stat : set area-bdr-rtr-stat
value false
as-bdr-rtr-stat <Ospf::AsRtrStat> indicates whether the router is an Autonomous Sys
Possible values are : border router
- as-bdr-rtr-stat : set as-bdr-rtr-stat value This element is always shown.
true
- no-as-bdr-rtr-stat : set as-bdr-rtr-stat
value false
ext-lsa-chcksm <SignedInteger> a 32-bit LS checksums of the external link-state
advertisements
overflow-state <Ospf::OvflwState> indicates the router overflow state
- overflow-state : set overflow-state value
true
- no-overflow-state : set overflow-state
value false

59- RIP Status Commands
59.1 RIP Statistics 59-687

59.2 RIP Peer Status Command 59-688
59.3 RIP Routing Status Command 59-689

59 RIP Status Commands
59.1 RIP Statistics
Command Description
This command shows the RIP interface status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rip statistics (ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 59.1-1 "RIP Statistics" Resource Parameters
(ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> show statistics of a specific IP interface
Command Output
Table 59.1-2 "RIP Statistics" Display parameters
rx-bad-pkts <Counter> number of RIP response pkts which were discarded
rx-bad-routes <Counter> number of routes in valid RIP packets which were
ignored
updates-sent <Counter> number of triggered RIP updates sent on this
interface

59.2 RIP Peer Status Command
Command Description
This command shows information regarding a single routing peer.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rip peer (peer-ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 59.2-1 "RIP Peer Status Command" Resource Parameters
(peer-ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> IP identifying the remote peer
Command Output
Table 59.2-2 "RIP Peer Status Command" Display parameters
peer-version <SignedInteger> version number in the header of the last RIP packet
last-updt-rx <TimeTicks> most recent RIP update received from the system
rx-bad-pkts <Counter> number of RIP response pkts discarded as invalid
rx-bad-routes <Counter> number of routes that were ignored

59.3 RIP Routing Status Command
Command Description
This command shows list of routes in local routing table
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rip routing-table
Command Output
Table 59.3-2 "RIP Routing Status Command" Display parameters
destination <Ip::V4Address> IP address of the destination network
mask <Ip::V4Address> mask for the destination network
peer <Ip::V4Address> nexthop address where datagrams are to be
forwarded
interface <SignedInteger> interface through which the route is learnt
metric <SignedInteger> reachability cost for the destination
gateway <Ip::V4Address> gateway address where datagrams are to be
forwarded
change-time <SignedInteger> time when the route is installed
valid <SignedInteger> row status for particular route entry

60- Security Status Commands
60.1 Operator Information Status Command 60-691

60.2 Domain Status Command 60-692
60.3 User Sessions Status Command 60-693
60.4 Connection Profile Status Command 60-695
60.5 Local IP Pool Status Command 60-696
60.6 IP Address Status Command 60-697
60.7 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics 60-698
60.8 RADIUS Authenticating Server Status Command 60-700
60.9 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics 60-701
60.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command 60-703
60.11 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status 60-704
Command
60.12 RADIUS Next Available Index 60-706
60.13 RADIUS Client Status Command 60-707
60.14 PAE Authenticator Status Command 60-708
60.15 EAPOL Statistics 60-710
60.16 Diagnostic Information Status Command 60-712
60.17 Session Statistics 60-715
60.18 PAE Port System Status Command 60-717
60.19 Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command 60-718

60 Security Status Commands
60.1 Operator Information Status Command
Command Description
This node shows information on operators.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,forAdmin priviliges, and executed by operators with all
priviliges.
Operators without security read or write permissions, can never see the information on other operators.
Command Syntax
> show security operator (name)
Command Parameters
Table 60.1-1 "Operator Information Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Sec::OperatorName> the name of the operator
Command Output
Table 60.1-2 "Operator Information Status Command" Display parameters
last-login <Sys::Time> the time of the last successfull login
last-failed <Sys::Time> the time of the last unsuccessfull login attempt
failed-logins <UnsignedInteger> the number of unsuccessfull login attempts since
the last successfull login
last-passwd-change <Sys::Time> the time the password was changed for the last
unit: UTC time. It does not matter if the change was made by
this operator itself or by another operator.

60.2 Domain Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the domain status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa priviliges.
Command Syntax
> show security aaa domain (name)
Command Parameters
Table 60.2-1 "Domain Status Command" Resource Parameters
length: 6<=x<64
Command Output
Table 60.2-2 "Domain Status Command" Display parameters
active-sessions <Gauge> the number of active sessions

60.3 User Sessions Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the details of the user sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security aaa user-session (index) user <Aaa::DisplayString> domain
<Aaa::DisplayString>
Command Parameters
Table 60.3-1 "User Sessions Status Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <SignedInteger> index to the domain user session table
user <Aaa::DisplayString> user name
length: 6<=x<64
domain <Aaa::DisplayString> domain name
length: 6<=x<64
Command Output
Table 60.3-2 "User Sessions Status Command" Display parameters
interface xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the interface on which the session is established.
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | slip : This element is only shown in detail mode.


protocol <Aaa::Protocol> the protocol at user side that was used to establish
Possible values are : this user session
- ppp : ppp used to establish user sess This element is only shown in detail mode.
- dot1x : dot1x used to establish user sess
auth-type local | radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName> the Authentication type used for establishing this
user session
auth-server none | name : the name of the radius authentication server used
<Aaa::RadAuthServerName> for this user session
acc-server none | name : <Aaa::RadAccServerName> the name of the radius accounting server used for
this user session
accounting-id <Aaa::DisplayString> the accounting id that is sent to the radius
length: 6<=x<64 accounting server for this user session. It will be
NULL in case of no accounting.
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> the vrf to which the ip-address of this user session
range: [0...255] belongs to
ip-pool-index <Aaa::DomainUserSessIpAddrPoolIndex> the ip-pool that was used to allocate an ip-address
range: [0...256] to the user session
ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> the IpAddress allocated to the user session

60.4 Connection Profile Status Command
Command Description
This command gives the status of connection profiles.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security aaa conn-profile (name)
Command Parameters
Table 60.4-1 "Connection Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <AsamProfileName> name of connection profile
Command Output
Table 60.4-2 "Connection Profile Status Command" Display parameters
number-of-users <AsamProfileRefCount> The number of entities using this profile. The
range: [0...65535] profile can only be deleted when this number is 0.
index <AsamProfileIndex> connection profile index

60.5 Local IP Pool Status Command
Command Description
This node is used for displaying the status of Local IP Address Pool Management.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-pool-status (ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 60.5-1 "Local IP Pool Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Aaa::IpPoolName> name of the IP pool
length: 1<=x<64
range: [0...255]
(ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> ip pool address
Command Output
Table 60.5-2 "Local IP Pool Status Command" Display parameters
status <Aaa::IpPoolStatus> Specifies the status of the specified IP address
Possible values are : whether allocated or reserved(locally or remotely).
- allocated : This element is always shown.
- locally-reserved :
- remotely-reserved :

60.6 IP Address Status Command
Command Description
This node displays the IP address pool parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> number-addr
Command Parameters
Table 60.6-1 "IP Address Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Aaa::IpPoolName> name of the IP pool
length: 1<=x<64
range: [0...255]
Command Output
Table 60.6-2 "IP Address Status Command" Display parameters
free <Gauge> The number of IpAddresses that are still free and
can be used for allocation.
reserved <Gauge> The number of IpAddresses that are reserved
(either locally or remotely) and cannot be used for
allocation.
allocated <Gauge> The number of IpAddresses that are allocated to
existing user sessions.

60.7 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics
Command Description
This command displays the details of radius authentication server statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius auth-server auth-stats (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 60.7-1 "RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics" Resource Parameters
length: 1<=x<64
range: [0...255]
Command Output
Table 60.7-2 "RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics" Display parameters
rndtrp-time <TimeTicks> The time interval between the most recent
unit: msec Access-Reply/Access-Challenge and the
Access-Request that matched it from this RADIUS
authentication server.
num-access-req <Counter> The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets
sent to this server. This does not include
retransmissions.
num-access-retrn <Counter> The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets
retransmitted to this RADIUS authentication
server.
num-access-acpts <Counter> The number of RADIUS Access-Accept packets
(valid or invalid) received from this server.
num-access-rej <Counter> The number of RADIUS Access-Reject packets


num-access-challenges <Counter> The number of RADIUS Access-Challenge packets
num-malf-access-resp <Counter> The number of malformed RADIUS
Access-Response packets received from this server.
Malformed packets include packets with an invalid
length, Bad authenticators or Signature attributes or
unknown types are not included as malformed
access responses.
num-bad-authenticators <Counter> The number of RADIUS Access-Response packets
containing invalid authenticators or signature
received from this server.
num-pending-req <Gauge> The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets
destined for this server that have not yet timed out
or received a response.
num-timeouts <Counter> The number of authentication timeouts to this
server.
num-unknown <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets of unknown type
which were received from this server on the
authentication port.
num-packets-dropped <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets of which were
received from this server on the authentication port
and dropped.

60.8 RADIUS Authenticating Server Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the state of the RADIUS authentication server.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius auth-server state (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 60.8-1 "RADIUS Authenticating Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
length: 1<=x<64
range: [0...255]
Command Output
Table 60.8-2 "RADIUS Authenticating Server Status Command" Display parameters
auth-state <Aaa::OperState> The operational state of the authentication server.
- up : Operational state up
- down : Operational state down
- unknown : Operational state unknown

60.9 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics
Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the RADIUS accounting server.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius acc-server acc-stats (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 60.9-1 "RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics" Resource Parameters
length: 1<=x<64
range: [0...255]
Command Output
Table 60.9-2 "RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics" Display parameters
rndtrip-time <TimeTicks> The time interval between the most recent
unit: msec accounting-response and the accounting-request
that matched it from this RADIUS accounting
server.
num-acc-req <Counter> The number of RADIUS accounting-request
packets sent. This does not include retransmissions.
num-req-retrans <Counter> The number of RADIUS accounting-request
packets retransmitted to this RADIUS accounting
server. Retransmissions include retries where the
identifier and acct-delay have been updated, as well
as those in which they remain the same.
num-resp <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets received on the
accounting port from this server.
num-malf-resp <Counter> The number of malformed RADIUS


accounting-response packets received from this
server. Malformed packets include packets with an
invalid length. Bad authenticators and unknown
types are not included as malformed accounting
responses.
num-bad-authenticators <Counter> The number of RADIUS accounting-response
packets which contained invalid authenticators
received from this server.
num-pending-reqts <Gauge> The number of RADIUS accounting-request
packets sent to this server that have not yet timed
out or received a response.
num-timeouts <Counter> The number of accounting timeouts to this server.
num-unknown <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets of unknown type
which were received from this server on the
accounting port.
num-packets-dropped <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets which were
received from this server on the accounting port
and dropped.

60.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the state of the RADIUS accounting server.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius acc-server acc-server-state (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 60.10-1 "RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
length: 1<=x<64
range: [0...255]
Command Output
Table 60.10-2 "RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command" Display parameters
acc-state <Aaa::OperState> Specifies the operational state of the accounting
Possible values are : server.
- up : Operational state up This element is always shown.
- down : Operational state down
- unknown : Operational state unknown

60.11 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the radius dynamic authentication client.
The (conceptual) table listing the statistics of the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients with which the Server
shares a secret.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius dyn-authclient-stats (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 60.11-1 "RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command" Resource Parameters
(name) <Aaa::RadDynAuthClientName> name of the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization
length: 1<=x<64 client
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Dyn Auth Client belongs
range: [0...255]
Command Output
Table 60.11-2 "RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command" Display parameters
num-disconnect-reqs <Counter> The number of RADIUS Disconnect-Request
packets recieved from this Dynamic Authorization
Client.
num-disconnect-acks <Counter> The number of RADIUS Disconnect-ACK packets
sent to this Dynamic Authorization Client.
num-access-naks <Counter> The number of RADIUS Disconnect-NAK packets
sent to this Dynamic Authorization Client.
num-malf-disconn-req <Counter> The number of malformed RADIUS
Disconnect-Request packets received from this
Dynamic Authorization client. Bad authenticators


and unknown types are not included as malformed
Disconnect-Requests. Malformed packets include
packets with an invalid length.
num-bad-auth-in-req <Counter> The number of RADIUS Disconnect-Request
packets which contained invalid Signature
attributes received from this Dynamic
Authorization Client.
num-disconn-pkts-drop <Counter> The number of incoming Disconnect-Requests
from this Dynamic Authorization Client silently
discarded for some reason other than malformed,
bad authenticators or unknown types.
num-pkts-unknown-type<Counter> The number of incoming packets of unknown types
which were received on the Dynamic Authorization
port.

60.12 RADIUS Next Available Index
Command Description
This command shows the next available index.
Index used to uniquely identify an entry in this table. The next-free-index shows the unique number within a Radius
Policy that can be used for creating a new entry in the radius Server. The value 0 indicates that no unassigned
entries are available. To obtain the radius server index value for a new entry, the manager issues a management
protocol retrieval operation to obtain the current value of this object. After each retrieval, the agent should modify
the value to the next unassigned index.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius next-free-index (name)
Command Parameters
Table 60.12-1 "RADIUS Next Available Index" Resource Parameters
length: 1<=x<64
Command Output
Table 60.12-2 "RADIUS Next Available Index" Display parameters
next-free-index <Aaa::RadServerSetNextFreeIndex> A unique number within a radius policy that can be
range: [0...2] used for creating a new radus server set.

60.13 RADIUS Client Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the radius client parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius radius-client
Command Output
Table 60.13-2 "RADIUS Client Status Command" Display parameters
auth-invl-server-addr <Counter> The number of RADIUS Access-Response packets
received from unknown addresses.
acc-invl-server-addr <Counter> The number of RADIUS Accounting-Response
packets received from unknown addresses.
dynauth-ser-inv-addr <Counter> The number of RADIUS Disconnect-Request
packets received from unknown addresses.
acc-ser-get-nxt-idx <Aaa::RadAccServerGetNextFreeIndex> The next free index value that can be used for
range: [0...256] creating a new entry in the radius accounting
server.
dyn-auth-get-nxt-idx <Aaa::RadDynAuthClentGetNextFreeIndex>The next free index value that can be used for
range: [0...256] creating a new entry in the radius dyn auth client.

60.14 PAE Authenticator Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the details of authentication configuration.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae authenticator (port)
Command Parameters
Table 60.14-1 "PAE Authenticator Status Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the identification of the bridge port
Command Output
Table 60.14-2 "PAE Authenticator Status Command" Display parameters
auth-pae-state <Aaa::AuthPaeState> the current state of the authenticator PAE state
Possible values are : machine
- initialize : This element is always shown.
- disconnected :
- connecting :
- authenticating :
- authenticated :
- aborting :
- held :
- force-auth :
- force-unauth :
auth-backend-state <Aaa::AuthBackendState> the current state of the backend authentication state
Possible values are : machine
- request : This element is always shown.
- response :
- success :
- fail :
- timeout :
- idle :


- initialize :
admin-contr-direct <Aaa::PaeControlledDirections> describes which directions for the port are
configured to be controlled
oper-contr-direct <Aaa::PaeControlledDirections> describes which directions for the port are currently
be controlled
port-status <Aaa::PaeControlledPortStatus> the current port status
- authorized :
- unauthorized :
re-auth-period <SignedInteger> the actual re-authentication period
re-auth-enabled <Aaa::TruthValue> true if re-authentication is enabled
- true :
- false :
key-tx-enabled <Aaa::TruthValue> true if key transmission is enabled
- true :
- false :

60.15 EAPOL Statistics
Command Description
This command shows the eapol statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae eapol-stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 60.15-1 "EAPOL Statistics" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 60.15-2 "EAPOL Statistics" Display parameters
rx-frames <Counter> the number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that
have been received by this Authenticator
tx-frames <Counter> the number of EAPOL frames of any type that have
been transmitted by this Authenticator
starts <Counter> the number of EAPOL Start frames that have been
received by this Authenticator
logoffs <Counter> the number of EAPOL Logoff frames that have
been received by this Authenticator
rx-response-ids <Counter> the number of EAP Resp/Id frames that have been
received by this Authenticator
rx-responses <Counter> number of valid EAP Response frames (other than
Resp/Id frames) that have been received by this
Authenticator


tx-request-ids <Counter> the number of EAP Req/Id frames that have been
transmitted by this Authenticator
tx-requests <Counter> the number of EAP Request frames (other than
Rq/Id frames) that have been transmitted by this
Authenticator
invalid-frames <Counter> the number of EAPOL frames that have been
received by this Authenticator in which the frame
type is not recognized
inv-length-frames <Counter> the number of EAPOL frames that have been
received by this Authenticator in which the Packet
Body Length field is invalid
last-eap-version <SignedInteger> the protocol version number carried in the most
recently received EAPOL frame
last-src-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> the source MAC address carried in the most
length: 6 recently received EAPOL frame

60.16 Diagnostic Information Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the diagnostic information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae diagnostics (port)
Command Parameters
Table 60.16-1 "Diagnostic Information Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 60.16-2 "Diagnostic Information Status Command" Display parameters
to-connecting-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
transitions to the CONNECTING state from any
other state
log-off-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
transitions from CONNECTING to
DISCONNECTED as a result of receiving an
EAPOL-Logoff message
authenticating-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
transitions from CONNECTING to
AUTHENTICATING, as a result of an
EAP-Response/Identity message being received
from the Supplicant
authenticated-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
transitions from AUTHENTICATING to
AUTHENTICATED, as a result of the Backend
Authentication state machine indicating successful


authentication of the Supplicant (authSuccess =
TRUE)
timeout-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
ABORTING, as a result of the Backend
Authentication state machine indicating
authentication timeout (authTimeout = TRUE)
failed-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
transitions from AUTHENTICATING to HELD, as
a result of the Backend Authentication state
machine indicating authentication failure (authFail
= TRUE)
re-authenticating-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
ABORTING, as a result of a reauthentication
request (reAuthenticate = TRUE)
eap-start-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
ABORTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Start
message being received from the Supplicant
eap-logoff-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
ABORTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Logoff
re-authenticated-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
transitions from AUTHENTICATED to
CONNECTING, as a result of a reauthentication
request (reAuthenticate = TRUE)
eap-connecting-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
CONNECTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Start
eap-logoff-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine
DISCONNECTED, as a result of an
EAPOL-Logoff message being received from the
Supplicant
access-req-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine sends an
initial Access-Request packet to the Authentication
server
access-challenge-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine receives
an initial Access-Challenge packet from the
Authentication server (i.e., aReq becomes TRUE,
causing exit from the RESPONSE state). This
indicates that the Authentication Server has
communication with the Authenticator


eap-req-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine sends an
EAP-Request packet (other than an Identity,
Notification, Failure or Success message) to the
Supplicant (i.e., executes txReq on entry to the
REQUEST state). This indicates that the
Authenticator chose an EAP-method.
resp-non-eap-nak-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine receives
a response from the Supplicant to an initial
EAP-Request, and the response is something other
than EAP-NAK (i.e., rxResp becomes TRUE,
causing the state machine to transition from
REQUEST to RESPONSE, and the response is not
an EAP-NAK). This indicates that the Supplicant
can respond to the Authenticator's chosen
EAP-method
eap-success-cnt <Counter> the number of times that the state machine receives
an EAP-Success message from the Authentication
Server (i.e., aSuccess becomes TRUE, causing a
transition from RESPONSE to SUCCESS). This
indicates that the Supplicant has successfully
authenticated to the Authentication Server
num-eap-failure <Counter> the number of times that the state machine receives
an EAP-Failure message from the Authentication
Server (i.e., aFail becomes TRUE, causing a
transition from RESPONSE to FAIL). This
indicates that the Supplicant has not authenticated
to the Authentication Server.

60.17 Session Statistics
Command Description
This command shows the statistics for the sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae session-stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 60.17-1 "Session Statistics" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 60.17-2 "Session Statistics" Display parameters
rx-octets <Counter> the number of octets transmitted in user data frames
on this port during the session
tx-octets <Counter> the number of octets transmitted in user data frames
on this port during the session
rx-user-frames <Counter> the number of user data frames received on this
port during the session
tx-user-frames <Counter> the number of user data frames transmitted on this
port during the session
ses-id <Vlan::AdminString> a unique identifier for the session
auth-method <Aaa::AuthenticMethod> the authentication method used to establish the
Possible values are : session
- remote-auth-server : This element is only shown in detail mode.
- local-auth-server :
ses-time <TimeTicks> the duration of the session


term-cause <Aaa::TerminateCause> reason for the session termination
- supplicant-logoff :
- port-failure :
- supplicant-restart :
- reauth-failed :
- auth-cntr-forceunauth :
- port-reinit :
- port-admin-disabled :
- not-terminated-yet :
user-name <Vlan::AdminString> the name representing the identity of the Supplicant
length: x<32 PAE

60.18 PAE Port System Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the PAE-port related system parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae port-details (port)
Command Parameters
Table 60.18-1 "PAE Port System Status Command" Resource Parameters
Command Output
Table 60.18-2 "PAE Port System Status Command" Display parameters
prot-ver <SignedInteger> The protocol version associated with this Port.
capabilities <Aaa::Capabilities> Indicates the PAE functionality that this Port
Possible values are : supports
- auth-capable : This element is always shown.
- supp-capable :
reauth <Aaa::TruthValue> Specifies currently in use by the Authenticator PAE
Possible values are : state machine.
- true : This element is always shown.
- false :

60.19 Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the eapol data per mac-address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae mac-address (last-src-mac)
Command Parameters
Table 60.19-1 "Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command" Resource Parameters
(last-src-mac) <Vlan::MacAddr> the source MAC address carried in the most
length: 6 recently received EAPOL frame
Command Output
Table 60.19-2 "Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command" Display parameters
port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the port identification
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : This element is only shown in detail mode.
user-name <Vlan::AdminString> the name representing the identity of the Supplicant
length: x<32 PAE
port-status <Aaa::PaeControlledPortStatus> the current port status
- authorized :
- unauthorized :

61- Alarm Management Commands
61.1 Alarm Management Command 61-720

61.2 Snap Shot Management Command 61-721
61.3 SHub Snap Shot Management Command 61-722
61.4 Alarm Delta Log Management Command 61-723
61.5 Log Management Command 61-724

61 Alarm Management Commands
61.1 Alarm Management Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to manage the alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin alarm [(clr-logging) ][(clr-persist-loss) ]
Command Parameters
Table 61.1-2 "Alarm Management Command" Command Parameters
(clr-logging) <Alarm::AlarmReset> optional parameter
clear log table - logging will start from index 1
(clr-persist-loss) <Alarm::ClearLossPersistent> optional parameter
clear the loss of persistent data alarm

61.2 Snap Shot Management Command
Command Description
The operator can make a snap-shot for a particular severity level.
The owner-id can be read by other users to see who has made the snap-shot.
The command will fail if the snap-shot is already in use. The snap-shot is only kept for a limited time and will be
automatically cleared.
The snap-shot can be shown with show alarm shub snapshot.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin alarm snap-shot [(start) ]
Command Parameters
Table 61.2-2 "Snap Shot Management Command" Command Parameters
(start) start | indeterminate | warning | minor | optional parameter
major | critical | <SignedInteger> : start or stop the snap shot
<Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> | stop

61.3 SHub Snap Shot Management Command
Command Description
The operator can make a snap-shot for a particular severity level.
The command will fail if the snap-shot is already in use. The snapshot is only kept for a limited time and will be
automatically cleared.
The snap-shot can be shown with show alarm shub snapshot.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin alarm shub snap-shot [(start) ]
Command Parameters
Table 61.3-2 "SHub Snap Shot Management Command" Command Parameters
(start) start | indeterminate | warning | minor | optional parameter
major | critical | <SignedInteger> : start or stop the snap shot
<Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> | stop

61.4 Alarm Delta Log Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the alarm delta logs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin alarm delta-log [(clr-indeterminate) ][(clr-warning) ][(clr-minor)
][(clr-major) ][(clr-critical) ]
Command Parameters
Table 61.4-2 "Alarm Delta Log Management Command" Command Parameters
(clr-indeterminate) <Alarm::IndetrLogAlarmResetType> optional parameter
clear indeterminate delta-log table - set index to 1
(clr-warning) <Alarm::WarnLogAlarmResetType> optional parameter
clear warning delta-log table - set index to 1
(clr-minor) <Alarm::MinorLogAlarmResetType> optional parameter
clear minor delta-log table - set index to 1
(clr-major) <Alarm::MajorLogAlarmResetType> optional parameter
clear major delta-log table - set index to 1
(clr-critical) <Alarm::CriticalLogAlarmResetType> optional parameter
clear critical delta-log table - set index to 1

61.5 Log Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the logs..
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin alarm log [(clr-error-log) ][(clr-set-log-table) ]
Command Parameters
Table 61.5-2 "Log Management Command" Command Parameters
(clr-error-log) <Error::errorResetType> optional parameter
clear the error log : index starts from 1
(clr-set-log-table) <Trans::setLogTableReset> optional parameter
clear the set log table : index starts from 1

62- ATM Management Commands
62.1 ATM Port Management Command 62-726

62 ATM Management Commands
62.1 ATM Port Management Command
Command Description
A f5 loopback end-to-end test can be started by giving the parameter f5-loopback-ete the value start.
The result can be obtained with the info command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm priviliges, and executed by operators with atm priviliges.
Command Syntax
> admin atm port (port) [f5-loopback-ete start | not-started | in-progress |
not-supported | unable-to-run | aborted | failed | round-trip-delay =
<UnsignedInteger> ]
Command Parameters
Table 62.1-1 "ATM Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the port under test
Table 62.1-2 "ATM Port Management Command" Command Parameters
f5-loopback-ete start | not-started | in-progress | optional parameter
not-supported | unable-to-run | aborted | the f5 end-to-end loopback test
failed | round-trip-delay =
<UnsignedInteger>

63- IGMP Management Commands
63.1 IGMP Management Command 63-728

63.2 IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command 63-729
63.3 IGMP Slot Management Command 63-730
63.4 IGMP Channel Management Command 63-731

63 IGMP Management Commands
63.1 IGMP Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage IGMP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin igmp [(clear-all-stats) ]
Command Parameters
Table 63.1-2 "IGMP Management Command" Command Parameters
(clear-all-stats) <Igmp::igmpClearAllStatus> optional parameter
clears all statistics

63.2 IGMP Multicast Sources Management

Command
Command Description
Manage the IGMP multicast sources.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin igmp mcast-src (slot-index) address <MulticastAddress> [(clear-statistics) ]
Command Parameters
Table 63.2-1 "IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command" Resource Parameters
(slot-index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identify an IGMP module by the logical SlotId
<Eqpt::Slot>
address <MulticastAddress> mcast src address in network-byte order
(big-endian)
Table 63.2-2 "IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command" Command Parameters
(clear-statistics) <Igmp::igmpClearStatus> optional parameter
clear the statistics

63.3 IGMP Slot Management Command
Command Description
Manage IGMP related to a slot.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin igmp module (slot-index) [(clear-statistics) ]
Command Parameters
Table 63.3-1 "IGMP Slot Management Command" Resource Parameters
(slot-index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identify an IGMP module by the logical slot id
<Eqpt::Slot>
Table 63.3-2 "IGMP Slot Management Command" Command Parameters
clear the statistics

63.4 IGMP Channel Management Command
Command Description
Manage IGMP related to a channel.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin igmp channel (port) [(clear-statistics) ]
Command Parameters
Table 63.4-1 "IGMP Channel Management Command" Resource Parameters
Table 63.4-2 "IGMP Channel Management Command" Command Parameters
whether the statistics of this table are cleared or to
ignore the request

64- PPPoX Management Commands
64.1 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command 64-733

64 PPPoX Management Commands
64.1 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command
Command Description
This management command deletes all ports for a specific engine.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin pppox-relay engine (vlan-id) [(remove-all-ports) ]
Command Parameters
Table 64.1-1 "PPPoX Engine Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...4093]
Table 64.1-2 "PPPoX Engine Port Management Command" Command Parameters
(remove-all-ports) <PPPoX::RmvAllPorts> optional parameter
remove all ports for a specific engine

65- xDSL Management Commands
65.1 xDSL Line Management Command 65-735

65 xDSL Management Commands
65.1 xDSL Line Management Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator do manage an xDSL Line.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin xdsl-line (if-index) [loop-diagnostic <Xdsl::LoopDiagMode> ]
Command Parameters
Table 65.1-1 "xDSL Line Management Command" Resource Parameters
Table 65.1-2 "xDSL Line Management Command" Command Parameters
loop-diagnostic <Xdsl::LoopDiagMode> optional parameter
Possible values are : controls the loop diagnostic test
- stop : stop the loop diagnostic test
- start : start the diagnostic test

66- Software Management Commands
66.1 Software Management Command 66-737

66.2 SHub Software Management Command 66-738
66.3 SHub Database Management Command 66-739
66.4 SHub SWPackage Administration Command 66-740
66.5 Copy Command On The SHub 66-741
66.6 Delete Command On The SHub 66-742
66.7 List files SHub flash 66-743
66.8 LT Software Management Command 66-744
66.9 OSWP Software Management Command 66-745
66.10 Database Management Command 66-746
66.11 File Management Command 66-747

66 Software Management Commands
66.1 Software Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the software of the system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt [(clr-db-rollback-alrm) ][(clr-sw-rollback-alrm) ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.1-2 "Software Management Command" Command Parameters
(clr-db-rollback-alrm) <SwMngt::dbRollback> optional parameter
clear the implicit database rollback alarm
(clr-sw-rollback-alrm) <SwMngt::swRollback> optional parameter
clear the implicit software rollback alarm

66.2 SHub Software Management Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to manage the software on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub [select-config <SwMngt::ReqOSPDevice> ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.2-2 "SHub Software Management Command" Command Parameters
select-config <SwMngt::ReqOSPDevice> optional parameter
Possible values are : select the configuration to be used

66.3 SHub Database Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the database on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub database [(save) ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.3-2 "SHub Database Management Command" Command Parameters
(save) <Sys::ConfigSaveValue> optional parameter
save the database

66.4 SHub SWPackage Administration Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the software package on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub sw-package (package) [(download) ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.4-1 "SHub SWPackage Administration Command" Resource Parameters
(package) <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName> the identification of the software package
Table 66.4-2 "SHub SWPackage Administration Command" Command Parameters
(download) <Sys::ImageValue> optional parameter
download the package

66.5 Copy Command On The SHub
Command Description
Copy files on the shub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub copy from shub | <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName> to shub
| <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName>
Command Parameters
Table 66.5-2 "Copy Command On The SHub" Command Parameters
from shub | <Ip::V4Address> : mandatory parameter
<Sys::FileName> the file to be copied
to shub | <Ip::V4Address> : mandatory parameter
<Sys::FileName> the destination

66.6 Delete Command On The SHub
Command Description
Delete files from the shub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub delete-file (filetodel)
Command Parameters
Table 66.6-2 "Delete Command On The SHub" Command Parameters
(filetodel) <Sys::FileName> mandatory parameter
length: 1<=x<256 the file to be deleted

66.7 List files SHub flash
Command Description
List files from the shub flash
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub list-file (dir)
Command Parameters
Table 66.7-2 "List files SHub flash" Command Parameters
(dir) <Sys::FileName> mandatory parameter
length: 1<=x<256 the file or directory name used to populate the
file-list table

66.8 LT Software Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the LT software.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt lt (index) [(upgrade-sw) ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.8-1 "LT Software Management Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the physical number of the slot
<Eqpt::Slot>
Table 66.8-2 "LT Software Management Command" Command Parameters
(upgrade-sw) <Equipm::BoardSwOverruleStatus> optional parameter
overrules the default software version for this board

66.9 OSWP Software Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the OSWP software packages.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt oswp (index) [download <SwMngt::oswpName> ][activate
<SwMngt::activationType> ][(commit) ][(abort-download) ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.9-1 "OSWP Software Management Command" Resource Parameters
range: [1...2]
Table 66.9-2 "OSWP Software Management Command" Command Parameters
download <SwMngt::oswpName> optional parameter
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.-/] download a software package
activate <SwMngt::activationType> optional parameter
Possible values are : activate an OSWP package
- with-linked-db : activate OSWP with
linked database
- with-default-db : activate OSWP with
default database
- clear-db : prepare the NT board for
migration
(commit) <SwMngt::commitAction> optional parameter
commit the OSWP
(abort-download) <SwMngt::abortDownload> optional parameter
abort the download of an oswp

66.10 Database Management Command
Command Description
This command allows to manage the database of the system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt database [download <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> ][upload
actual-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | preferred-active : <Ip::V4Address>
: <SwMngt::path> | previous-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | failed-active
: <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | actual-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> :
<SwMngt::path> | preferred-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> |
previous-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | failed-not-active :
<Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | not-used : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.10-2 "Database Management Command" Command Parameters
download <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> optional parameter
download the database
upload actual-active : <Ip::V4Address> : optional parameter
<SwMngt::path> | preferred-active : upload the database
<Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> |
previous-active : <Ip::V4Address> :
<SwMngt::path> | failed-active :
actual-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> :
<SwMngt::path> | preferred-not-active :
previous-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> :
<SwMngt::path> | failed-not-active :
not-used : <Ip::V4Address> :
<SwMngt::path>

66.11 File Management Command
Command Description
This command manages Disk Files and Descriptor Files.
A Disk File contains information on the different SW files and descriptor files that are stored on the file disk. It also
contains information like, file name, file size, file type, file available status and file format.
The operator can remove a file from the disk that is no longer used. This can be done by specifying the file name,
which is unique over all board types and over all SWP types for all releases.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt disk-file (path) [(remove) ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.11-1 "File Management Command" Resource Parameters
(path) <FilePath> an absolute file name
range: [.-z]length: 1<=x<256
Table 66.11-2 "File Management Command" Command Parameters
(remove) <SwMngt::fileRemove> optional parameter
remove the file

67- OSPF Management Commands
67.1 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command 67-749

67 OSPF Management Commands
67.1 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin ospf interface (ip-addr) md5-key <Ospf::Md5KeyIndex> [accept-expires
<Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ]generate-expires <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
Command Parameters
Table 67.1-1 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Resource Parameters
md5-key <Ospf::Md5KeyIndex> the number of the md5 key
range: [1...5]
Table 67.1-2 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Command Parameters
accept-expires <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> optional parameter
Possible values are : set the delay before the key expires for accepting
generate-expires <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> mandatory parameter
Possible values are : set the delay before the key expires for generating

68- RIP Management Commands
68.1 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command 68-751

68 RIP Management Commands
68.1 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage a MD5 key for an RIP interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin rip interface (ip-addr) md5-key <Rip::Md5KeyIndex> [expires
<Rip::MD5expiryDelay> ]
Command Parameters
Table 68.1-1 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Resource Parameters
md5-key <Rip::Md5KeyIndex> the number of the md5 key
range: [1...5]
Table 68.1-2 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Command Parameters
expires <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> optional parameter
Possible values are : set the delay before the key expires
- <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> : the delay

69- Equipment Management Commands
69.1 Equipment Management Command 69-753

69.2 Slot Management Command 69-754
69.3 SHub Port Management Command 69-755

69 Equipment Management Commands
69.1 Equipment Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the equipment.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin equipment [(prepare-shutdown) ][(reboot-shub) ][reboot-isam
<Equipm::SystemRestart> ]
Command Parameters
Table 69.1-2 "Equipment Management Command" Command Parameters
(prepare-shutdown) <Sys::SysShutdown> optional parameter
prepare the system for shutdown
(reboot-shub) <Sys::RestartValue> optional parameter
reboot the shub
reboot-isam <Equipm::SystemRestart> optional parameter
Possible values are : reboot the isam (without shub)
- with-self-test : restart with selftest
- without-self-test : restart without selftest
- default-no-persist : restart with persistent
data removed, except management
channel
- default-no-data : restart with all data
removed, including management channel
- hot-restart : restart system without traffic
impact

69.2 Slot Management Command
Command Description
This command allows an operator to manage a slot and the cards in the slot.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin equipment slot (index) [reboot <Equipm::BoardRestart> ]
Command Parameters
Table 69.2-1 "Slot Management Command" Resource Parameters
(index) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the identification of the slot
<Eqpt::Slot>
Table 69.2-2 "Slot Management Command" Command Parameters
reboot <Equipm::BoardRestart> optional parameter
Possible values are : reboot the card in the slot
- with-selftest : reboot the board with self
test
- without-selftest : reboot the board
without self test
- hot-restart : reboot the board without
traffic impact

69.3 SHub Port Management Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage SHub ports.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin equipment port (port) [copy-to-port <Shub::NetworkPort> ]
Command Parameters
Table 69.3-1 "SHub Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> identification of a port
range: [1...7]
Table 69.3-2 "SHub Port Management Command" Command Parameters
copy-to-port <Shub::NetworkPort> optional parameter
range: [1...7] copy the port to another port

70- Bridge Management Commands
70.1 Learned Unicast Mac Address Management 70-757

Command
70.2 VLAN Management Command 70-758
70.3 Port Related RSTP Management Command 70-759

70 Bridge Management Commands
70.1 Learned Unicast Mac Address Management

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin bridge learned-unicast-mac (unicast-mac-address) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> |
stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::vpi> : <Atm::vci> [(delete) ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.1-1 "Learned Unicast Mac Address Management Command" Resource Parameters
(unicast-mac-address) <Vlan::MacAddr> unicast mac address
length: 6
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / identification of a port
Table 70.1-2 "Learned Unicast Mac Address Management Command" Command Parameters
(delete) <Vlan::DeleteUnicastMac> optional parameter
delete a learned unicast mac address

70.2 VLAN Management Command
Command Description
This command allows to remove the association between a VLAN and all its member ports.
This command is the only means to remove dynamic associations.
Removal of the port VLAN association includes removal of all MAC address from the filtering database for these
port-VLAN associations.
Any outstanding duplicate MAC alarms for the port are cleared.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin bridge vlan-id (id) [(delete-member-ports) ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.2-1 "VLAN Management Command" Resource Parameters
(id) <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked : vlan id
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Table 70.2-2 "VLAN Management Command" Command Parameters
(delete-member-ports) <Vlan::DeletePorts> optional parameter
delete all egress ports

70.3 Port Related RSTP Management Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to manage RSTP related to a port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin bridge rstp port (port) [(clear-det-proto) ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.3-1 "Port Related RSTP Management Command" Resource Parameters
(port) <Shub::NetworkPort> the identification of a network port
range: [1...7]
Table 70.3-2 "Port Related RSTP Management Command" Command Parameters
(clear-det-proto) <Shub::PortMigration> optional parameter
clear the list of detected protocols

71- Trap Management Commands
71.1 Trap Manager Management Command 71-761

71 Trap Management Commands
71.1 Trap Manager Management Command
Command Description
This command allows an operator to manage a trap manager.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin trap manager (address) [(reset-trap-buffer) ]
Command Parameters
Table 71.1-1 "Trap Manager Management Command" Resource Parameters
(address) <Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port> the IP address of the manager
[1...65535]
Table 71.1-2 "Trap Manager Management Command" Command Parameters
(reset-trap-buffer) <Trap::Reset> optional parameter
reset the trap buffer

72- IP Management Commands
72.1 Slot Related VRF Management Command 72-763

72.2 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command 72-764

72 IP Management Commands
72.1 Slot Related VRF Management Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin ip vrf-media (vrf-slot) ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [(remove) ]
Command Parameters
Table 72.1-1 "Slot Related VRF Management Command" Resource Parameters
(vrf-slot) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / equipment slot ID.
<Eqpt::LtSlot> : <Vrf::VrfIndex>
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> ip address
Table 72.1-2 "Slot Related VRF Management Command" Command Parameters
(remove) <Vrf::MediaType> optional parameter
remove the entry

72 IP Management Commands
72.2 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command
Command Description
This command help to reset VRF interface counters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin ip vrf-stats (vrf-id) interface user port (port-interface) reset
<Vrf::AdminCounter>
Command Parameters
Table 72.2-1 "IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command" Resource Parameters
(vrf-id) <Vrf::VrfIndex> the vrf index
range: [1...127]
Table 72.2-2 "IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command" Command Parameters
reset <Vrf::AdminCounter> mandatory parameter
reset the vrf interface counter

73- DHCP Management Command
73.1 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command 73-766

73 DHCP Management Command
73.1 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to manage the DHCP realy user port commands.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin dhcp-relay user-port (user-port) (reset-counters)
Command Parameters
Table 73.1-1 "DHCP Relay User Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
(user-port) <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / index (1/1/4/1..) of rack/shelf/slot/port user-port
Table 73.1-2 "DHCP Relay User Port Management Command" Command Parameters
(reset-counters) <Dhcp::CounterReset> mandatory parameter
reset the user port counters

74- Transport Management Commands
74.1 IP Net to Media Management Command 74-768

74 Transport Management Commands
74.1 IP Net to Media Management Command
Command Description
This is used for deleting the IP address out of the ARP table.
User Level
priviliges.
Command Syntax
> admin transport ip-net-to-media (interface-name) network-addr <Ip::V4Address>
phy-addr <Sys::MacAddr> [(delete) ]
Command Parameters
Table 74.1-1 "IP Net to Media Management Command" Resource Parameters
(interface-name) <Transport::ifName> name of the interface
network-addr <Ip::V4Address> ip addr corresponding to media-dependent physical
addr
phy-addr <Sys::MacAddr> media-dependent physical addr
length: 6
Table 74.1-2 "IP Net to Media Management Command" Command Parameters
(delete) <IP::DeleteNetToMedia> optional parameter
delete a ip-net-to-media

75- SNTP Management Commands
75.1 SNTP Management Command 75-770

75 SNTP Management Commands
75.1 SNTP Management Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to manage SNTP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin sntp [system-time <Sys::Time> ][shub-time <Sys::Time> ]
Command Parameters
Table 75.1-2 "SNTP Management Command" Command Parameters
system-time <Sys::Time> optional parameter
set the system time
shub-time <Sys::Time> optional parameter
set the system time for the shub

76- Transactions Management Commands
76.1 Manage Transaction Configuration Status 76-772

76 Transactions Management Commands
76.1 Manage Transaction Configuration Status
Command Description
This command allows to manage transactions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin transaction [configure-lock <Trans::ownerIpAddr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 76.1-2 "Manage Transaction Configuration Status" Command Parameters
configure-lock <Trans::ownerIpAddr> optional parameter
Possible values are : changes the status of the configuration lock
- acquire : prevents other managers from
configuring
- release : allow other managers to
configure

77- Security Management Commands
77.1 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management 77-774

Command

77 Security Management Commands
77.1 Security 802.1x Port Authentication

Management Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin security ext-authenticator (port) [(clear-statistics) ]
Command Parameters
Table 77.1-1 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command" Resource Parameters
Table 77.1-2 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command" Command Parameters
(clear-statistics) <Aaa::PortClearStatistics> optional parameter
clear non-accounting statistics

78- Support Commands
78.1 Ping Command 78-776

78 Support Commands
78.1 Ping Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to ping another host.
User Level
Command Syntax
> ping (ip-addr) [ no timeout | timeout <Ip::PingTimeout> ][ no tries | tries
<Ip::PingTries> ][ no mtu-size | mtu-size <Ip::PingMtu> ]
Command Parameters
Table 78.1-1 "Ping Command" Resource Parameters
(ip-addr) <Ip::V4Address> the ip-address of the node to be pinged
Table 78.1-2 "Ping Command" Command Parameters
timeout <Ip::PingTimeout> optional parameter with default value: 1L
range: [1...100] unit: sec the maximum time to wait for a response
tries <Ip::PingTries> optional parameter with default value: 5L
range: [1...100] the number of times the node must be pinged
mtu-size <Ip::PingMtu> optional parameter with default value: 500L
range: [0...2080] unit: bytes the size of the data portion of the ping PDU
Command Output
Table 78.1-3 "Ping Command" Display parameters
received <Counter> total number of packets sent to the destination
sent <UnsignedInteger> total number of packets sent to the destination
loss <UnsignedInteger> percentage of lost packets
mean-delay <Ip::PingDelay> the average round trip delay
max-delay <Ip::PingDelay> the maximum round trip delay
min-delay <Ip::PingDelay> the minimum round trip delay

78 Support Commands

79- CLI Filters
79.1 Count Filter 79-779

79.2 Match Filter 79-780
79.3 Tee Filter 79-781

79 CLI Filters
79.1 Count Filter
Command Description
This filter counts the number of output characters, words or lines and adds this information at the end of the
output.
User Level
This filter can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> count [ no lines | lines ][ no words | words ][ no characters | characters ][ no
summary | summary ]
Command Parameters
Table 79.1-2 "Count Filter" Command Parameters
[ no ] lines <Option::Lines> optional parameter with default value: "no-lines"
[ no ] words <Option::Words> optional parameter with default value: "no-words"
[ no ] characters <Option::Characters> optional parameter with default value:
"no-characters"
[ no ] summary <Option::Summary> optional parameter with default value:
"no-summary"

79 CLI Filters
79.2 Match Filter
Command Description
This filter allows the user to filter selectively lines from the output based on the contents of these lines.
The user specifies a string with exact:.
He can then decide if a line that contains this string is kept (no skip) or discarded (skip) or he can use the filter to
keep all lines before the first match (before) or after (including) the first match (after).
The matching operation can be case-sensitive (no case-insensitive) or case-insensitive (case-insensitive).
User Level
This filter can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> match (pattern) [ no case-insensitive | case-insensitive ][ no (skip) ]
Command Parameters
Table 79.2-2 "Match Filter" Command Parameters
(pattern) exact : <PrintableString> mandatory parameter
describes what we are looking for
(exact:|pattern:)<PrintableString>)
[ no ] case-insensitive <Option::CaseSensitivity> optional parameter with default value:
"case-sensitive"
pattern recognition is case-insensitive
[ no ] (skip) <Option::MatchAction> optional parameter with default value: "match"
Possible values are : matched lines are skipped
- skip : matched lines are skipped
- match : matched lines are selected
- before : lines found before the first match
are selected
- after : lines found after the first match
are selected

79 CLI Filters
79.3 Tee Filter
Command Description
This filter writes the output also to a file. The file will be placed in the directory /var/cmd.
The user can decide if the output must be appended to the file or not.
User Level
This filter can be used by any operator.
Command Syntax
> tee (file) [ no append | append ]
Command Parameters
Table 79.3-2 "Tee Filter" Command Parameters
(file) <FileName> mandatory parameter
range: [.-z]length: 1<=x<256 the name of the file
[ no ] append <Option::Append> optional parameter with default value: "overwrite"
append if the file exists

80- CLI Printers
80.1 More 80-783

80.2 No-More 80-784
80.3 Discard 80-785

80 CLI Printers
80.1 More
Command Description
This printer allows the user to see the command output at the pace he wants.
User Level
This printer can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> more

80 CLI Printers
80.2 No-More
Command Description
This printer prints all output directly to the screen.
User Level
This printer can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> no-more

80 CLI Printers
80.3 Discard
Command Description
This printer discards all output. This can be usefull in some scripts.
User Level
This printer can be used by any operator.
Command Syntax
> discard

Error List
Error List
Error list for SNMP
Error Error Description
Number
0 No error
1 General error
2 Invalid Snmp Header
3 Index out of range
4 Community access Violation
5 Access violation
6 Invalid Type
7 Invalid Value
8 Out of Memory
9 Index != Index in entry
10 Cannot change existing row
11 Row not completely specified
12 Snmp Set During Transaction
13 Snmp Set while sets disabled
Error list for ATM MGT
Number
Successful operation
1 parameter not in valid range
2 name & scope not unique
3 maximum number of profiles reached
4 object in use
5 initialization failure
6 object already exists
7 wrong Atm Interface Snmp configuration
8 wrong Atm Interface Type
9 wrong NgcrAdminWeight
10 wrong access profile index
11 Atm Itf not planned
12 Incoherence with Interface Management
13 Incoherence with ATM Mapper
14 Invalid object reference
15 Cast type mismatch
16 Traffic descriptor mismatch
17 Already crossconnected
18 Topology mismatch
19 Ctp not found
20 Already in requested state
21 Time out on LT reply
22 LT returned failure in reply
23 Wrong tp type
24 Ctp not crossconnected
25 atmItf not found
26 wrapper Failed
27 still Cross Connected
28 wrongly Cross Connected
29 max Nbr VpCtp Reached
30 max Nbr VpTtp Reached
31 max Nbr VcCtp Reached

Error List

Number
32 max Nbr VcTtp Reached
33 max Nbr VpCtpDI Reached
34 max Nbr VcCtpDI Reached
35 max Nbr VcTtpDI Reached
36 tp Already Exist
37 Tp not found
38 invalid Tp State
39 VpiVci Already Used
40 Lb To User Side is not allowed
41 Lb on P2mp is not allowed
42 Lb on Nt Interface is not allowed
43 global Lb already active
44 link Lb already active
45 trafficDescrType Mismatch
46 frameDiscard On is not allowed
47 incompatible Pcr and CastType
48 invalid input parameter
49 invalid Tau2 value
50 wrong TdType
51 still Svcs present
52 invalid AtmItf state
53 VpiVci out-of-range
54 sigVpi not usable for Vpc
55 no free VpiVci
56 incompatible SegmEP and ItfType
57 incompatible SegmEP and CastType
58 incompatible ItfType and CastType
59 Police on NT interface is not allowed
60 Nni GFC mode not allowed on UAI interface
61 incompatible TdType and CastType
62 AtmItf already used for Sig
63 AtmItf already used for Ilmi
64 Allocation of VpiVci on internal interfaces Pb
65 getSegment failed
66 board type not found
67 new Signalling Vpi/Vci value rejected
68 wrong configuration of the Segment End Point Parameter
69 lack of memory (number of available context too low)
70 HW Wrapper failure: invalid vxl identifier
71 HW Wrapper failure: invalid data pointer
72 HW Wrapper failure: port is disabled
73 HW Wrapper failure: internal error occurred
74 HW Wrapper failure: vxl does not exist
75 HW Wrapper failure: already exists
76 HW Wrapper failure: lack of memory resources
77 HW Wrapper failure: invalid vxl
78 HW Wrapper failure: generic request error
79 no offboard
80 LT not reachable
81 HW Wrapper failure : service not provided
82 HW Wrapper failure : IOCM call error
90 Error occurred when getting PM info from PMH
91 Error occured when getting number of intervals stored in PMH
92 Error occurred during PMH registration
93 Error occurred when asking a new interval to PMH

Error List

Number
95 maximum number of ctp monitor reached
96 ctp monitoring not allowed when loopback on
97 ctp monitoring not allowed on p2mp cnx
98 monitoring already active
99 ctp monitoring not supported for a ctp ending on NT board
101 CAC check failure: peak cell rate relative to line rate for input direction
102 CAC check failure: peak cell rate relative to line rate for output direction
103 CAC check failure: maximum number of connections per qos class for input direction
104 CAC check failure: maximum number of connections per qos class for output direction
105 CAC check failure: guaranteed bandwidth per qos class for input direction
106 CAC check failure: guaranteed bandwidth per qos class for output direction
107 CAC check failure: aggregate guaranteed bandwidth for input direction
108 CAC check failure: aggregate guaranteed bandwidth for output direction
109 CAC check failure: PVC aggregate total bandwidth for input direction
110 CAC check failure: PVC aggregate total bandwidth for output direction
111 CAC check failure: PVC+SVC aggregate total bandwidth for input direction
112 CAC check failure: PVC+SVC aggregate total bandwidth for output direction
113 CAC check failure: Buffer per qos class for input direction
114 CAC check failure: Buffer per qos class for output direction
115 CAC check failure: PCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
116 CAC check failure: PCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
117 CAC check failure: SCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
118 CAC check failure: SCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
119 CAC check failure: MCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
120 CAC check failure: MCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
121 CAC check failure: MBS of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
122 CAC check failure: MBS of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
123 CAC check failure: input maximum cell loss ratio exceeded
124 CAC check failure: output maximum cell loss ratio exceeded
125 CAC check failure: input maximum point to point cell delay variation exceeded
126 CAC check failure: output maximum point to point cell delay variation exceeded
127 CAC check failure: input maximum end to end transit delay exceeded
128 CAC check failure: output maximum end to end transit delay exceeded
129 CAC check failure: qos of primary and alternative input traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
130 CAC check failure: qos of primary and alternative output traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
131 CAC check failure: subtype of primary and alternative input traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
132 CAC check failure: subtype of primary and alternative output traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
133 CAC check failure: minimum PCR not available during negotiation in input direction
134 CAC check failure: minimum PCR not available during negotiation in output direction
140 requested object not present
141 cdvt profile not configured
142 connection admission control server stubbed
144 traffic contracts for input and output direction not compatible
145 interface type not known or not set
146 cac profiles not configured
147 qos not supported on hardware
148 alloc Bw rejected by infra
149 item not configured
150 modification not possible because connections are present
151 maximum number of LIM boards too large
152 maximum number of Access Profile too large
153 maximum number of Cac Profile too large
154 maximum number of Cdvt Profile too large
155 Fast/Interleaved config modification rejected because Ctps exist
156 Problem to printf LogicalIndex (Update PRLOGIDX1 macro)

Error List

Number
157 The admin status of the Nt Interface must not be modified
158 IOCM error
160 generic or unknown error. Probably a bug in the software
161 invalid error code
162 request not supported
170 Wrong Svc Mode
171 resource currently blocked
172 maximum number of leafs reached
173 maximum number of p2mp connections reached
174 invalid crossconnect hierarchy
175 Max number of pending requests reached
176 ctp1 does not exist
177 ctp2 does not exist
178 The application has not subscribed to use ATM application interface yet
180 IQ BUS: The given QoS class is unknown
181 IQ BUS: The given 'requested' parameters are inconsistent
182 max F4F5 Loopback number reached
183 max F4F5 Loopback per Board reached
184 F4F5 Loopback not supported on p2mp connection
185 invalid connection admin state
186 invalid LLID requested
187 F4F5 Loopback already active
188 No F4F5 Loopback running
189 no F5 loopback on ILMI channel
190 Lb on Ilmi channel is not allowed
191 ILMI channels are only allowed on UAI interfaces
192 Aal profile not exists
193 wrong Aal category
194 Service profile not exists
195 wrong TM category
196 wrong TM conformance
197 wrong board type
198 not supported on SD boards
199 supported on UAI only
200 inconsistent parameters
201 not during audit
202 alarm mgt error
203 BCS could not allocate bandwidth
204 Invalid index passed to BCS
205 generic or unknown error. Probably a bug in the software
206 Loopback is not allowed when monitoring is enabled on a CTP
207 CTP reference is not valid to start history monitoring
208 ATM object creation failed
223 F4F5 Loopback test already in use
224 wrong test id
225 no F5 Loopback on ILMI channel
226 loopback invalid status
227 Max number of guaranteed roots reached
228 Cross connect creation failed due to internal segments/ctps
229 root and leaf shapings are different
230 the setOamVpiRange Infra event has not been received
231 Lb on Interface on MMC is not allowed
232 The application does not know the mcast mode yet
233 The policeMode is incompatible with CtpMonitor
234 The default profile can NOT be deleted

Error List

Number
300 IOCM : Unknown Error
301 IOCM : Nok
302 IOCM : Invocation is still pending
303 IOCM : Invocation is cancelled by the application
304 IOCM : Invoked server doesn?t support invoking interface
305 IOCM : Operation not enabled
306 IOCM : Operation not found
307 IOCM : Object not found
308 IOCM : When trying to remove something (e.g. invocation from a set)
309 IOCM : Not enough space
310 IOCM : Timeout occurred
311 IOCM : Timeout Secondary Waitpoint occurred
312 IOCM : Returned from PW when task is killed
313 IOCM : Current action is not allowed
314 IOCM : When something is empty (messagebox, queue, invocation, ?)
315 IOCM : Invocation is not pending (or set doesn?t contains pending invs)
316 IOCM : When reply received and inv id doesn?t match
317 IOCM : Interface is not bound yet
318 IOCM : Failure while packing message (internal problem)
319 IOCM : Object id exists already in the router table
320 IOCM : Enabled
321 IOCM : Disabled
322 IOCM : Special message for freeing resources (send by GC)
323 IOCM : Returned by functions which are not implemented
324 IOCM : Internal Error
325 IOCM : IOCM was not able to allocate memory
326 IOCM : When an invocation is processed in the SW
327 IOCM : Object Not Registered
328 IOCM : Already Registered
329 IOCM : Task Not Registered
330 IOCM : Secondary Already Registered
331 IOCM : Secondary Not Registered
332 IOCM : Initial
333 IOCM : Attempt to call _convertToIOCMTask on an IOCM task
334 IOCM : Connection Not Registered
335 IOCM : Suspended
336 IOCM : Max Invocation Reached
337 IOCM : Finished
338 IOCM : Invalid Priority
339 IOCM : Invalid Object_Id
340 IOCM : Invalid Object_Group_Id
341 IOCM : Invalid Node_Id
342 IOCM : Invalid Timeout
343 IOCM : Invalid Scope
344 IOCM : Invalid Addressability
345 IOCM : Not Member
346 IOCM : Already Member
360 INFRA : Unknown Error
361 wrong Oam Vpi Range reserved by INFRA
362 INFRA : Generic Error
363 INFRA : Bw Error
364 INFRA : Planning Not Approved
365 INFRA : Not Implemented
380 LOGSW : Unknown Error
381 LOGSW : Not Supported

Error List

Number
382 LOGSW : Container Disabled
383 LOGSW : Container Unknown
384 LOGSW : Lack Of Memory
385 LOGSW : Xconnect Unknown
386 LOGSW : Xconnect Already Exists
387 LOGSW : Xconnect Non-Term
388 LOGSW : Vxl Unknown
389 LOGSW : Generic Error
390 Logical Switch, Parameter out of range
391 Logical Switch, Generic error
392 RFC, Time Out in Audit
Error list for ETH MGT
Number
0 cannot set defaultType because operStatus of interface is up
1 cannot obtain operState of interface from driver when trying to set default type
2 cannot set defaultType of interface in driver
3 given value of default type is invalid
4 unable to access port stats from ethernet driver
5 unable to set default type during init
6 unable to set shaping rate during init
7 unable to get persistent shaping rate
8 unable to access ethernet shaping rate from driver
9 unable to set shaping rate in driver
10 attempt to set ethernet shaping rate outside valid range
Error list for IP MGT
Number
0 an invalid value was given to one of the parameters
1 attempt to pass invalid index value to SNMP
2 a general software error occurred
3 an error occurred while opening a socket
4 requested action is currently not supported
5 null pointer passed to SNMP get
6 creation failed because object already exists
10 error reading IP group counter
11 requested address descriptor not found
12 requested ipNetToMediaNetAddress not found
13 error reading ipAddressTable
14 error during deletion of address descriptor
15 error in ipdata_put_addr function
16 error reading ipNetToMediaTable
20 error changing route destination
21 error while adding new route
22 error in ipdata_put_route function
23 route type unknown
24 error reading ipRouteTable
25 could not find route destination
30 error reading interface descriptor
31 interface type unknown
32 error during set of adminState
33 error during set of MTU
34 error because BOOTP is active
35 interface hardware address error

Error List

Number
36 persistent data present error
37 IP address already configured
40 error reading ICMP counter
50 error reading UDP descriptor
51 error reading UDP counter
52 error reading UDP table
60 error reading ARP table
61 VP/VC not found
62 error reading ATM VC Table
Error list for EQPT MGT
Number
1 The equipment is not yet planned
2 Internal IOCM communication error
3 The container still contains planned equipment
4 Service not supported
5 Maximum number of shelves planned
6 Identifier for the equipment is unknown to the system
7 The container is not yet planned
8 The ShelfClass and ShelfType are inconsistent
9 Board is incompatible with the applique
10 The equipment is not yet installed
11 Plan ShelfClass not supported when unplanning shelf
12 Unplanning board and setting of board-attribute not supported
13 Invalid or not applicable request
14 Invalid or not supported shelf class
15 ShelfType/ShelfLayout Unknown
16 Unplanning this detected equipment not allowed
17 Board planning not approved due to infrastructure deficiencies
18 Unknown Error
19 Invalid, not registered or not licensed BoardType
20 Number of allowed Boards of this BoardType in this shelf exceeded
21 Number of allowed Boards of this BoardType in the asam exceeded
22 Board is not allowed at this slot position
23 Not supported BoardType
Error list for INFRA MGT
Number
1 Internal IOCM communication error
2 Not enough BW available on extension ring to plan shelf BW
3 Not enough BW available to plan HCL-LSM BW
4 Service not supported
5 The equipment is not yet installed
6 The shelf is not yet planned
7 The board is not yet planned
8 Tried to plan BW for a non HCL-LSM board
9 The BW of the HCL-LSM board is already planned
10 The BW of a shelf can't be changed because an IQ-LSM is still planned
11 The BW value is not allowed
12 Tried to plan BW for a non IQ shelf
13 InfraMgnt internal SW error
14 Not enough BW available on extension ring to plan BVB BW
Error list for XDSL MGT

Error List

Number
0 Value out of range
1 Communication problem
2 No more free entries
3 No resource available
4 Profile id. already exists
5 Profile name/scope combination not unique
6 Inconsistent profile
7 Profile in wrong state
8 Profile is in use
9 Profile id. does not exist
10 Board is not created
11 The planned bandwidth in the XDSL Service profile was not accepted
12 Invalid opmode in OpModeMask
13 XDSL Service profile does not exist
14 XDSL Spectrum profile does not exist
15 TCA profile does not exist
16 Loop diagnostic test not supported
17 Interval out of range
18 Interval invalid
19 Inconsistent values for Noise Margin
20 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Modem Features
21 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Aggregate Power Level Downstream
22 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Aggregate Power Level Upstream
23 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL PBO Mode Upstream
24 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Rx Aggr Power Up
25 VDSL Band Plan and opModes are inconsistent
26 VDSL PSD Shape Upstream and VDSL OpMode are inconsistent
27 VDSL PSD Shape Downstream and VDSL OpMode are inconsistent
28 VDSL PSD Shape Upstream and VDSL PSD Shape Downstream are inconsistent
29 Inconsistent values for Bitrate Downstream
30 Inconsistent values for Bitrate Upstream
31 Profile can not be modified
32 Line is in wrong state
33 Line is not configured
34 Bonding not supported
35 Bonding is not configured yet
36 Bonding has been configured
37 Group NT state machine error
38 Must remove lines from groupnt before unconfiguring group
39 Specified line does not exist in this bonding group
40 Group active, cannot add line
41 Group active, cannot remove line
Error list for IGMP MGT
Number
1 Internal error 1 encountered by IGMP subsystem

Error List

Number
22 Could not reserve VCI range for IGMP Channel. VCI already in use
23 Invalid VPI or VCI
24 Invalid VPI, VCI row status or sustain bit rate
25 Invalid Class D address
26 Invalid IGMP system source IP address
27 Invalid Multicast VPI
28 Invalid Multicast VCI
29 Invalid Multicast Service Category
30 Invalid IGMP Chan VPI
31 Invalid IGMP Chan Min VCI
37 Invalid Traffic Descriptor type
38 Invalid Service Category
39 Invalid package index
40 Invalid row status
41 Invalid old row status
42 Invalid IGMP Channel row
43 Invalid Multicast Class D address or clearStats column is false
44 Incompatible Service Category and Traffic Descriptor type
45 Incompatible Peak and Sustain Bit Rates
46 Invalid IGMP channel row status or multicast VPI or Multicast min VCI
51 Bad value for IGMP System Query Interval
52 Bad value for IGMP System Query Max response time
53 Bad value for IGMP System Robustness variable
54 Bad value for IGMP System Startup Query Interval
55 Bad value for IGMP System Startup Query Count
56 Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Query Interval
57 Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Query Count
58 Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Max response time
59 Internal error 31 encountered by IGMP
60 Multicast Source objects violate in service modification rules
61 IGMP Channel objects violates in service modify rules
62 Static Leaf objects violate in service modification rules
64 Internal error 33 encountered by IGMP Multicast row

Error List

Number
78 Multicast Source Conversion:entry does not exist
79 Static Leaf : entry does not exist
80 Error getting First Multicast Entry
81 Entry does not exist
83 Maximum Static Leaf entries exceeded
84 Maximum Channel entries exceeded
87 Empty Multicast Source Table
88 Emtpy IGMP Channel table
89 Cannot perform task. No entry exist.
90 IGMP Channel index, VPI and VCI already exist
Error list for QOS MGT
Number
0 subprofile does not exists
1 Profile cannot be deleted because it is in use
2 changing type is not allowed
3 Profile not supported by hardware
4 logical flow type incompatible with other field
5 Action not supported by hardware
6 Cac sanity check failed. Insufficient bandwidth available.
7 BAC check failed. Overbooking of downstream buffers.
8 Wrong or unsupported 'type' attribute
9 Policer pool exhausted
10 Incorrect threshold settings
11 warning: setting burst tolerance < 1518 causes ethernet frame discard
12 minimum treshold bigger than maximum
13 Up and Down Policer Profiles cannot be changed from NULL because it is in Use
14 Up and Down Policer Profiles cannot be changed to NULL because it is in Use
15 Some ethernet frames may get discarded since the CBS is less than 1518
Error list for DOT1X MGT
Number
0 Port does not exist
1 Table entry does NOT exist
2 Bad entry value for dot1xPaeSystemAuthControl
3 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthAdminControlledDirections
4 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortControl
5 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthQuietPeriod
6 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthSuppTimeout

Error List

Number
7 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthServerTimeout
8 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthMaxReq
9 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthReAuthPeriod
10 Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortAuthState
11 Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortInitiateAuthReq
12 Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortHandshakeMode
13 Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortHandshakePeriode
Error list for VLAN MGT
Number
1 Invalid port id
2 Not support creation
3 Not support deletion
4 Only support active status
5 Nothing can be modified
6 Frame value only support 2 or 5 octets
7 The max length of protocol group name reached
8 The given protocol group is not existent
9 Only protocol group name can be modified
10 No change on protocol group name
11 Error ocurrs during saving persistent data
12 PVC number reached max value
13 Not support double vlan tagged frame
14 Not support default vlan for tagged frame
15 Not support tagged frame on port already associated RB vlan
16 Max num of MAC must be power of 2
17 Total MAC number excess the max vlaue
18 Static number on port is larger than the max mac num to be configured
19 Qos profile on port is supported only by IXP board
20 Priority regeneration profile is not existent
21 Attaching QOS profile to port is failed
22 Association already exist
23 Not support terminated vlan
24 CC vlan already have more than one port
25 CC vlan associate to the port already associated to RB vlan
26 Bridged port is enabled by 802.1x or IGMP or DHCP
27 Bridged port is already attached by PPPoE server
28 RB vlan only associate to only untagged frame
29 RB vlan associate to the port already associated to CC vlan
30 vlan is set as port based default, not to be deleted
31 vlan is set as protocol port based default, not to be deleted
32 Protocol port based default vlan is supported only on IXP board
33 Protocol port based default vlan is only for only untagged frame
34 Invalid vlan id
35 Port id is already used
37 fdb index not in the range from 1 to 4096
38 Input Mac address should NOT be 00-80-c2 or 01-80-c2
39 The given Vlan and Port should be created and establish association
40 Given mac already exist
41 Static mac table is full
42 Full zero or broadcast address or multicast address can not be set as static MAC
43 Exceed the MAX mac address for one port
45 Vlan number has exeeded max suported vlan number
46 Configure vlan to Lsm failed
47 When vlan is associated with port, this vlan can't be deleted

Error List

Number
48 When IGMP is using Vlan, this vlan can't be deleted
49 When AAA is using Vlan, this vlan can't be deleted
50 When terminated vlan is in use, this vlan can't be deleted
51 The length of vlan name excess the maximum value
52 Can't change vlan mode
53 Invalid vlan group id
54 ExtendDot1vProtocolVlanGroup has no meaning and can not be set for a VLAN in crossConnect mode.
55 PPPoE Relay tag has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or CC vlan
56 DHCP option82 has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or to CC vlan
57 BroadcastControl has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or to CC vlan
58 ExtendDot1vProtocolVlanGroup has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or CC vlan
60 Invalid vpi or vci
61 Pvc has not been created
62 Priority regeneration profile can be supported only by IXP board
63 Not support priority regeneration profile on double vlan tagged frame
64 Can not get VLAN_PRIO_REMARK from capability management
65 Can not get QOS_PROF_PORT from capability management
66 Can not get MAX_MACS_PER_LSM from capability management
67 Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_PVC from capability management
68 Can not get QOS_PROF_PORT_VLAN from capability management
69 Qos profile on association is supported only by IXP board
70 Association number excess the maximum value
71 Attaching qos profile on association is failed
72 Association between given vlan and port is not existent
73 Detaching qos profile from association is failed
74 Can not create interface for bridged port by interface management
75 Can not get hardware reference from interface management
76 Can not get customer id from interface management
77 Can not get VLAN_PROT_FILTER from capability management
78 Another vlan is already existent on the protocol group
79 Bridged port has not been created yet
80 Invalid protocol group
81 Given vlan has not been created yet
82 This type board doesn't not support untagged frame
83 This type board doesn't not support tagged frame
84 This type board doesn't not support both tagged and untagged frame
85 Can not get VLAN_L2TERM from capability management
86 Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_LSM from capability management
87 Association number execess the maximum value of board
88 Can not get VLAN_PORT_DEFAULT from capability management
89 This type board doesn't not support default vlan for port
90 Can not get VLAN_PORT_PROTO_PPPOE from capability management
91 This type board doesn't not support default PPPoE vlan for port
92 Can not get VLAN_PORT_PROTO_IPOE from capability management
93 This type board doesn't not support default IPoE vlan for port
94 Protocol port based vlan must be RB mode
95 No enough MAC entry in hardware
96 Not consistent with the previous association
97 Transmit mode is not consistent with the previous configuration
98 Frame type is not consistent with the previous configuration
99 Pvc bundle is not consistent with the previous configuration
100 RB vlan associate to the port already associated to QosAware vlan
101 Vlan Type is invalid
102 PbitList conflict
103 This type board doesn't not support vlan stack

Error List

Number
104 Invalid vlan mode
105 Vlan id used by PPPoAoE cant be delete by vlan module!
106 Static VLAN ram table entry exhausted
107 Invalid port based default vlan
108 Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_DSL from capability management
109 The VlanId has been used
110 XCON Vlan can't use vlan id 1
111 Cc vlan can't share same id with none CC vlan
112 RB Vlan can't set SVlanID
113 if L2T Svlan %d is not exist,S/C vlan can't be created
Error list for LIAM
Number
0 Bad IP Pool Index.
1 Pool not configured.
2 Pool already configured.
3 Missing mandatory parameter.
4 Bad IP address value.
5 Bad address type.
6 Bad Pool name.
7 Wrong input of pool size.
8 Vrf is not configured.
9 Wrong subnet mask.
10 Unknown admin state.
11 Generic error due to system call.
12 Pool has addresses in use.
13 Pool has duplicate name.
14 Operational Error.
Error list for LUAM
Number
0 Invalid Input
1 Invalid Domain Range
2 Specified User doesn't exist
3 Memory allocation using inc_malloc failed
4 Invalid UserName Length
5 Missing Mandatory Parameter (Password)
6 Invalid Password Length
7 RowStatus cannot be set directly to Active
8 Invalid RowStatus Value
9 Error while writing to DM
10 Max. Number of users already configured
11 Same user already exists
12 Domain not configured
Error list for RADC
Number
0 Domain is using this policy. Detach it before attempting to delete\r\n
1 Policy name length is out of range \r\n
2 Policy NAS-ID length is out of range \r\n
3 Policy NAS-Ip-Addr-Type not supported \r\n
4 Policy NAS-Ip-Addr Octet string size out of range\r\n
5 Policy Stripping Domain boolean value out of range\r\n
6 Policy Bool flag boolean value out of range\r\n

Error List

Number
7 Policy EAP boolean value out of range\r\n
8 The SET on policy failed..\r\n
9 policy index out of range/Row not created\r\n
10 policy index out of range \r\n
11 policy with the same index already exists..\r\n
12 policy name is mandatory and missing here..\r\n
13 policy NAS-ID or NAS-IP-addr is mandatory and missing here..\r\n
14 Row status active from operator is not supported.\r\n
15 Row status value not supported.\r\n
16 Modification is rejected because there is no policy with this index\r\n
17 Policy mapping name length is out of range \r\n
18 One of the Set Server value is wrong \r\n
19 policy index is out of range/policy not created\r\n
20 set index is out of range/set not created\r\n
21 policy index is out of range \r\n
22 set index is out of range \r\n
23 Set exists with the same index\r\n
24 Auth server index is mandatory\r\n
25 Priority is mandatory\r\n
26 Row status active is not allowed from operator\r\n
27 Row status value is not supported\r\n
28 Row itself doesn't exist to modify\r\n
29 policy index is out of range \r\n
30 Auth server is in use. First detach from set(s)\r\n
31 Server name size of out of range \r\n
32 IP addr type not supported \r\n
33 IP address octet string size is out of range \r\n
34 The SET on authServer failed..\r\n
35 auth index is out of range/server not created\r\n
36 auth index is out of range\r\n
37 Auth server with the same index exists\r\n
38 Auth server name is mandatory\r\n
39 Auth server vrf is mandatory\r\n
40 Auth server IP addr type is mandatory\r\n
41 Auth server IP addr is mandatory\r\n
42 Auth server secret is mandatory\r\n
43 Row status active is not accepted from operator\r\n
44 Row status value not supported\r\n
45 Row itslef doesn't exist. Modification request failed\r\n
46 auth index is out of range \r\n
47 Vrf ID out of range\r\n
48 Mapping name length out of range\r\n
49 Vrf Index out of range\r\n
50 Mapping name length out of range\r\n
51 Server being used. Detach from the Set first\r\n
52 Server name length out of range\r\n
53 Address type not supported\r\n
54 Address octet string size is out of range\r\n
55 Secret size is out of range\r\n
56 The SET on acctServer failed..\r\n
57 acct index is out of range/server not created\r\n
58 Index is out of range\r\n
59 Row with the same index exists already\r\n
60 Server name is mandatory config. param.\r\n
61 Vrf Index is mandatory config. param.\r\n

Error List

Number
62 Addr Type is mandatory config. param.\r\n
63 Address is mandatory config. param.\r\n
64 Secret is mandatory config. param.\r\n
65 Row status active is not allowed from operator\r\n
66 Row status value not supported\r\n
67 Row itself doesn't exist for modification\r\n
68 acct index is out of range \r\n
69 Vrf Index is out of range\r\n
70 Mapping name size is out of range\r\n
71 Vrf index is out of range\r\n
73 Dyn auth client Name length is out of size\r\n
74 Addr Type is not supported\r\n
75 Addr octet string size is out of range\r\n
76 Secret size is out of size\r\n
77 The SET on DynAuthClient failed..\r\n
78 Index is out of range/Dyn Auth client not created\r\n
79 Index is out of range \r\n
80 Row with the same index exists already\r\n
81 Name is mandatory config. param. \r\n
82 Vrf Index is mandatory config. param.\r\n
83 Addr Type is mandatory config. param.\r\n
84 Address is mandatory config. param.\r\n
85 Secret size is out of range\r\n
86 Row status active is not supported from operator\r\n
87 Row status value is not supported\r\n
88 Row itself doesn't exist for modification\r\n
89 dyn auth index is out of range \r\n
90 Vrf ID is out of range \r\n
91 Mapping name length is out of range\r\n
92 Vrf Index is out of range\r\n
94 Same index exists, deleting the record..\r\n
95 The retrieved record is not correct, deleting..\r\n
97 Vrf-ID out of range (or) not created \r\n
98 IP Address is not valid\r\n
99 UDP Port can't be more than 65535\r\n
100 Secret length out of range\r\n
101 Retry limit out of range\r\n
102 Timeout limit out of range\r\n
103 Admin state out of range\r\n
104 Dead Intvl out of range\r\n
105 Row status out of range\r\n
106 Server name not unique ..\r\n
107 IP address not unique ..\r\n
113 UDP Port can't be more than 65535\r\n
115 Retry limit out of range\r\n
116 Timeout limit out of range\r\n

Error List

Number
118 Dead Intvl out of range\r\n
134 policy name length out of range\r\n
135 NAS-ID length out of range\r\n
136 NAS-ID or NAS-IP-Address must be valid\r\n
137 Strip Domain flag is not valid\r\n
138 Boot flag is not valid\r\n
139 Acct Interim interval is not valid\r\n
140 EAP aware flag is not valid\r\n
142 Policy name not unique ..\r\n
145 auth server index is out of range \r\n
146 acct server index is out of range \r\n
147 priority value is out of range \r\n
149 auth server is not configured (or) duplicate \r\n
150 acct server is not configured (or) duplicate \r\n
151 This priority is used already \r\n
Error list for AAAS MGT
Number
0 invalid input
1 persistent data update error
2 row not existing - connPolicyTable
3 row already existing - connPolicyTable
4 missing mandatory parameter - connPolicyProfileIndex
5 wrong value - not supported - connPolicyRowStatus
6 wrong index - out of range - connPolicyIfIndex
7 wrong value - out of range - connPolicyProfileIndex
8 row not existing - connProfileTable
9 row already existing - connProfileTable
10 missing mandatory parameter - connProfileTable
11 wrong value - not supported - connProfileRowStatus
12 wrong index - out of range - connProfileIndex
13 wrong value - duplicate name - connProfileName
14 wrong value - out of range - connProfileVersionNbr
15 wrong value - ref object is not configured - connProfileDomainIndex
16 row not existing - domainTable

Error List

Number
17 row already existing - domainTable
18 missing mandatory parameter - domainTable
19 wrong value - not supported - domainRowStatus
20 domainIndex is still in use by connProfileTable - domainTable
21 Active sessions are existing - domainTable
22 read only value - domainNumActiveSess
23 wrong value - out of range - domainName
24 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainVrfIndex
25 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainVlanIndex
26 wrong value - out of range - domainAddrType
27 wrong value - out of range - domainDnsIpAddr1
28 wrong value - out of range - domainDnsIpAddr2
29 wrong value - out of range - domainNbnsIpAddr1
30 wrong value - out of range - domainNbnsIpAddr2
31 wrong value - out of range - domainSessionTimeout
32 wrong value - out of range - domainQosProfileIndex
33 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainQosProfileIndex
34 wrong value - out of range - domainAuthenticator
35 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainRadPolicyIndex
36 wrong value - out of range - domainAdminState
37 wrong value - duplicate name - domainName
38 row not existing - connProfileMappingTable
39 row not existing - domainUserSessTable
40 row not existing - domainMappingTable
41 row not existing - domainIpPoolTable
42 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainIndex
43 row already existing - domainIpPoolTable
44 missing mandatory parameter - domainIpPoolTable
45 wrong value - not supported - domainIpPoolRowStatus
46 wrong value - out of range - domainIpPoolPriority
47 wrong value - duplicate value - domainIpPoolPriority
48 connection profile is in use by connPolicyTable - connProfileTable
49 read only value - connProfileUsedStatus
Error list for USERIPMGNT
Number
0 VRF index is out of range
1 VRF is reserved
2 VRF exists
3 VRF does not exist
4 VRF name already exist
5 Invalid system IP address
6 System IP address already reserved
7 field from VRF config table out of range
8 field from VRF config table not supported
9 Client Using this VRF
10 Entry in IP address table does not exist
11 Entry in IP address table already exists
12 Invalid IP address specified for IP address table
13 Invalid prefix length specified
14 Invalid IP address / prefix length combination specified
15 invalid IfIndex for IP address table specified
16 IfIndex should not be emptye
17 field from IP address table out of range
18 field from IP address table table not supported

Error List

Number
19 Maximum number of routes reached for IP address table
20 IPaddress is equal to next hop ip address of CIDR table
21 CIDR route table entry already exists
22 CIDR route table entry doesn't exist
23 Invalid route destination for CIDR route table
24 Invalid prefix length for CIDR route table
25 Invalid next hop address specified
26 Next hop address does not match a direct route
27 nexthop indicated IfIndex not match specified IfIndex
28 Invalid IfIndex in CIDR route table
29 field from CIDR route table out of range
30 field from CIDR route table not supported
31 Maximum number of routes reached for CIDR route table
32 Next hop IP address is same as system IP address
33 Invalid ThisLayerIndex
34 Invalid LowerLayerIndex
35 Maximum number of IPOX interface entries reached
36 Maximum number of ThisLayerIndex reached
37 Maximum number of LowLayerIndex per ThisLayerIndex reached
38 Invalid key specified for IpNetToMedia table
39 Entry not found in IpNetToMedia table
40 field from IpNetToMedia table out of range
41 Set Request valid only for Delete Entry
42 field from IpNetToMedia table not supported
43 Active PPPoE sessions present
44 Invalid Ifindex
45 UnnumberedFlag not specified
46 QoSProfileId should be zero for networkside interface
47 arp policy for userside/usergateway ip interface should be none
48 only one vrf in router mode can be created
49 the vrf is in use by ip interface table
50 the vrf is in use by ipaddress table or cidr table
51 the IPoX is in use by ip interface table
52 the IP interface is in use by ip address table
53 interface type not IPoX
54 the IP interface is in use by cidr table
55 vrf is routermode, only on netside ip interface supported
56 the ip address used by cidr table
57 the IP interface already exist
58 the IP interface not exist
59 the Maximum number of IP interface reached
60 nexhop interface should be specified if nexthop ip address is zero
61 can't configure ip address on unnumbered interace
62 the specified ip interace doesn't belong to the specified vrf
63 userside cidr route must belong to usergateway
64 userside cidr route type must be local
65 local route's nexthop must be zero
66 user side cidr dest can't be the same with usergateway ip address
67 IPoX interface not exist
68 IPoX interface with the lowerlayer ifindex already exist
69 arp for networkside ip interface in routermode vrf should be trusted
70 arp for networkside ip interface in forwarder mode vrf should be trusted or not Trusted
71 networkside ip interface for routermode vrf should be unnumbered
72 QoSProfileId not exist or qos required can't be satisfied
73 can't change ip interface If index

Error List

Number
74 can't change ip interface unnumbered flag
75 no statistics on network side interface
76 slot unreachable
77 an ip address already created on the ip interface
78 an cidr entry with the same network number exists
79 only userside direct host route to the unnumbered IP interface on the user side can be created for router
mode vrf
80 only one default route can be created for each vrf
81 a direct route from ip address table exist
82 Next Hop overlaps with one of IpAddrs in ip address table
83 prefixlen for cidr to userside interface must be 32
84 nexthop interface not specified
85 the nexthop of an cidr entry belong this network but the nexthop interface is different
86 create direclty connected networkside route is not permitted
87 a same route with a different nexhop already exist
88 the specified IfIndex is not valid
89 the speicified IfIndex is not network/userside ip interface
90 the vlan on which ip interafce created is used by dhcp
91 vrf mode could not be changed
92 nexhop is zero, routeType must be local
93 userside ip interface should be unnumbered interface
94 usergateway ip interface should be numbered interface
95 arppolicy not specified
96 vrf can't be changed

Abbreviations
Abbreviations
IP Internet protocol
SNMP simple network management protocol

Abbreviations

Index
Index
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWX
auth-type 252
A autofetch
availability
151
587
aaa 121
aal5-encap-type 69 B
abr-type 260
accept-expires 749 back 27
accept-frame-type 192 bcast-vlan 255
accept-starts 264 board 550
acc-interval 140 bridge 191
acc-server 137 bridge-port 420
acc-server-state 703 bridge-port-fdb 428
acc-stats 701 burst-size 241
ack 99
action 31 C
activate 745
actor-key 213 cac 231
actor-port-prio 213 cache-pending 182
actor-sys-prio 213 cache-refresh 182
address 729 cache-retry-time 182
admin-p2p 217 cache-timeout 182
admin-status 75 cac-profile 235
adsl2-plus 59 capacity 171
adsl-adsl2 55 carrier-data-mode 64
ageing-time 191 carrier-mask-down 53
agent 255 carrier-mask-up 53
agent-ip-addr 258 cc-max-age 245
aggregate-list 463 cfg-res-time 171
aggregator-info 460 channel 161
aggregator-port 213 class 85
alarm 37 client-port 248
alarm-changes 375 codepoint 223
applique 81 coll-count 656
area 261 commands 14
area-id 677 committed-burst-size 228
arp 182 committed-info-rate 228
arp-policy 185 community 124
as-border-router 260 community-string 48
asbr-external 678 config-control 595
as-number 181 configure 30
associated-ports 555 configure-lock 772
atm 121 connection 562
atm-overhead-fact 219 conn-policy 131
atm-peak-bit-rate 172 conn-profile 130
atm-sus-bit-rate 172 conn-profile-name 131
authentication 262 contact 113
authenticator 126 contact-person 89
auth-server 135 context-lifetime 258
auth-stats 698

Index
controlled-port 144 dscp-map-dot1p 237

copy 741 dscp-value 223
copy-file 600 dsl-bandwidth 480
copy-to-port 755 dsl-port 235
count 779 dst-ip-addr 95
counter 626 dt-mode-tpid 197
cpe-inventory 549 duplex 76
crit-log-full-act 42 dup-mac 433
cross-connect 421 dup-mac-alarm 433
current-15min 484 dup-vlan-id 433
current-15min-stats 444 dyn-auth-client 139
current-1day 488 dyn-authclient-stats 704
current-day-stats 446
current-interval 525 E
D eapol-stats 710
echo 17
d1p 220 egress-port 207
d1p-alignment 227 egress-rate 238
d1p-dscp 226 engine 246
d1p-dscp-contract 224 entry 38
database 154 environment 35
dead-interval 135 eo-conversion 326
default-dot1p 220 eqpt-holder 304
default-dscp 221 equipment 121
default-metric 282 error 87
default-priority 192 es-day-farend 66
default-route 92 es-day-nearend 66
default-severity 74 es-farend 66
default-ttl 156 es-nearend 66
def-gateway 112 ether-dot3 651
definition 45 ether-ifmau 654
def-ip-addr 112 ether-itf 311
delete 28 ethernet 381
delete-file 742 ether-shape-rate 89
delta-log 42 eth-shub 386
desc 174 exec 19
description 83 exit 26
descriptor-files 614 expires 285
dest 507 ext-authenticator 146
dest-ip-address 502 ext-vlan-id 115
dhcp 121
diagnostics 712 F
direction 95
discard 33 f5-loopback-ete 726
disk-file 747 far-end 319
domain 126 fdb 426
domain-name 130 fifteen-min 401
dot1p-value 224 file-board-type 618
dot3-coll 656 file-name 618
dot3-control 657 filter 157
dot3-pause 658 flow 242
dot3-status 660 forward-delay 216
download 745 forward-port 202
download-set 151 from 741
down-policer 232
dscp 221
dscp-contract 222 G

Index
general 170
generate-expires 749 K
generate-starts 264
global 419 keep-alive-intvl 252
global-session 245 key 264
H L
handshake-period 146 la 212
hello-interval 263 lacp-mode 213
hello-time 216 last-max-resp-tim 163
help 24 last-memb-cnt 163
history 16 layer2-terminated 424
hops-threshold 258 layer3-itf 177
host-ip-address 91 learned-unicast-mac 757
host-purge-intv 165 leave-rsp-timer 166
host-report-intv 163 license 604
line 64
I link-type 677
list-file 601
icmp 95 local-port 650
id 89 location 89
if-table 563 log 724
igmp 121 log-entry 608
igs-system 165 log-full-action 37
igs-vlan-grp 670 logical-flow-type 232
in 29 login-banner 118
indet-log-full-action 42 logout 15
index 654 log-sev-level 37
info 25 loop-diagnostic 735
in-port 97 lower 582
interface 262 lt 744
interval-no 529
interval-num 482 M
interval-number 440
intvl-number 405 mac 426
ip 112 mac-address 573
ip-addr 125 mac-filter 157
ip-address 135 major-log-full-action 42
ip-addr-pool 132 management 91
ip-cfg-mode 112 manager 46
ip-net-to-media 644 marker 475
ipox 373 mask 683
ip-parameters 640 match 780
ip-pool 128 max-age 216
ip-pool-status 696 max-agpowlev-down 55
ip-route 642 max-agpowlev-up 55
ip-statistics 496 max-bitrate 170
isam 83 max-bitrate-down 51
itf-ip-addr 677 max-bitrate-up 51
itf-type 262 max-cc 248
max-delay-down 51
J max-delay-up 51
max-dst-port 99
junk-collection 284 max-ingress-rate 241
max-mcast-bandwidth 231
max-nbr-pkts 159

Index
max-noise-down 53 neighbour 681

max-noise-up 53 network 184
max-num-group 161 network-addr 644
max-num-session 253 network-port 167
max-num-uncfg 171 network-port-info 464
max-pad-attempts 245 next-free-index 706
max-per-window 46 next-hop 176
max-psd-down 55 next-hop-address 502
max-psd-up 55 no-more 784
max-queue-size 46 non-itf-rep-sev-level 37
max-recv-power-up 55 nssa-area 273
max-req 144 number-addr 697
max-retries 182
max-retry-itvl 182 O
max-rsp-time 163
max-src-port 99 one-day 403
max-unicast-mac 192 operator 119
mcast-addr 629 op-mode 53
mcast-mac 209 ospf 260
mcast-src 729 oswp 151
md5-key 264 oswp-number 613
mean-bit-rate 170 out-port 98
mem-query-int 163 overflow-state-it 260
meter 241
metric 266
metric-one 179 P
metric-type 267
mgnt-vlan-id 89 package 162
min-bitrate-down 51 pado-timeout 245
min-bitrate-up 51 pads-timeout 245
min-dst-port 99 pae 143
min-interval 46 participant-port 463
min-noise-down 53 password 119
min-noise-up 53 password-timeout 121
minor-log-full-action 42 path-cost 217
min-severity 46 path-cost-type 216
min-src-port 99 peer 683
misc 314 perm-pkg-bitmap 161
miscellaneous 628 phy-addr 768
mode 174 phy-itf-status 576
modification 53 ping 776
module 730 pkg-memb-bitmap 170
module-mcast-src 629 pkg-mem-bitmap 172
monitor 247 plan-bitrate-down 51
more 783 plan-bitrate-up 51
msg-code 95 planned-type 79
msg-type 95 plug-in-unit 306
mtu 75 policer 228
mtu-size 776 policy 140
my-ipaddress 174 poll 22
polling-rate 93
poll-interval 263
N port 72
port-15min-stats 440
name 51 port-curr-15min-stats 436
nas-id 140 port-curr-day-stats 438
nas-ip-address 140 port-details 717
nbr-changed-alarms 390 port-event 434
near-end 316

Index
port-filter 107 radius-client 707

port-info 469 ra-mode-down 51
port-prev-day-stats 442 ra-mode-up 51
port-protocol 203 rate 665
port-to-atm-pvc 413 rate-limit 159
port-type 76 re-adsl 57
port-vlan-map 430 reassem-timeout 174
ppoe 121 reboot 754
pppoe 251 reboot-isam 753
pppox-interface 253 receive 283
ppp-profile 252 recv-psd-shape-up 61
ppp-profile-name 253 redistribution 279
ppp-statistics 565 relay-agent 258
prev-15min 482 relay-server 257
prev-1day 486 report-fwd-intv 165
previous-15min-stats 448 res-data-bandwidth 231
previous-1day 531 reserve-address 133
previous-interval 529 reset 764
primary-dns 126 residential-bridge 420
primary-file-server-id 151 response-timer 166
primary-nbns 126 restore-src 154
print 35 res-voice-bandwidth 231
prio-regen-prof 192 retransmit-itvl 263
priority 45 retry-limit 135
priority-policy 199 rf-band-list 53
priority-regen 431 rip 387
privilege 124 robustness 163
profile 119 route-age-out 284
profiles 511 route-dest 176
prompt 35 route-destination 280
protocol 107 route-redistribution 181
protocol-filter 200 router-id 181
protocol-group 203 router-priority 262
protocol-type 157 router-purge-intv 165
psd-shape-down 61 routing-table 683
psd-shape-up 61 rst 99
pvc 69 rstp 216
pvid 192 rx-pkt 568
Q S
qos 121 save-dest 154
qos-policy 126 scheduler 230
qos-profile 192 scheduler-profile 235
query-interval 163 second-dns 126
query-timer 167 second-file-server-id 151
queue 229 second-nbns 126
queue0-weight 238 secret 135
queue1-weight 238 secs-threshold 258
queue-config 238 security 118
queue-profile 236 select-config 738
quiet-period 144 self-ip-addr 165
self-ip-addr-mode 165
R send
server-ip-addr
283
93
rack 84 server-name 251
radius 134 server-port 93
servers 142

Index
server-timeout 144 system 89

service-name 172 system-mac 89
service-profile 51 system-parameters 648
ses-day-farend 66 system-time 770
ses-day-nearend 66
ses-farend 66 T
ses-nearend 66
session 232 table 300
session-stats 715 tc-15min-int 407
sess-timeout 126 tc-1day-int 405
set-log-table 607 tca-line-threshold 66
severity 38 tca-xdsl 322
shelf 85 tc-int 400
shelf-summary 291 tc-map-dot1p 234
show 32 tcp 99
shub 196 tee 781
shub-dup-mac-alarm 458 telnet 18
shub-fdb 454 template-name 162
shub-filter-entry 456 template-version 162
shub-info 414 terminal-timeout 35
shub-manager 111 test 580
shub-port-vlan-map 452 time 633
shub-time 770 timeout 776
shub-vlan-name 453 timeout-limit 135
size 132 time-out-value 149
sleep 20 timers 263
slot 79 to 741
snap-shot 721 tos 99
snmp 645 total 490
snmp-version 48 trace-selection 165
sntp 93 traffic-class 240
software 114 transaction 149
software-mngt 121 transit-delay 263
spectrum-profile 53 trans-itvl 273
speed 76 translation 273
split-horizon 283 trans-max-age 245
src 172 transport 121
src-ip-addr 95 tree 21
src-ip-address 163 trgt-noise-down 53
stack 582 trgt-noise-up 53
stacked-qos-vlan 423 tries 776
stacked-vlan 422 tx-hold-count 216
start-addr 132 tx-period 144
starts 285 tx-pkt 570
state 700
statistics 553
stats 567 U
status 116
status-del 602 uas-day-farend 66
status-list 603 uas-day-nearend 66
stub-area 267 uas-farend 66
supp-timeout 144 uas-nearend 66
sw-mgmt 312 udp 103
swp 617 udp-parameters 649
sw-package 740 uncfg-res-time 171
swp-disk-file 618 unicast-mac 202
sw-release-num 114 untag-port 208
sw-ver-name 114 update-timer 284

Index
upload 746
upload-download 620
up-marker 232
up-policer 232
user 72
user-port 766
user-session 693
V
value 225
vdsl 61
vdsl-band-plan 61
version 51
vlan 115
vlan-bind 177
vlan-day-stats 450
vlan-filter 168
vlan-id 75
vlan-router-port 167
vrf 174
vrf-agent-stats 668
vrf-id 189
vrf-index 126
vrf-index-acc 142
vrf-index-auth 142
vrf-interface 499
vrf-mapping 504
vrf-media 503
vrf-next-index 505
vrf-route 502
vrf-statistics 495
W
warn-log-full-action 42
welcome-banner 118
wfq-q1-weight 230
window-size 46
write 23
X
xdsl 121
xdsl-int 512
xdsl-line 735

Index

Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

ISAM CLI Command Guide (ISAM+LAN Switch) PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ISAM CLI Command Guide (ISAM+LAN Switch) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Status Released

Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

4- Alarm Configuration Commands 36

5- Trap Configuration Commands 44

6- XDSL Configuration Commands 50

3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released i

6.2 Common XDSL Spectrum Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

7- ATM Configuration Commands 68

8- Interface Management Commands 71

9- Equipment Configuration Commands 78

10- Error Configuration Commands 86

11- System Configuration Commands 88

12- Security Configuration Commands 117

ii Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

12.4 Security SNMP Communitie Configurqtion Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

13- Transaction Configuration Commands 148

14- Software Management Configuration Commands 150

15- Ethernet Configuration Commands 155

16- IGMP Configuration Commands 160

17- Multicast Configuration Commands 169

18- IP Configuration Commands 173

3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released iii

18.9 IP Interface Network Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

19- Bridge Configuration Commands 190

20- VLAN Configuration Commands 198

21- Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 211

22- Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands 215

23- QoS Configuration Commands 218

iv Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

23.23 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

24- PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands 244

25- PPPoE Configuration Commands 250

26- DHCP Relay Configuration Commands 254

27- OSPF Configuration Commands 259

28- RIP Configuration Commands 281

29- Equipment Status Commands 286

30- Trap Status Commands 297

3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released v

30.1 Trap Manager Queue Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

31- Alarm Log Status Commands 299

32- Current Alarm Status Commands 330

33- Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands 351

34- Alarm Delta Log Status Commands 374

35- SHub Alarm Status Command 376

vi Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

35.9 SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

36- Alarm Status Commands 393

37- ATM Status Commands 398

38- Bridge Status Commands 410

39- VLAN Status Commands 418

40- Link Aggregation Status Commands 459

41- RSTP Status Commands 468

3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01 Released vii

42- QOS Status Commands 473

43- IP Status Commands 494

44- xDSL Status Commands 510

viii Released 3HH-00680-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 01

44.28 xDSL Board Capability Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550

45- PPPoX-Relay Status Commands 551

46- PPPoE Status Commands 560

47- Interface Status Commands 574

48- SNTP Status Commands 588

49- System Status Commands 590